<Page>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 29, 2011.
FILE NO. 333-166461
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON D.C. 20549
------------
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
OF NEW YORK
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
NEW YORK
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
6311
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
13-2699219
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
212 HIGHBRIDGE STREET
SUITE D
FAYETTEVILLE, NY 13066
(315) 637-4232
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area codes, of registrant's principal executive offices)
RICHARD J. WIRTH
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
P.O. BOX 2999
HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06104-2999
(860) 843-1941
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
------------
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
(APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC)
------------
/X/ If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.
/ / If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number
of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
/ / If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
for the same offering.
/ / If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering.
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.
<Page>
PART I
<Page>
TD WATERHOUSE VARIABLE ANNUITY
SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
ISSUED BY:
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
212 HIGHBRIDGE STREET
SUITE D
FAYETTEVILLE, NY 13066
ADMINISTERED BY:
HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
ADDRESS UNTIL AUGUST 13, 2011:
PO BOX 5085
HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 06102-5085
ADDRESS AFTER AUGUST 13, 2011:
PO BOX 14293
LEXINGTON, KY 40512-4293
TELEPHONE: 1-800-862-6668 (CONTRACT OWNERS)
1-800-862-7155 (REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVES)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This prospectus describes information you should know before you purchase the TD
Waterhouse Variable Annuity. Please read it carefully before you purchase your
variable annuity.
TD Waterhouse Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Union Security Life
Insurance Company of New York (formerly First Fortis Life Insurance Company)
where you agree to make at least one Premium Payment and Union Security agrees
to make a series of Annuity Payouts at a later date. This Contract is a flexible
premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both individuals and groups.
It is:
X Flexible, because you may add Premium Payments at any time.
X Tax-deferred, which means you don't pay taxes until you take money out or
until we start to make Annuity Payouts.
X Variable, because the value of your Contract will fluctuate with the
performance of the underlying Funds.
At the time you purchase your Contract, you allocate your Premium Payment to
"Sub-Accounts." These are subdivisions of our Separate Account, an account that
keeps your Contract assets separate from our company assets. The Sub-Accounts
then purchase shares of mutual funds set up exclusively for variable annuity or
variable life insurance products. These are not the same mutual funds that you
buy through your stockbroker or through a retail mutual fund. They may have
similar investment strategies and the same portfolio managers as retail mutual
funds. This Contract offers you Funds with investment strategies ranging from
conservative to aggressive and you may pick those Funds that meet your
investment goals and risk tolerance. The Funds are part of the following
Portfolio companies: AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AllianceBernstein Variable
Products Series Fund, Inc., American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.,
Federated Insurance Series, Hartford Series Fund, Inc., ING Investors Trust,
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust, Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust, Neuberger
Berman Advisers Management Trust, Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust, Van Eck VIP
Trust and Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds.
You may also allocate some or all of your Premium Payment to either the Fixed
Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period. The Fixed Accumulation Feature pays
an interest rate guaranteed for a certain time period from the time the Premium
Payment is made. A Guarantee Period guarantees a rate of interest until a
specified maturity date and may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. Premium
Payments allocated to the Fixed Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period are
not segregated from our company assets like the assets of the Separate Account.
If you decide to buy this Contract, you should keep this prospectus for your
records. You can also call us to get a Statement of Additional Information, free
of charge. The Statement of Additional Information contains more information
about this Contract, and, like this prospectus, the Statement of Additional
Information is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
Although we file the prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information with
the SEC, the SEC doesn't approve or disapprove these securities or determine if
the information in this prospectus is truthful or complete. Anyone who
represents that the SEC does these things may be guilty of a criminal offense.
This prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information can also be obtained
from the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).
This Contract IS NOT:
A bank deposit or obligation
Federally insured
Endorsed by any bank or governmental agency
This Contract and its features are no longer available for sale.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS DATED: MAY 2, 2011
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DATED: MAY 2, 2011
<Page>
2 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<Table>
<Caption>
PAGE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITIONS 3
FEE TABLE 5
HIGHLIGHTS 7
GENERAL CONTRACT INFORMATION 8
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York 8
The Separate Account 8
The Funds 8
PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION 12
Guarantee Periods 12
THE CONTRACT 14
Purchases and Contract Value 14
Charges and Fees 18
Death Benefit 18
Surrenders 19
ANNUITY PAYOUTS 20
OTHER PROGRAMS AVAILABLE 22
OTHER INFORMATION 24
Legal Proceedings 26
More Information 26
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS 26
INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS 32
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES 40
FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW
YORK 43
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 120
APPENDIX I -- SAMPLE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT CALCULATIONS 121
APPENDIX II -- INVESTMENTS BY UNION SECURITY 123
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITIONS
These terms are capitalized when used throughout this prospectus. Please refer
to these defined terms if you have any questions as you read your prospectus.
ACCOUNT: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Period accounts.
ACCUMULATION PERIOD: The time after you purchase the Contract until we begin to
make Annuity Payouts.
ACCUMULATION UNITS: If you allocate your Premium Payment to any of the
Sub-Accounts, we will convert those payments into Accumulation Units in the
selected Sub-Accounts. Accumulation Units are valued at the end of each
Valuation Day and are used to calculate the value of your Contract prior to
Annuitization.
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE: The daily price of Accumulation Units on any Valuation
Day.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE: Our overnight mailing address is: 1 Griffin Street North,
Windsor, CT 06095-1512. Our standard mailing address is: P.O. Box 5085,
Hartford, CT 06102-5085.
AFTER AUGUST 13, 2011, OUR OVERNIGHT ADDRESS WILL BE: THE HARTFORD WEALTH
MANAGEMENT -- GLOBAL ANNUITIES, 745 WEST NEW CIRCLE ROAD BUILDING 200, 1ST
FLOOR, LEXINGTON, KY 40511. OUR STANDARD MAILING ADDRESS WILL BE: THE HARTFORD
WEALTH MANAGEMENT -- GLOBAL ANNUITIES, PO BOX 14293, LEXINGTON, KY 40512-4293.
ANNIVERSARY VALUE: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract
Anniversary, adjusted for subsequent Premium Payments and partial Surrenders.
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: An annual $30 charge deducted on a Contract Anniversary
or upon full Surrender if the Contract Value at either of those times is less
than $50,000. The charge is deducted proportionately from each Account in which
you are invested.
ANNUITANT: The person on whose life the Contract is issued. The Annuitant may
not be changed after your Contract is issued.
ANNUITY CALCULATION DATE: The date we calculate the first Annuity Payout.
ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE: The later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or the
date the Annuitant reaches age 90, unless you elect an earlier date or we, in
our sole discretion, agree to postpone to another date following our receipt of
an extension request.
ANNUITY PAYOUT: The money we pay out after the Annuity Commencement Date for the
duration and frequency you select.
ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION: Any of the options available for payout after the Annuity
Commencement Date or death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant.
ANNUITY PERIOD: The time during which we make Annuity Payouts.
ANNUITY UNIT: The unit of measure we use to calculate the value of your Annuity
Payouts under a variable dollar amount Annuity Payout Option.
ANNUITY UNIT VALUE: The daily price of Annuity Units on any Valuation Day.
BENEFICIARY: The person entitled to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of
the Contract upon the death of any Contract Owner, joint Contract Owner or
Annuitant.
CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST: An irrevocable trust, where an individual donor
makes a gift to the trust, and in return receives an income tax deduction. In
addition, the individual donor has the right to receive a percentage of the
trust earnings for a specified period of time.
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
COMMUTED VALUE: The present value of any remaining guaranteed Annuity Payouts.
This amount is calculated using the Assumed Investment Return for variable
dollar amount Annuity Payouts and a rate of return determined by us for fixed
dollar amount Annuity Payouts.
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if
the original Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. You must name
a Contingent Annuitant before the original Annuitant's death. This is only
available if you own a Non-Qualified Contract.
CONTRACT: The individual Annuity Contract and any endorsements or riders. Group
participants and some individuals may receive a certificate rather than a
Contract.
CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY: The anniversary of the date we issued your Contract. If
the Contract Anniversary falls on a Non-Valuation Day, then the Contract
Anniversary will be the next Valuation Day.
CONTRACT OWNER, OWNER OR YOU: The owner or holder of the Contract described in
this prospectus including any joint Owners. We do not capitalize "you" in the
prospectus.
CONTRACT VALUE: The total value of the Accounts on any Valuation Day.
CONTRACT YEAR: Any 12 month period between Contract Anniversaries, beginning
with the date the Contract was issued.
DEATH BENEFIT: The amount payable after the Contract Owner or the Annuitant
dies.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING: A program that allows you to systematically make
transfers between Accounts available in your Contract.
GENERAL ACCOUNT: This account holds our company assets and any assets not
allocated to a Separate Account.
<Page>
4 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOINT ANNUITANT: The person on whose life Annuity Payouts are based if the
Annuitant dies after Annuitization. You may name a Joint Annuitant only if your
Annuity Payout Option provides for a survivor. The Joint Annuitant may not be
changed.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT: An adjustment that either increases or decreases the
amount we pay you under certain circumstances.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR: This is used to measure the investment performance of a
Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next, and is also used to calculate
your Annuity Payout amount.
NON-VALUATION DAY: Any day the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading.
PAYEE: The person or party you designate to receive Annuity Payouts.
PREMIUM PAYMENT: Money sent to us to be invested in your Contract.
PREMIUM TAX: A tax charged by a state or municipality on Premium Payments.
QUALIFIED CONTRACT: A Contract that is defined as a tax-qualified retirement
plan in the Code.
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION: A federal requirement that individuals age 70 1/2
and older must take a distribution from their tax-qualified retirement account
by December 31, each year. For employer sponsored Qualified Contracts, the
individual must begin taking distributions at the age of 70 1/2 or upon
retirement, whichever comes later.
SUB-ACCOUNT VALUE: The value on or before the Annuity Calculation Date, which is
determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units by the
Accumulation Unit Value for that Sub-Account.
SURRENDER: A complete or partial withdrawal from your Contract.
SURRENDER VALUE: The amount we pay you if you terminate your Contract before the
Annuity Commencement Date. The Surrender Value (subject to rounding) is equal to
the Contract Value minus any applicable Market Value Adjustment.
UNION SECURITY: Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York, the company
that issued this Contract.
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Values
of the Separate Account are determined as of the close of the New York Stock
Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
VALUATION PERIOD: The time span between the close of trading on the New York
Stock Exchange from one Valuation Day to the next.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE TABLE
THE FOLLOWING TABLES DESCRIBE THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY WHEN
BUYING, OWNING, AND SURRENDERING THE CONTRACT.
THIS TABLE DESCRIBES THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY AT THE TIME THAT
YOU PURCHASE THE CONTRACT OR SURRENDER THE CONTRACT. CHARGES FOR STATE PREMIUM
TAXES MAY ALSO BE DEDUCTED WHEN YOU PURCHASE THE CONTRACT, UPON SURRENDER OR
WHEN WE START TO MAKE ANNUITY PAYOUTS.
CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
<Table>
Sales Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of Premium Payments) None
Maximum Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium Payments) None
</Table>
THIS TABLE DESCRIBES THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY PERIODICALLY AND ON
A DAILY BASIS DURING THE TIME THAT YOU OWN THE CONTRACT, NOT INCLUDING FEES AND
EXPENSES OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS.
<Table>
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE (1) $30
SEPARATE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of average daily Sub-Account value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge 0.45%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses 0.45%
</Table>
(1) An annual $30 charge deducted on a Contract Anniversary or upon Surrender
if the Contract Value at either of those times is less than $50,000. It is
deducted proportionately from the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested at
the time of the charge.
THIS TABLE SHOWS THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
CHARGED BY THE UNDERLYING FUNDS THAT YOU MAY PAY ON A DAILY BASIS DURING THE
TIME THAT YOU OWN THE CONTRACT. MORE DETAIL CONCERNING EACH FUND'S FEES AND
EXPENSES IS CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS FOR EACH FUND.
<Table>
<Caption>
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES 0.34% 2.27%
(these are expenses that are deducted from Fund assets,
including management fees, Rule 12b-1 distribution
and/or service fees, and other expenses)
</Table>
<Page>
6 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXAMPLE
THIS EXAMPLE IS INTENDED TO HELP YOU COMPARE THE COST OF INVESTING IN THE
CONTRACT WITH THE COST OF INVESTING IN OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS. THESE
COSTS INCLUDE CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES, MAXIMUM SEPARATE ACCOUNT
ANNUAL EXPENSES, AND TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES.
THE EXAMPLE ASSUMES THAT YOU INVEST $10,000 IN THE CONTRACT FOR THE TIME PERIODS
INDICATED. THE EXAMPLE ALSO ASSUMES THAT YOUR INVESTMENT HAS A 5% RETURN EACH
YEAR AND ASSUMES THE MAXIMUM FEES AND EXPENSES OF ANY OF THE FUNDS.
ALTHOUGH YOUR ACTUAL COSTS MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER, BASED ON THESE ASSUMPTIONS,
YOUR COSTS WOULD BE:
(1) If you Surrender your Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
<Table>
1 year $309
3 years $943
5 years $1,598
10 years $3,343
</Table>
(2) If you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period:
<Table>
1 year $279
3 years $913
5 years $1,568
10 years $3,313
</Table>
(3) If you do not Surrender your Contract:
<Table>
1 year $309
3 years $943
5 years $1,598
10 years $3,343
</Table>
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into
Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any
Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. For more information
on how Accumulation Unit Values are calculated see "How is the value of my
Contract calculated before the Annuity Commencement Date?". Please refer to the
"Accumulation Unit Values" Section of this Prospectus for information regarding
Accumulation Unit Values.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHLIGHTS
WHAT TYPE OF SALES CHARGE WILL I PAY?
This Contract is no longer available for sale.
IS THERE AN ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE?
We deduct a $30.00 fee each year on your Contract Anniversary or when you fully
Surrender your Contract, if, on either of those dates, the value of your
Contract is less than $50,000.
WHAT CHARGES WILL I PAY ON AN ANNUAL BASIS?
In addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay the following charges each
year:
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- This charge is deducted daily and is
equal to an annual charge of 0.45% of your Contract Value invested in the
Sub-Accounts.
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES -- These are charges for the Funds. See the
Funds' prospectuses for more complete information.
Charges and fees may have a significant impact on Contract Values and the
investment performance of Sub-Accounts. This impact may be more significant with
Contracts with lower Contract Values.
CAN I TAKE OUT ANY OF MY MONEY?
You may Surrender all or part of the amounts you have invested at any time
before we start making Annuity Payouts. You may have to pay income tax on the
money you take out and, if you Surrender before you are age 59 1/2, you may have
to pay an income tax penalty. Surrenders may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment.
IS THERE A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT?
Surrenders and other withdrawals from a Guarantee Period in our General Account
may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value Adjustment may
increase or reduce the General Account value of your Contract. A Market Value
Adjustment will also be applied to any General Account value that is transferred
from the General Account to other Sub-Accounts before the end of the Guarantee
Period. The Market Value Adjustment is computed using a formula that is
described in this prospectus under "Market Value Adjustment."
WHAT INVESTMENT CHOICES ARE AVAILABLE?
You may allocate your Premium Payment or Contract Values among the following
investment choices:
The variable Sub-Accounts that invest in underlying Funds; and/or
One or more Guarantee Periods, which may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment.
WILL UNION SECURITY PAY A DEATH BENEFIT?
There is a Death Benefit if the Contract Owner dies before we begin to make
Annuity Payouts. The Death Benefit amount will remain invested in the
Sub-Accounts according to your last instructions and will fluctuate with the
performance of the underlying Funds until we receive proof of death and complete
instructions from the Beneficiary.
If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus any partial Surrenders
and any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment; or
The Contract Value of your Contract.
WHAT ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
When it comes time for us to make payouts, you may choose one of the following
Annuity Payout Options: Life Annuity, Life Annuity with Payments for 10 or 20
years, Joint and 1/2 Contingent Survivor Annuity, and Joint and Full Survivor
Annuity. We may make other Annuity Payout Options available at any time.
You must begin to take payouts by the Annuitant's 110th birthday unless you
elect a later date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and
regulations then in effect and our approval. The date you select may have tax
consequences, so please check with a qualified tax advisor. If you do not tell
us what Annuity Payout Option you want before that time, we will make Automatic
Annuity Payouts under the Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years.
Depending on the investment allocation of your Contract in effect on the Annuity
Commencement Date, we will make Automatic Annuity Payouts that are:
fixed dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts,
variable dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts, or
a combination of fixed dollar amount and variable dollar amount Automatic
Annuity Payouts.
<Page>
8 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL CONTRACT INFORMATION
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York ("Union Security" or the
"Company") is the issuer of the contracts. Union Security is a New York
corporation founded in 1971. It is qualified to sell life, health and accident
insurance and annuity contracts in New York.
Union Security is a wholly owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant" or the
"Parent") Assurant is the ultimate parent of Union Security Life Insurance
Company of New York. Assurant, Inc. is a premier provider of specialized
insurance products and related services in North America and selected other
international markets. Its stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under
the symbol AIZ.
All of the guarantees and commitments under the contracts are general
obligations of Union Security. None of Union Security's affiliated companies has
any legal obligation to back Union Security's obligations under the contracts.
On April 1, 2001, Union Security entered into an agreement with Hartford Life
Insurance Company ("Hartford") to co-insure the obligations of Union Security
under the variable annuity Contracts and to provide administration for the
Contracts. Hartford was originally incorporated under the laws of Wisconsin on
January 9, 1956, and subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut. Hartford's offices
are located in Simsbury, Connecticut; however, its mailing address is P.O. Box
2999, Hartford, CT 06104-2999. Hartford is ultimately controlled by The Hartford
Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest financial service providers
in the United States.
THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Separate Account is where we set aside and invest the assets of some of our
annuity contracts, including this Contract. The Separate Account was established
on October 1, 1993 as "Separate Account A" and is registered as a unit
investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This registration
does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or the investment
practices of the Separate Account, Union Security or Hartford. The Separate
Account meets the definition of "Separate Account" under federal securities law.
This Separate Account holds only assets for variable annuity contracts. The
Separate Account:
Holds assets for your benefit and the benefit of other Contract Owners, and
the persons entitled to the payouts described in the Contract.
Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Union
Security or Hartford may conduct.
Is not affected by the rate of return of Union Security's General Account or
Hartford's General Account or by the investment performance of any of Union
Security's or Hartford's other Separate Accounts.
May be subject to liabilities from a Sub-Account of the Separate Account
that holds assets of other variable annuity contracts offered by the
Separate Account, which are not described in this prospectus.
Is credited with income and gains, and takes losses, whether or not
realized, from the assets it holds.
We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is no
assurance that the value of your Contract will equal the total of the payments
you make to us.
THE FUNDS
<Table>
<Caption>
FUNDING OPTION INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUMMARY INVESTMENT ADVISER/SUB-ADVISER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
INVESCO V.I. CORE EQUITY FUND -- Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
SERIES I
INVESCO V.I. GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
-- SERIES I
INVESCO V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND -- SERIES Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.
I
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VARIABLE PRODUCTS
SERIES FUND, INC.
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS INTERNATIONAL Long term growth of capital ABIS -- AllianceBernstein Investor
GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- CLASS A Services, Inc.
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS LARGE CAP GROWTH Seeks long-term growth of capital ABIS -- AllianceBernstein Investor
PORTFOLIO -- CLASS A Services, Inc.
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS MONEY MARKET Maximum current income to the extent ABIS -- AllianceBernstein Investor
PORTFOLIO -- CLASS A* consistent with safety of principal and Services, Inc.
liquidity
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 9
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
FUNDING OPTION INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUMMARY INVESTMENT ADVISER/SUB-ADVISER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMERICAN CENTURY VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS,
INC.
AMERICAN CENTURY VP BALANCED FUND -- Long-term capital growth and current income American Century Investment Management,
CLASS I by investing approximately 60% of its Inc.
assets in equity securities and the
remainder in bonds and other fixed-income
securities
AMERICAN CENTURY VP CAPITAL Seeks capital growth American Century Investment Management,
APPRECIATION FUND -- CLASS I Inc.
FEDERATED INSURANCE SERIES
FEDERATED CAPITAL INCOME FUND II High current income and moderate capital Federated Equity Management Company of
appreciation by investing in both equity Pennsylvania
and fixed-income securities that have Sub-advised by Federated Investment
relatively high relative income potential Management Company
FEDERATED FUND FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT Current income by investing primarily in a Federated Investment Management Company
SECURITIES II diversified portfolio of US government and
government agency securities and mortgage
backed securities.
FEDERATED HIGH INCOME BOND FUND II High current income by investing primarily Federated Investment Management Company
in a professionally managed, diversified
portfolio of fixed-income securities.
FEDERATED KAUFMAN FUND II Seeks capital appreciation by investing Federated Equity Management Company of
primarily in common stocks Pennsylvania
Sub-advised by Federated Global Investment
Management Corp
HARTFORD SERIES FUND, INC.
HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND -- CLASS IA Seeks to provide high current income, and HL Investment Advisors, LLC
long-term total return Sub-advised by Hartford Investment
Management Company
ING INVESTORS TRUST
ING GLOBAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO Seeks long-term capital appreciation Directed Services Inc.
Sub-advised by ING Investment Management
Company
ING JPMORGAN EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY Seeks capital appreciation Directed Services Inc.
PORTFOLIO Sub-advised by J. P. Morgan Investment
Management, Inc.
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
MFS(R) GROWTH SERIES -- INITIAL CLASS Seeks capital appreciation MFS Investment Management
MFS(R) HIGH INCOME SERIES -- INITIAL Total return with an emphasis on high MFS Investment Management
CLASS current income, but also considering
capital appreciation
MFS(R) STRATEGIC INCOME SERIES -- Total return with an emphasis on high MFS Investment Management
INITIAL CLASS current income, but also considering
capital appreciation
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND -- CLASS Seeks long-term capital appreciation Nationwide Fund Advisers
II Sub-advised by Barings International
Investment Limited
</Table>
<Page>
10 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
FUNDING OPTION INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE SUMMARY INVESTMENT ADVISER/SUB-ADVISER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NEUBERGER BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT
TRUST
PARTNERS PORTFOLIO Seeks to provide growth of capital Neuberger Berman Management LLC
Sub-advised by Neuberger Berman LLC
SHORT DURATION BOND PORTFOLIO Seeks highest available current income Neuberger Berman Management LLC
consistent with liquidity and low risk to Sub-advised by Neuberger Berman Fixed
principal; total return is a secondary goal Income LLC
PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST
PIONEER FUND VCT PORTFOLIO -- CLASS I Long-term growth of capital and reasonable Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.
current income
PIONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES VCT Capital growth Pioneer Investment Management, Inc.
PORTFOLIO -- CLASS I
VAN ECK VIP TRUST (1)
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL BOND FUND Seeks high total return -- income plus Van Eck Associates Corporation
capital appreciation -- by investing
globally, primarily in a variety of debt
securities
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL HARD ASSETS FUND Seeks long-term capital appreciation by Van Eck Associates Corporation
investing primarily in "hard assets"
securities; income is a secondary
consideration
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST FUNDS
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT DISCOVERY Seeks long-term capital appreciation Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
FUND -- CLASS 2 Sub-advised by Wells Capital Management
Incorporated
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE** Preservation of Capital General Account
</Table>
NOTES
(1) Formerly Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust
* In a low interest rate environment, yields for money market funds, after
deduction of Contract charges may be negative even though the fund's yield,
before deducting for such charges, is positive. If you allocate a portion of
your Contract Value to a money market Sub-Account or participate in an Asset
Allocation Program where Contract Value is allocated to a money market
Sub-Account, that portion of your Contract Value may decrease in value.
** The Fixed Accumulation Feature is not a Sub-Account and the Company does not
provide investment advice in connection with this feature. The Fixed
Accumulation Feature is currently not available to C Share and I Share
products.
We do not guarantee the investment results of any of the underlying Funds. Since
each underlying Fund has different investment objectives, each is subject to
different risks. These risks and the Funds' expenses are more fully described in
the Funds' prospectus, and the Funds' Statement of Additional Information which
may be ordered from us. The Funds' prospectus should be read in conjunction with
this Prospectus before investing.
The Funds may not be available in all states.
MIXED AND SHARED FUNDING -- Shares of the Funds may be sold to our other
separate accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated
insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, a practice known as
"mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material
conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of
other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these
other separate accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any
such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate,
including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with
another underlying fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and
shared funding. These risks are disclosed in the Funds' prospectus.
VOTING RIGHTS -- We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the Separate
Account and we have the right to vote at the Fund's shareholder meetings. To the
extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we will:
Notify you of any Fund shareholders' meeting if the shares held for your
Contract may be voted.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 11
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us
how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract.
Arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Contract
Owners.
Vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to instructions
received from you, and
Vote all Fund shares for which no voting instructions are received in the
same proportion as shares for which instructions have been received.
If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present interpretation,
change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may decide to do so. You
may attend any Shareholder Meeting at which shares held for your Contract may be
voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payouts to you, the number of votes you
have will decrease. As a result of proportional voting, a small number of
Contract Owners could determine the outcome of a proposition subject to
shareholder vote.
SUBSTITUTIONS, ADDITIONS, OR DELETIONS OF FUNDS -- We reserve the right, subject
to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered under your
Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New Funds will be
made available to existing Contract Owners as we determine appropriate. We may
also close one or more Funds to additional Premium Payments or transfers from
existing Sub-Accounts. Unless otherwise directed, investment instructions will
be automatically updated to reflect the Fund surviving after any merger,
substitution or liquidation.
We may eliminate the shares of any of the Funds from the Contract for any reason
and we may substitute shares of another registered investment company for the
shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the
Separate Account. To the extent required by the Investment Company Act of 1940
(the "1940 Act"), substitutions of shares attributable to your interest in a
Fund will not be made until we have the approval of the Commission and we have
notified you of the change.
In the event of any substitution or change, we may, by appropriate endorsement,
make any changes in the Contract necessary or appropriate to reflect the
substitution or change. If we decide that it is in the best interest of Contract
Owners, the Separate Account may be operated as a management company under the
1940 Act or any other form permitted by law, may be deregistered under the 1940
Act in the event such registration is no longer required, or may be combined
with one or more other Separate Accounts.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES -- Union Security has entered into
agreements with the investment advisers or distributors of many of the Funds.
Under the terms of these agreements, Union Security, or its agents, provide
administrative and distribution related services and the Funds pay fees that are
usually based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of the
Funds. These agreements may be different for each Fund or each Fund family and
may include fees under a distribution and/or servicing plan adopted by a Fund
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
FEES WE RECEIVE FROM FUNDS AND RELATED PARTIES -- We receive substantial and
varying administrative service payments and Rule 12b-1 fees from certain Funds
or related parties. These types of payments and fees are sometimes referred to
as "revenue sharing" payments. We consider revenue sharing payments and fees
among a number of factors when deciding to add or keep a fund on the menu of
Funds that we offer through the Contract. We collect these payments and fees
under agreements between us and a Fund's principal underwriter, transfer agent,
investment adviser and/or other entities related to the Fund. We expect to make
a profit on these fees.
The availability of these types of arrangements creates an incentive for us to
seek and offer Funds (and classes of shares of such Funds) that pay us revenue
sharing. Other funds (or available classes of shares) may have lower fees and
better overall investment performance.
As of December 31, 2010, we have entered into arrangements to receive
administrative service payments and/or Rule 12b-1 fees from each of the
following Fund complexes (or affiliated entities): AllianceBernstein Variable
Products Series Funds & Alliance Bernstein Investments, American Century
Investment Services, Inc, DWS Scudder Distrubutors, Inc, Federated Sercurites
Corp, HL Investment Advisors, LLC, ING Fund Services, Invesco Advisors Inc., MFS
Fund Distributors, Inc. & Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Nationwide
Fund Distributors LLC, Nationwide Fund Advisors, Neuberger Berman Management
Inc, Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust & Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. &
Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc., Van Eck Securities Corp; Van Eck Fund, Inc; Van
Eck World Wide Investment Trust Funds, LLC, and Wells Fargo Variable Trust &
Wells Fargo Fund Management, LLC.
We are affiliated with Hartford Series Fund, Inc. and Hartford HLS Series Fund
II, Inc. (collectively, the "HLS Funds") based on our affiliation with their
investment advisers HL Investment Advisors, LLC and Hartford Investment
Management Company. In addition to investment advisory fees, we, or our other
insurance company affiliates, receive fees to provide, among other things,
administrative, processing, accounting and shareholder services for the HLS
Funds.
Not all Fund complexes pay the same amounts of revenue sharing payments and/or
Rule 12b-1 fees. Therefore, the amount of fees we collect may be greater or
smaller based on the Funds you select. Revenue sharing and Rule 12b-1 fees did
not exceed 0.50% and 0.35%, respectively, in 2010, of the annual percentage of
the average daily net assets (for instance, in 2010, assuming that you invested
in a Fund that paid us the maximum fees and you maintained a hypothetical
average balance of $10,000, we would collect $85 from that fund). We will
endeavor to update this listing annually and interim arrangements may not be
reflected. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, revenue sharing and Rule
12b-1 fees did not exceed approximately $53,000. These fees do not take into
consideration indirect benefits received by offering HLS Funds as investment
options.
<Page>
12 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
The Separate Account may advertise certain performance-related information
concerning the Sub-Accounts. Performance information about a Sub-Account is
based on the Sub-Account's past performance only and is no indication of future
performance.
When a Sub-Account advertises its standardized total return, it will usually be
calculated from the date of either the Separate Account's inception or the
Sub-Account's inception, whichever is later, one year, five years, and ten years
or some other relevant periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for
at least ten years. Total return is measured by comparing the value of an
investment in the Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the
value of the investment at the end of the period. Total return calculations
reflect a deduction for Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses, any Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge, Separate Account Annual Expenses without any optional
charge deductions, and the Annual Maintenance Fee.
The Separate Account may also advertise non-standardized total returns that
pre-date the inception of the Separate Account. These non-standardized total
returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in existence
for the same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions for
charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts.
Non-standardized total return calculations reflect a deduction for Total Annual
Fund Operating Expenses and Separate Account Annual Expenses without any
optional charge deductions, and do not include deduction for Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge or the Annual Maintenance Fee. This means the non-standardized
total return for a Sub-Account is higher than the standardized total return for
a Sub-Account. These non-standardized returns must be accompanied by
standardized returns.
If applicable, the Sub-Accounts may advertise yield in addition to total return.
This yield is based on the 30-day SEC yield of the Underlying Fund less the
recurring charges at the Separate Account level.
A money market Sub-Account may advertise yield and effective yield. The yield of
a Sub-Account over a seven-day period and then annualized, i.e. the income
earned in the period is assumed to be earned every seven days over a 52-week
period and stated as a percentage of the investment. Effective yield is
calculated similarly but when annualized, the income earned by the investment is
compounded in the course of a 52-week period. Yield and effective yield include
the recurring charges at the Separate Account level.
We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and prospective
Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials. These
topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as systematic investing, Dollar Cost Averaging
and asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in
tax-deferred and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical
purchase scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and
other investment alternatives, including comparisons between the Contract and
the characteristics of and market for such alternatives.
GUARANTEE PERIODS
Any amount you allocate to our General Account under this Contract earns a
guaranteed interest rate beginning on the date you make the allocation. The
guaranteed interest rate continues for the number of years you select, up to a
maximum of ten years. We call this a Guarantee Period. At the end of your
Guarantee Period, your Contract Value, including accrued interest, will be
allocated to a new Guarantee Period that is the same length as your original
Guaranteed Period. However, you may reallocate your Contract Value to different
then available Guarantee Periods or to the Sub-Accounts. If you decide to
reallocate your Contract Value, you must do so by sending us a written request.
We must receive your written request at least three business days before the end
of your Guarantee Period. The first day of your new Guarantee Period or other
reallocation will be the day after the end of your previous Guarantee Period. We
will notify you at least 45 days and not more than 75 days before the end of
your Guarantee Period.
Each Guarantee Period has its own guaranteed interest rate, which may differ
from other Guarantee Periods. We may, at our discretion, change the guaranteed
interest rate for future Guarantee Periods. These changes will not affect the
guaranteed interest rates we are paying on current Guarantee Periods. The
guaranteed interest rate will never be less than an effective annual rate of 3%.
Union Security's Management makes the final determination on the guaranteed
interest rates to be declared. We cannot predict or assure the level of any
future guaranteed interest rates in excess of an effective annual rate of 3%.
We declare the guaranteed interest rates from time to time as market conditions
dictate. We advise you of the guaranteed interest rate for a Guarantee Period at
the time we receive a Premium Payment from you, or at the time we execute a
transfer you have requested, or at the time a Guarantee Period is renewed. You
may obtain information concerning the guaranteed interest rates that apply to
the various Guarantee Periods. You may obtain this information from our home
office or from your sales representative at any time.
We do not have a specific formula for establishing the guaranteed interest rates
for the Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed interest rates may be influenced by the
available interest rates on the investments we acquire with the amounts you
allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. Guaranteed interest rates do not
necessarily correspond to the available interest rates on the investments we
acquire with the amounts you allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. In
addition, when we determine guaranteed interest rates, we may consider:
the duration of a Guarantee Period;
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
regulatory and tax requirements;
sales and administrative expenses we bear;
risks we assume;
our profitability objectives; and
general economic trends.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Except as described below, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to any
general account value that is surrendered, transferred, or otherwise paid out
(annuitized) before the end of a Guarantee Period. For example, we will apply a
Market Value Adjustment to the general account value that we pay as an amount
applied to distributions on the death of the Annuitant, an Annuity Payout
option, or as an amount paid as a single sum in lieu of an Annuity Payout.
The purpose of the Market Value Adjustment is to generally transfer the risk to
you of prematurely liquidating your investment. The Market Value Adjustment
reflects both the amount of time left in your Guarantee period and the
difference between the rate of interest credited to your current Guarantee
period and the interest rate we are crediting to a new Guarantee Period with a
duration equal to the amount of time left in your Guarantee Period. If your
Guarantee Period's rate of interest is lower than the sum of the new Guarantee
Period interest rate and the Market Value Adjustment factor, then the
application of the Market Value Adjustment will reduce the amount you receive or
transfer. Conversely, if your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is higher than
the sum of the rate of interest we are crediting for the new Guarantee Period
and the Market Value Adjustment factor, then the application of the Market Value
Adjustment will increase the amount you receive or transfer. You will find a
sample Market Value Adjustment calculation in Appendix I.
We do not apply a Market Value Adjustment to withdrawals and transfers of the
general account value in the following circumstances:
1. Surrenders during a 30 day period that begins 15 days before the end of
the Guarantee Period in which the general account value was being held,
and that ends 15 days after the end of the Guarantee Period in which
the general account value was being held; and
2. Surrenders or transfers from a Guarantee Period on a periodic,
automatic basis. This exception only applies to such withdrawals or
transfers under a formal company program. We may impose conditions and
limitations on any formal company program for the withdrawal or
transfer of general account values. Ask your representative about the
availability of such a program in your state and applicable conditions
and limitations.
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PLUS ("DCA PLUS") PROGRAMS -- You may enroll in one or
more special pre-authorized transfer programs known as our DCA Plus Programs
(the "Programs"). Under these Programs, Contract Owners who enroll may allocate
a minimum of $5,000 of their Premium Payment into a Program (we may allow a
lower minimum Premium Payment for qualified plan transfers or rollovers,
including IRAs) and pre-authorize transfers from our Fixed Accumulation Feature
to any of the Sub-Accounts under either a 6-Month Transfer Program or 12-Month
Transfer Program subject to Program rules. The 6-Month Transfer Program and the
12-Month Transfer Program will generally have different credited interest rates.
Under the 6-Month Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 6 months
and all Premium Payments and accrued interest must be transferred from the
Program to the selected Sub-Accounts in 3 to 6 months. Under the 12-Month
Transfer Program, the interest rate can accrue up to 12 months and all Premium
Payments and accrued interest must be transferred to the selected Sub-Accounts
in 7 to 12 months. This will be accomplished by monthly transfers for the period
selected and with the final transfer of the entire amount remaining in the
Program.
The pre-authorized transfers will begin within 15 days of receipt of the Program
payment provided we receive complete enrollment instructions. If we do not
receive complete Program enrollment instructions within 15 days of receipt of
the initial Program payment, the Program will be voided and the entire balance
in the Program will be transferred to the Accounts designated by you. If you do
not designate an Account, we will return your Program payment to you for further
instruction. If your Program payment is less than the required minimum amount,
we will apply it to your Contract according to your instructions on record for a
subsequent Premium Payment.
Under the DCA Plus Programs, the credited interest rate is not earned on the
full amount of your Premium Payment for the entire length of the Program. This
is because Program transfers to the Sub-Accounts decrease the amount of your
Premium Payment remaining in the Program.
All Program payments, including any subsequent Program payment, must meet the
Program minimum. Any subsequent Program payments we receive during an active
Program transfer period which are received during the same interest rate
effective period will be credited to the current Program. Any subsequent Program
payments we receive during an active Program transfer period which are received
during a different interest rate effective period will be used to start a new
Program. That Program will be credited with the interest rate in effect on the
date we start the new Program. Unless you send us different instructions, the
new Program will be the same length of time as your current Program and will
allocate the subsequent Program payments to the same Sub-Accounts.
The DCA Plus program may credit a higher interest rate but it does not ensure a
profit or protect you against a loss in declining markets.
Hartford may limit the total number of DCA Programs and DCA Plus Programs to 5
Programs open at any one time.
<Page>
14 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We determine, in our sole discretion, the interest rates credited to the
Program. These interest rates may vary depending on the Contract you purchased.
Please consult your Registered Representative to determine the interest rate for
your Program.
You may elect to terminate the transfers by calling or writing us of your intent
to cancel enrollment in the Program. Upon cancellation, all the amounts
remaining in the Program will be immediately transferred to the Sub-Accounts you
selected for the Program unless you provide us with different instructions.
We may discontinue, modify or amend the Programs or any other interest rate
program we establish. Any change to a Program will not affect Contract Owners
currently enrolled in the Program.
If you make systematic transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature under a
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or DCA Plus Program, you must wait 6 months after
your last systematic transfer before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed
Accumulation Feature.
THE CONTRACT
PURCHASES AND CONTRACT VALUE
WHAT TYPES OF CONTRACTS ARE AVAILABLE?
The Contract is an individual or group tax-deferred variable annuity contract.
It is designed for retirement planning purposes and may be purchased by any
individual, group or trust, including:
Any trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections
401(a) or 403(a) of the Code;
Individual Retirement Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the
Code;
Employee pension plans established for employees by a state, a political
subdivision of a state, or an agency of either a state or a political
subdivision of a state; and
Certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in Section 457 of
the Code.
We will no longer accept additional Premium Payments into any individual annuity
contract funded through a 403(b) plan.
The examples above represent Qualified Contracts, as defined by the Code. In
addition, individuals and trusts can also purchase Contracts that are not part
of a tax qualified retirement plan. These are known as Non-Qualified Contracts.
If you are purchasing the Contract for use in an IRA or other qualified
retirement plan, you should consider other features of the Contract besides tax
deferral, since any investment vehicle used within an IRA or other qualified
plan receives tax-deferred treatment under the Code.
HOW DO I PURCHASE A CONTRACT?
This Contract is no longer available for new sales.
Premium Payments sent to us must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be
drawn on U.S. banks. We do not accept cash, third party checks or double
endorsed checks. We reserve the right to limit the number of checks processed at
one time. If your check does not clear, your purchase will be cancelled and you
could be liable for any losses or fees incurred. A check must clear our account
through our Administrative Office to be considered to be in good order.
Premium Payments may not exceed $1 million without our prior approval. We
reserve the right to impose special conditions on anyone who seeks our approval
to exceed this limit.
You and your Annuitant must not be older than age 85 on the date that your
Contract is issued. You must be of minimum legal age in the state where the
Contract is being purchased or a guardian must act on your behalf. Optional
riders are subject to additional maximum issue age restrictions.
It is important that you notify us if you change your address. If your mail is
returned to us, we are likely to suspend future mailings until an updated
address is obtained. In addition, we may rely on a third party, including the US
Postal Service, to update your current address. Failure to give us a current
address may result in payments due and payable on your annuity contract being
considered abandoned property under state law, and remitted to the applicable
state.
HOW ARE PREMIUM PAYMENTS APPLIED TO MY CONTRACT?
Your initial Premium Payment will be invested within two Valuation Days of our
receipt of both a properly completed application order request and the Premium
Payment. If we receive your subsequent Premium Payment before the close of the
New York Stock Exchange, it will be priced on the same Valuation Day. If we
receive your Premium Payment after the close of the New York Stock Exchange, it
will be invested on the next Valuation Day. If we receive your subsequent
Premium Payment on a Non-Valuation Day, the amount will be invested on the next
Valuation Day. Unless we receive new instructions, we will invest the Premium
Payment based on your last allocation instructions on record. We will send you a
confirmation when we invest your Premium Payment.
If the request or other information accompanying the initial Premium Payment is
incomplete when received, we will hold the money in a non-interest bearing
account for up to five Valuation Days (from the Valuation Day that we actually
receive your initial Premium Payment at our Administrative Office together with
the Premium Payment) while we try to obtain complete information. If we cannot
obtain the information within five Valuation Days, we will either return the
Premium Payment and explain why the Premium Payment could not be processed or
keep the Premium Payment if you authorize us to keep it until you provide the
necessary information.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAN I CANCEL MY CONTRACT AFTER I PURCHASE IT?
If, for any reason, you are not satisfied with your Contract, simply return it
within ten days after you receive it with a written request for cancellation
that indicates your tax-withholding instructions. In some states, you may be
allowed more time to cancel your Contract. We may require additional
information, including a signature guarantee, before we can cancel your
Contract.
Unless otherwise required by state law, we will pay you your Contract Value as
of the Valuation Date we receive your request to cancel and will refund any
sales or contract charges incurred during the period you owned the Contract. The
Contract Value may be more or less than your Premium Payments depending upon the
investment performance of your Account. This means that you bear the risk of any
decline in your Contract Value until we receive your notice of cancellation. In
certain states, however, we are required to return your Premium Payment without
deduction for any fees or charges.
HOW IS THE VALUE OF MY CONTRACT CALCULATED BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE?
The Contract Value is the sum of all Accounts. There are two things that affect
your Sub-Account value: (1) the number of Accumulation Units and (2) the
Accumulation Unit Value. The Sub-Account value is determined by multiplying the
number of Accumulation Units by the Accumulation Unit Value. On any Valuation
Day your Contract Value reflects the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts
and will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds.
When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into
Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any
Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. The more Premium
Payments you make to your Contract, the more Accumulation Units you will own.
You decrease the number of Accumulation Units you have by requesting Surrenders,
transferring money out of an Account, settling a Death Benefit claim or by
annuitizing your Contract.
To determine the current Accumulation Unit Value, we take the prior Valuation
Day's Accumulation Unit Value and multiply it by the Net Investment Factor for
the current Valuation Day.
The Net Investment Factor is used to measure the investment performance of a
Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next. The Net Investment Factor for
each Sub-Account equals:
The net asset value per share plus applicable distributions per share of
each Fund at the end of the current Valuation Day divided by
The net asset value per share of each Fund at the end of the prior Valuation
Day; multiplied by
The daily expense factor for the mortality and expense risk charge adjusted
for the number of days in the period, and any other applicable charges.
We will send you a statement at least annually, which tells you how many
Accumulation Units you have, their value and your total Contract Value.
A Contract's Guarantee Period value is guaranteed by Union Security. We bear the
investment risk with respect to amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period, except
to the extent that (1) we may vary the guaranteed interest rate for future
Guarantee Periods (subject to the 3% effective annual minimum) and (2) the
Market Value Adjustment imposes investment risks on you. The Contract's
Guarantee Period value on any Valuation Date is the sum of its general account
values in each Guarantee Period on that date. The general account value in a
Guarantee Period is equal to the following amounts, in each case increased by
accrued interest at the applicable guaranteed interest rate:
The amount of Premium Payments or transferred amounts allocated to the
Guarantee Period; less
The amount of any transfers or Surrenders out of the Guarantee Period.
CAN I TRANSFER FROM ONE SUB-ACCOUNT TO ANOTHER?
You may make transfers between the Sub-Accounts offered in this Contract
according to our policies and procedures as amended from time to time.
WHAT IS A SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFER?
A Sub-Account transfer is a transaction requested by you that involves
reallocating part or all of your Contract Value among the Funds available in
your Contract. Your transfer request will be processed as of the end of the
Valuation Day that it received is in good order. Otherwise, your request will be
processed on the following Valuation Day. We will send you a confirmation when
we process your transfer. You are responsible for verifying transfer
confirmations and promptly advising us of any errors within 30 days of receiving
the confirmation.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN I REQUEST A SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFER?
Many Contract Owners request Sub-Account transfers. Some request transfers into
(purchases) a particular Sub-Account, and others request transfers out of
(redemptions) a particular Sub-Account. In addition, some Contract Owners
allocate new Premium Payments to Sub-Accounts, and others request Surrenders. We
combine all the daily requests to transfer out of a Sub-Account along with all
Surrenders from that Sub-Account and determine how many shares of that Fund we
would need to sell to satisfy all Contract Owners' "transfer-out" requests. At
the same time, we also combine all the daily requests to transfer into a
particular Sub-Account or new Premium Payments allocated to that Sub-Account and
determine how many shares of that Fund we would need to buy to satisfy all
Contract Owners' "transfer-in" requests.
In addition, many of the Funds that are available as investment options in our
variable annuity products are also available as investment options in variable
life insurance policies, retirement plans, funding agreements and other products
offered by us or our affiliates. Each day, investors and participants in these
other products engage in similar transfer transactions.
<Page>
16 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We take advantage of our size and available technology to combine sales of a
particular Fund for many of the variable annuities, variable life insurance
policies, retirement plans, funding agreements or other products offered by us
or our affiliates. We also combine many of the purchases of that particular Fund
for many of the products we offer. We then "net" these trades by offsetting
purchases against redemptions. Netting trades has no impact on the net asset
value of the Fund shares that you purchase or sell. This means that we sometimes
reallocate shares of a Fund rather than buy new shares or sell shares of the
Fund.
For example, if we combine all transfer-out (redemption) requests and Surrenders
of a stock Fund Sub-Account with all other sales of that Fund from all our other
products, we may have to sell $1 million dollars of that Fund on any particular
day. However, if other Contract Owners and the owners of other products offered
by us, want to transfer-in (purchase) an amount equal to $300,000 of that same
Fund, then we would send a sell order to the Fund for $700,000 (a $1 million
sell order minus the purchase order of $300,000) rather than making two or more
transactions.
WHAT RESTRICTIONS ARE THERE ON MY ABILITY TO MAKE A SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFER?
FIRST, YOU MAY MAKE ONLY ONE SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFER REQUEST EACH DAY. We limit
each Contract Owner to one Sub-Account transfer request each Valuation Day. We
count all Sub-Account transfer activity that occurs on any one Valuation Day as
one "Sub-Account transfer;" however, you cannot transfer the same Contract Value
more than once a Valuation Day.
EXAMPLES
<Table>
<Caption>
TRANSFER REQUEST PER VALUATION DAY PERMISSIBLE?
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to a growth Yes
Sub-Account
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to any number Yes
of other Sub-Accounts (dividing the $10,000 among the other
Sub-Accounts however you chose)
Transfer $10,000 from any number of different Sub-Accounts to Yes
any number of other Sub-Accounts
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to a growth No
Sub-Account and then, before the end of that same Valuation Day,
transfer the same $10,000 from the growth Sub-Account to an
international Sub-Account
</Table>
SECOND, YOU ARE ALLOWED TO SUBMIT A TOTAL OF 20 SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFERS EACH
CONTRACT YEAR (THE "TRANSFER RULE") BY U.S. MAIL, VOICE RESPONSE UNIT, INTERNET
OR TELEPHONE. Once you have reached the maximum number of Sub-Account transfers,
you may only submit any additional Sub-Account transfer requests and any trade
cancellation requests in writing through U.S. Mail or overnight delivery
service. In other words, Voice Response Unit, Internet or telephone transfer
requests will not be honored. We may, but are not obligated to, notify you when
you are in jeopardy of approaching these limits. For example, we will send you a
letter after your 10th Sub-Account transfer to remind you about the Transfer
Rule. After your 20th transfer request, our computer system will not allow you
to do another Sub-Account transfer by telephone, Voice Response Unit or via the
Internet. You will then be instructed to send your Sub-Account transfer request
by U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service.
We reserve the right to aggregate your Contracts (whether currently existing or
those recently surrendered) for the purposes of enforcing these restrictions.
The Transfer Rule does not apply to Sub-Account transfers that occur
automatically as part of a Company-sponsored asset allocation or Dollar Cost
Averaging program. Reallocations made based on a Fund merger, substitution or
liquidation also do not count toward this transfer limit. Restrictions may vary
based on state law.
We make no assurances that the Transfer Rule is or will be effective in
detecting or preventing market timing.
THIRD, POLICIES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO RESTRICT EXCESSIVE SUB-ACCOUNT
TRANSFERS. You should not purchase this Contract if you want to make frequent
Sub-Account transfers for any reason. In particular, don't purchase this
Contract if you plan to engage in "market timing," which includes frequent
transfer activity into and out of the same Fund, or frequent Sub-Account
transfers in order to exploit any inefficiencies in the pricing of a Fund. Even
if you do not engage in market timing, certain restrictions may be imposed on
you, as discussed below:
Generally, you are subject to Fund trading policies, if any. We are obligated to
provide, at the Fund's request, tax identification numbers and other shareholder
identifying information contained in our records to assist Funds in identifying
any pattern or frequency of Sub-Account transfers that may violate their trading
policy. In certain instances, we have agreed to serve as a Fund's agent to help
monitor compliance with that Fund's trading policy.
We are obligated to follow each Fund's instructions regarding enforcement of
their trading policy. Penalties for violating these policies may include, among
other things, temporarily or permanently limiting or banning you from making
Sub-Account transfers into a Fund or other funds within that fund complex. We
are not authorized to grant exceptions to a Fund's trading policy. Please refer
to each Fund's prospectus for more information. Transactions that cannot be
processed because of Fund trading policies will be considered not in good order.
In certain circumstances, fund trading policies do not apply or may be limited.
For instance:
Certain types of financial intermediaries may not be required to provide us
with shareholder information.
"Excepted funds" such as money market funds and any Fund that affirmatively
permits short-term trading of its securities
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 17
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
may opt not to adopt this type of policy. This type of policy may not apply to
any financial intermediary that a Fund treats as a single investor.
A Fund can decide to exempt categories of contract holders whose contracts
are subject to inconsistent trading restrictions or none at all.
Non-shareholder initiated purchases or redemptions may not always be
monitored. These include Sub-Account transfers that are executed: (i)
automatically pursuant to a company- sponsored contractual or systematic
program such as transfers of assets as a result of "dollar cost averaging"
programs, asset allocation programs, automatic rebalancing programs, annuity
payouts, loans, or systematic withdrawal programs; (ii) as a result of the
payment of a Death Benefit; (iii) as a step-up in Contract Value pursuant to
a Contract Death Benefit or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit; (iv) as a
result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; or (v) as a
result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions,
scheduled withdrawals or surrenders, retirement plan salary reduction
contributions, or planned premium payments.
POSSIBILITY OF UNDETECTED ABUSIVE TRADING OR MARKET TIMING. We may not be able
to detect or prevent all abusive trading or market timing activities. For
instance,
Since we net all the purchases and redemptions for a particular Fund for
this and many of our other products, transfers by any specific market timer
could be inadvertently overlooked.
Certain forms of variable annuities and types of Funds may be attractive to
market timers. We cannot provide assurances that we will be capable of
addressing possible abuses in a timely manner.
These policies apply only to individuals and entities that own this Contract
or have the right to make transfers (regardless of whether requests are made
by you or anyone else acting on your behalf). However, the Funds that make
up the Sub-Accounts of this Contract are also available for use with many
different variable life insurance policies, variable annuity products and
funding agreements, and are offered directly to certain qualified retirement
plans. Some of these products and plans may have less restrictive transfer
rules or no transfer restrictions at all.
In some cases, we were unable to count the number of Sub-Account transfers
requested by group annuity participants co-investing in the same Funds
("Participants") or enforce the Transfer Rule because we do not keep
Participants' account records for a Contract. In those cases, the
Participant account records and Participant Sub-Account transfer information
are kept by such owners or its third party service provider. These owners
and third party service providers may provide us with limited information or
no information at all regarding Participant Sub-Account transfers.
HOW AM I AFFECTED BY FREQUENT SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFERS?
We are not responsible for losses or lost investment opportunities associated
with the effectuation of these policies. Frequent Sub-Account transfers may
result in the dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by a
Fund as a result of increased transaction costs and lost investment
opportunities typically associated with maintaining greater cash positions. This
can adversely impact Fund performance and, as a result, the performance of your
Contract. This may also lower the Death Benefit paid to your Beneficiary or
lower Annuity Payouts for your Payee as well as reduce value of other optional
benefits available under your Contract.
Separate Account investors could be prevented from purchasing Fund shares if we
reach an impasse on the execution of a Fund's trading instructions. In other
words, a Fund complex could refuse to allow new purchases of shares by all our
variable product investors if the Fund and we cannot reach a mutually acceptable
agreement on how to treat an investor who, in a Fund's opinion, has violated the
Fund's trading policy.
In some cases, we do not have the tax identification number or other identifying
information requested by a Fund in our records. In those cases, we rely on the
Contract Owner to provide the information. If the Contract Owner does not
provide the information, we may be directed by the Fund to restrict the Contract
Owner from further purchases of Fund shares. In those cases, all participants
under a plan funded by the Contract will also be precluded from further
purchases of Fund shares.
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE TRANSFERS -- During each contract year during the
Accumulation Period, you may make a transfers out of the Fixed Accumulation
Feature to Sub-Account. The transfer must be for $500 or more. All transfer
allocations must be in whole numbers (e.g. 1%). You may transfer 50% of your
total amount in the Fixed Accumulation Feature, unless the balance is less than
$1000, then you may transfer the entire amount.
FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS -- We reserve the right to
defer transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature for up to 6 months from the
date of your request. After any transfer, you must wait 6 months before moving
Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature. After the Annuity
Commencement Date, you may not make transfers from the Fixed Accumulation
Feature.
POWER OF ATTORNEY -- You may authorize another person to make transfers on your
behalf by submitting a completed power of attorney form. Once we have the
completed form on file, we will accept transfer instructions from your
designated third party, subject to any transfer restrictions in place, until we
receive new instructions in writing from you. You will not be able to make
transfers or other changes to your Contract if you have authorized someone else
to act under a power of attorney.
<Page>
18 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHARGES AND FEES
The following charges and fees are associated with the Contract:
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE
For assuming mortality and expense risks under the Contract, we deduct a daily
charge at an annual rate of 0.45% of Sub-Account Value. The mortality and
expense risk charge is broken into charges for mortality risks and for an
expense risk:
MORTALITY RISK -- There are two types of mortality risks that we assume,
those made while your Premium Payments are accumulating and those made once
Annuity Payouts have begun.
During the period your Premium Payments are accumulating, we are required to
cover any difference between the Death Benefit paid and the Surrender Value.
These differences may occur during periods of declining value or in periods
where the Contingent Deferred Sales Charges would have been applicable. The risk
that we bear during this period is that actual mortality rates, in aggregate,
may exceed expected mortality rates.
Once Annuity Payouts have begun, we may be required to make Annuity Payouts as
long as the Annuitant is living, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives. The
risk that we bear during this period is that the actual mortality rates, in
aggregate, may be lower than the expected mortality rates.
EXPENSE RISK -- We also bear an expense risk that the Contingent Deferred
Sales Charges and the Annual Maintenance Fee collected before the Annuity
Commencement Date may not be enough to cover the actual cost of selling,
distributing and administering the Contract.
Although variable Annuity Payouts will fluctuate with the performance of the
underlying Fund selected, your Annuity Payouts will not be affected by (a) the
actual mortality experience of our Annuitants, or (b) our actual expenses if
they are greater than the deductions stated in the Contract. Because we cannot
be certain how long our Annuitants will live, we charge this percentage fee
based on the mortality tables currently in use. The mortality and expense risk
charge enables us to keep our commitments and to pay you as planned.
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE
The Annual Maintenance Fee is a flat fee that is deducted from your Contract
Value to reimburse us for expenses relating to the administrative maintenance of
the Contract and the Accounts. The annual $30 charge is deducted on a Contract
Anniversary or when the Contract is fully Surrendered if the Contract Value at
either of those times is less than $50,000. The charge is deducted
proportionately from each Account in which you are invested.
WHEN IS THE ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE WAIVED?
We will waive the Annual Maintenance Fee if your Contract Value is $50,000 or
more on your Contract Anniversary or when you fully Surrender your Contract. We
reserve the right to waive the Annual Maintenance Fee under certain other
conditions.
PREMIUM TAXES
We deduct Premium Taxes, imposed on us, by a state or other government agency.
Some states collect the taxes when Premium Payments are made; others collect at
Annuitization. Since we pay Premium Taxes when they are required by applicable
law, we may deduct them from your Contract when we pay the taxes, upon
Surrender, or on the Annuity Commencement Date. The Premium Tax rate varies by
state or municipality and currently ranges from 0% - 3.5%.
CHARGES AGAINST THE FUNDS
The Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. The net
asset value of the Fund shares reflects investment advisory fees and
administrative expenses already deducted from the assets of the Funds. These
charges are described in the Fund prospectuses.
DEATH BENEFIT
WHAT IS THE DEATH BENEFIT AND HOW IS IT CALCULATED?
The Death Benefit is the amount we will pay if the Contract Owner dies before we
begin to make Annuity Payouts. The Death Benefit is calculated when we receive a
certified death certificate or other legal document acceptable to us along with
complete instructions from all beneficiaries on how to pay the death benefit.
Until we receive proof of death and the completed instructions from the
Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will remain invested in the same Accounts,
according to the Contract Owner's last instructions. Therefore, the Death
Benefit amount will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. When
there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Accumulation Units for
each Sub-Account for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds.
If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the
greater of:
The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus any partial Surrenders
and any applicable negative Market Value Adjustment; or
The Contract Value of your Contract.
HOW IS THE DEATH BENEFIT PAID?
The Death Benefit may be taken in one lump sum or under any of the Annuity
Payout Options then being offered by us. On the date we receive proof of death
and complete instructions from the Beneficiary, we will compute the Death
Benefit to be paid out or applied to a selected Annuity Payout Option. When
there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Death Benefit amount
for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds and then pay it out or apply it
to a selected Annuity Payout Option according to each Beneficiary's
instructions. If we receive the complete instructions on a Non-Valuation Day,
computations will take place on the next Valuation Day.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 19
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the Death Benefit is $50,000 or more, the Beneficiary may elect to have their
Death Benefit paid through our "Safe Haven program." Under this program, the
proceeds remain in our General Account and the Beneficiary will receive a draft
book. Proceeds are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the Company;
however, it is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal deposit
Insurance Corporation (FDIC), nor is it backed by any federal or state
government agency. The Beneficiary can write one draft for total payment of the
Death Benefit, or keep the money in the General Account and write drafts as
needed. We will credit interest at a rate determined periodically in our sole
discretion. THE INTEREST RATE IS BASED UPON THE ANALYSIS OF INTEREST RATES
CREDITED TO FUNDS LEFT ON DEPOSIT WITH OTHER INSURANCE COMPANIES UNDER PROGRAMS
SIMILAR TO THE HARTFORD'S SAFE HAVEN PROGRAM. IN DETERMINING THE INTEREST RATE,
WE ALSO FACTOR IN THE IMPACT OF OUR PROFITABILITY, GENERAL ECONOMIC TRENDS,
COMPETITIVE FACTORS AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. THE INTEREST RATE CREDIT IS NOT
THE SAME RATE EARNED ON ASSETS IN THE FIXED ACCUMULATION FEATURE OR PERSONAL
PENSION ACCOUNT AND IS NOT SUBJECT TO MINIMUM INTEREST RATES PRESCRIBED BY STATE
NON-FORFEITURE LAWS. For federal income tax purposes, the Beneficiary will be
deemed to have received the lump sum payment on transfer of the Death benefit
amount to the General account. The interest will be taxable to the Beneficiary
in the tax year that it is credited. We may not offer the Safe Haven program in
all states and we reserve the right to discontinue offering it at any time.
Although there are no direct charges for the program, we earn investment income
from the proceeds. The Investment income we earn is likely more than the amount
of interest we credit; therefore, we make a profit from the difference.
The Beneficiary may elect, under the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option, "Death
Benefit Remaining with the Company," to leave proceeds from the Death Benefit
with us for up to five years from the date of death if the death occurred before
the Annuity Commencement Date. Once we receive a certified death certificate or
other legal document acceptable to us, the Beneficiary can: (a) make Sub-Account
transfers and (b) take Surrenders.
The Beneficiary of a non-qualified Contract or IRA may also elect the Single
Life Expectancy Only option. This option allows the Beneficiary to take the
Death Benefit invested in a series of payments spread over a period equal to the
Beneficiary's remaining life expectancy. Distributions are calculated based on
IRS life expectancy tables. This option is subject to different limitations and
conditions depending on whether the Contract is non-qualified or an IRA.
REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS -- If the Contract Owner dies before the Annuity
Commencement Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed within five years after
death, or be distributed under a distribution option or Annuity Payout Option
that satisfies the Alternatives to the Required Distributions described below.
If the Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date under an
Annuity Payout Option that permits the Beneficiary to elect to continue Annuity
Payouts or receive the Commuted Value, any remaining value must be distributed
at least as rapidly as under the payment method being used as of the Contract
Owner's death.
If the Contract Owner is not an individual (e.g. a trust), then the original
Annuitant will be treated as the Contract Owner in the situations described
above and any change in the original Annuitant will be treated as the death of
the Contract Owner.
WHAT SHOULD THE BENEFICIARY CONSIDER?
ALTERNATIVES TO THE REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS -- The selection of an Annuity Payout
Option and the timing of the selection will have an impact on the tax treatment
of the Death Benefit. To receive favorable tax treatment, the Annuity Payout
Option selected: (a) cannot extend beyond the Beneficiary's life or life
expectancy, and (b) must begin within one year of the date of death.
If these conditions are NOT met, the Death Benefit will be treated as a lump sum
payment for tax purposes. This sum will be taxable in the year in which it is
considered received.
SPOUSAL CONTRACT CONTINUATION -- If the Contract Owner dies and the Beneficiary
is the Contract Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the
Contract as the Contract Owner, receive the death benefit in one lump sum
payment or elect an Annuity Payout Option. If the Contract continues with the
spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that
we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to
receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. Spousal Contract Continuation
will only apply one time for each Contract.
SURRENDERS
WHAT KINDS OF SURRENDERS ARE AVAILABLE?
FULL SURRENDERS BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- When you Surrender your
Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living,
the Surrender Value of the Contract will be made in a lump sum payment. The
Surrender Value is the Contract Value minus any applicable Market Value
Adjustment and Premium Taxes. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the
amount of the Premium Payments made to a Contract.
PARTIAL SURRENDERS BEFORE THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE -- You may request a
partial Surrender of Contract Values at any time before the Annuity Commencement
Date and while the Annuitant is living. There are two restrictions:
The partial Surrender amount must be at least equal to $1,000, our current
minimum for partial Surrenders, and
The Contract must have a minimum Contract Value of $1,000 after the
Surrender. We reserve the right to close your Contract and pay the full
Surrender Value if the Contract Value is under the minimum after the
Surrender. The minimum Contract Value in Texas must be $1,000 after the
Surrender with no Premium Payments made during the prior two Contract Years.
<Page>
20 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HOW DO I REQUEST A SURRENDER?
Requests for full Surrenders must be in writing. Requests for partial Surrenders
can be made in writing or by telephone. We will send your money within seven
days of receiving complete instructions. However, we may postpone payment of
Surrenders whenever: (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed, (b) trading on
the New York Stock Exchange is restricted by the SEC, (c) the SEC permits and
orders postponement, or (d) the SEC determines that an emergency exists to
restrict valuation.
WRITTEN REQUESTS -- To request a full or partial Surrender, complete a Surrender
Form or send us a letter, signed by you, stating:
the dollar amount that you want to receive, either before or after we
withhold taxes and deduct for any applicable charges,
your tax withholding amount or percentage, if any, and
your mailing address.
If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize all Surrenders. For a
partial Surrender, specify the Accounts that you want your Surrender to come
from, otherwise, the Surrender will be taken in proportion to the value in each
Account.
You may submit this form via facsimile.
TELEPHONE REQUESTS -- To request a partial Surrender by telephone, we must have
received your completed Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form. If there
are joint Contract Owners, both must sign this form. By signing the form, you
authorize us to accept telephone instructions for partial Surrenders from either
Contract Owner. Telephone authorization will remain in effect until we receive a
written cancellation notice from you or your joint Contract Owner, we
discontinue the program; or you are no longer the owner of the Contract. There
are some restrictions on telephone surrenders, please call us with any
questions.
We may record telephone calls and use other procedures to verify information and
confirm that instructions are genuine. We will not be liable for losses or
expenses arising from telephone instructions reasonably believed to be genuine.
WE MAY MODIFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS AT ANY TIME.
Telephone Surrender instructions received before the close of the New York Stock
Exchange will be processed on that Valuation Day. Otherwise, your request will
be processed on the next Valuation Day.
COMPLETING A POWER OF ATTORNEY FORM FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO ACT ON YOUR BEHALF MAY
PREVENT YOU FROM MAKING SURRENDERS VIA TELEPHONE.
WHAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED ABOUT TAXES?
There are certain tax consequences associated with Surrenders:
PRIOR TO AGE 59 1/2 -- If you make a Surrender prior to age 59 1/2, there may be
adverse tax consequences including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the
taxable portion of the Surrender payment. Surrendering before age 59 1/2 may
also affect the continuing tax-qualified status of some Contracts.
WE DO NOT MONITOR SURRENDER REQUESTS. TO DETERMINE WHETHER A SURRENDER IS
PERMISSIBLE, WITH OR WITHOUT FEDERAL INCOME TAX PENALTY, PLEASE CONSULT YOUR
PERSONAL TAX ADVISER.
MORE THAN ONE CONTRACT ISSUED IN THE SAME CALENDAR YEAR -- If you own more than
one contract issued by us or our affiliates in the same calendar year, then
these contracts may be treated as one contract for the purpose of determining
the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Please
consult your tax adviser for additional information.
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 403(b) ANNUITIES -- As of December 31, 1988, all
section 403(b) annuities have limits on full and partial Surrenders.
Contributions to your Contract made after December 31, 1988 and any increases in
cash value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed unless you are: (a)
age 59 1/2, (b) no longer employed, (c) deceased, (d) disabled, or (e)
experiencing a financial hardship (cash value increases may not be distributed
for hardships prior to age 59 1/2). Distributions prior to age 59 1/2 due to
financial hardship; unemployment or retirement may still be subject to a penalty
tax of 10%.
We will no longer accept any incoming 403(b) exchanges or applications for
403(b) individual annuity contracts.
WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO CONSULT WITH YOUR QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER BEFORE MAKING ANY
SURRENDERS. PLEASE SEE THE "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS" SECTION FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
ANNUITY PAYOUTS
THIS SECTION DESCRIBES WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE BEGIN TO MAKE REGULAR ANNUITY
PAYOUTS FROM YOUR CONTRACT. YOU, AS THE CONTRACT OWNER, SHOULD ANSWER FIVE
QUESTIONS:
When do you want Annuity Payouts to begin?
Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?
How often do you want to receive Annuity Payouts?
What level of Assumed Investment Return should you choose?
Do you want Annuity Payouts to be fixed or variable or a combination?
Please check with your Registered Representative to select the Annuity Payout
Option that best meets your income needs.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 21
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. WHEN DO YOU WANT ANNUITY PAYOUTS TO BEGIN?
You select an Annuity Commencement Date when you purchase your Contract or at
any time before you begin receiving Annuity Payouts. You may change the Annuity
Commencement Date by notifying us within thirty days prior to the date. The
Annuity Commencement Date cannot be deferred beyond the Annuitant's 91st
birthday. The date you select may have tax consequences, so please check with a
qualified tax advisor. If this Contract is issued to the trustee of a Charitable
Remainder Trust, the Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the
Annuitant's 100th birthday.
The Annuity Calculation Date is when the amount of your Annuity Payout is
determined. This occurs within five Valuation Days before your selected Annuity
Commencement Date.
All Annuity Payouts, regardless of frequency, will occur on the same day of the
month as the Annuity Commencement Date. After the initial payout, if an Annuity
Payout date falls on a Non-Valuation Day, the Annuity Payout is computed on the
prior Valuation Day. If the Annuity Payout date does not occur in a given month
due to a leap year or months with only 28 days (i.e. the 31st), the Annuity
Payout will be computed on the last Valuation Day of the month.
2. WHICH ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION DO YOU WANT TO USE?
Your Contract contains the Annuity Payout Options described below. The Annuity
Proceeds Settlement Option is an option that can be elected by the Beneficiary
and is described in the "Death Benefit" section. We may at times offer other
Annuity Payout Options. Once we begin to make Annuity Payouts, the Annuity
Payout Option cannot be changed.
LIFE ANNUITY
We make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living. When the Annuitant
dies, we stop making Annuity Payouts. A Payee would receive only one Annuity
Payout if the Annuitant dies after the first payout, two Annuity Payouts if the
Annuitant dies after the second payout, and so forth.
LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR 10 OR 20 YEARS
We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, but we at least
guarantee to make Annuity Payouts for a time period you select either 10 or 20
years. If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed number of years have passed,
then the Beneficiary may elect to continue Annuity Payouts for the remainder of
the guaranteed number of years.
JOINT AND FULL SURVIVOR ANNUITY
We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant are
living. When one Annuitant dies, we continue to make Annuity Payouts to the
Contract Owner until that second Annuitant dies.
JOINT AND 1/2 CONTINGENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY
We make Payouts as long as both the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant are alive. If
the Annuitant dies first, we will make Payouts equal to 1/2 the original payout.
If the Joint Annuitant dies first, we will continue to make Payouts at the full
amount.
We may offer other Annuity Payout Options available.
YOU CANNOT SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT ONCE ANNUITY PAYOUTS BEGIN.
For Qualified Contracts, if you elect an Annuity Payout Option with a Period
Certain, the guaranteed number of years must be less than the life
expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Payouts begin. We
compute life expectancy using the IRS mortality tables.
AUTOMATIC ANNUITY PAYOUTS -- If you do not elect an Annuity Payout Option,
Annuity Payouts will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement Date
under the Life Annuity with Payments for a Period Certain Annuity Payout
Option with a ten-year period certain. Automatic Annuity Payouts will be
fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts, variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts,
or a combination of fixed or variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts,
depending on the investment allocation of your Account in effect on the
Annuity Commencement Date.
3. HOW OFTEN DO YOU WANT THE PAYEE TO RECEIVE ANNUITY PAYOUTS?
In addition to selecting an Annuity Commencement Date and an Annuity Payout
Option, you must also decide how often you want the Payee to receive Annuity
Payouts. You may choose to receive Annuity Payouts:
monthly,
quarterly,
semiannually, or
annually.
Once you select a frequency, it cannot be changed. If you do not make a
selection, the Payee will receive monthly Annuity Payouts. You must select a
frequency that results in an Annuity Payout of at least $50. If the amount falls
below $50, we have the right to change the frequency to bring the Annuity Payout
up to at least $50.
4. WHAT IS THE ASSUMED INVESTMENT RETURN?
The Assumed Investment Return ("AIR") is the investment return before we start
to make Annuity Payouts. It is a critical assumption for calculating variable
dollar amount Annuity Payouts. The first Annuity Payout will be based upon the
AIR. The remaining Annuity Payouts will fluctuate based on the performance of
the underlying Funds. The AIR for this Contract is 3%.
For example, if the Sub-Accounts earned exactly the same as the AIR, then the
second monthly Annuity Payout Option is the same as the first. If the
Sub-Accounts earned more than the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout
Option is higher than the first. If the Sub-Accounts earned less than the AIR,
then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is lower than the first.
Level variable dollar Annuity Payouts would be produced if the investment
returns remained constant and equal to the AIR. In
<Page>
22 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
fact, Annuity Payouts will vary up or down as the investment rate varies up or
down from the AIR.
5. DO YOU WANT FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT OR VARIABLE DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY PAYOUTS
OR A COMBINATION OF BOTH?
You may choose an Annuity Payout Option with fixed dollar amounts, variable
dollar amounts or a combination depending on your income needs.
FIXED DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY PAYOUTS -- Once a fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout
begins, you cannot change your selection to receive variable dollar amount
Annuity Payout. You will receive equal fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts
throughout the Annuity Payout period. Fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout amounts
are determined by multiplying the Contract Value, minus any applicable Premium
Taxes, by an annuity rate. The annuity rate is set by us and is not less than
the rate specified in the fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout Option tables in
your Contract.
VARIABLE DOLLAR AMOUNT ANNUITY PAYOUTS -- A variable dollar amount Annuity
Payout is based on the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts. The variable
dollar amount Annuity Payouts may fluctuate with the performance of the
underlying Funds. To begin making variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, we
convert the first Annuity Payout amount to a set number of Annuity Units and
then price those units to determine the Annuity Payout amount. The number of
Annuity Units that determines the Annuity Payout amount remains fixed unless you
transfer units between Sub-Accounts.
The dollar amount of the first variable Annuity Payout depends on:
the Annuity Payout Option chosen,
the Annuitant's attained age and gender (if applicable), and,
the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity
Mortality table
the Assumed Investment Return
The total amount of the first variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is
determined by dividing the Contract Value minus any applicable Premium Taxes, by
$1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor defined in the Contract
for the selected Annuity Payout Option.
The dollar amount of each subsequent variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is
equal to the total of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account multiplied by Annuity
Unit Value for each Sub-Account.
The Annuity Unit Value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to
the Accumulation Unit Value Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation
Period multiplied by the Annuity Unit Factor, multiplied by the Annuity Unit
Value for the preceding Valuation Period. The Annuity Unit Factor for a 3% AIR
is 0.999919%.
COMBINATION ANNUITY PAYOUTS -- You may choose to receive a combination of fixed
dollar amount and variable dollar amount annuity payouts as long as they total
100% of your Annuity Payout. For example, you may choose to receive 40% fixed
dollar amount and 60% variable dollar amount to meet your income needs.
Combination Annuity Payouts are not available during the first two Contract
Years.
TRANSFER OF ANNUITY UNITS -- After the Annuity Calculation Date, you may
transfer dollar amounts of Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another four
times per year. On the day you make a transfer, the dollar amounts are equal for
both Sub-Accounts and the number of Annuity Units will be different. We will
transfer the dollar amount of your Annuity Units the day we receive your written
request if received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange. Otherwise,
the transfer will be made on the next Valuation Day. All Sub-Account transfers
must comply with our Sub-Account transfer restriction policies. For more
information on Sub-Account restrictions, please see the sub-section entitled
"Can I transfer from one Sub-Account to another?" under the section entitled
"The Contract."
OTHER PROGRAMS AVAILABLE
We may discontinue, modify or amend any of these Programs or any other programs
we establish. Any changes to a Program will not affect Contract Owners currently
enrolled in the Program. If you are enrolled in any of these programs while a
Fund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in
any communication from us, your Contract Value invested in such underlying Fund
will be transferred automatically to the designated surviving Fund in the case
of mergers and any available Money Market Fund in the case of Fund liquidations.
Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the
surviving Fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments.
INVESTEASE(R) -- InvestEase, which was formerly called "PAC," is an electronic
transfer program that allows you to have money automatically transferred from
your checking or savings account, and invested in your Contract. It is available
for Premium Payments made after your initial Premium Payment. The minimum amount
for each transfer is $50. You can elect to have transfers occur either monthly
or quarterly, and they can be made into any Account available in your Contract
excluding the DCA Plus Programs.
AUTOMATIC INCOME PROGRAM -- The Automatic Income Program allows you to Surrender
a percentage of your total Premium Payments each Contract Year. You can
Surrender from the Accounts you select systematically on a monthly, quarterly,
semiannual, or annual basis. Please see Federal Tax Considerations and
Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans for more information
regarding the tax consequences associated with your Contract.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 23
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC ASSET ALLOCATION MODELS
This feature allows you to select an asset allocation model of Funds based on
several potential factors including your risk tolerance, time horizon,
investment objectives, or your preference to invest in certain funds or fund
families. Based on these factors, you can select one of several asset allocation
models, with each specifying percentage allocations among various Funds
available under your Contract. Asset allocation models can be based on generally
accepted investment theories that take into account the historic returns of
different asset classes (e.g., equities, bonds or cash) over different time
periods, or can be based on certain potential investment strategies that could
possibly be achieved by investing in particular funds or fund families and are
not based on such investment theories.
If you choose to participate in one of these asset allocation models, you must
invest all of your Premium Payment into one model. You may invest in an asset
allocation model through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program where the Fixed
Accumulation Feature, or a Dollar Cost Averaging Plus Program is the source of
the assets to be invested in the asset allocation model you have chosen. You can
also participate in these asset allocation models while enrolled in the
Automatic Income Program.
You may participate in only one asset allocation model at a time. Asset
allocation models cannot be combined with other asset allocation models or with
individual sub-account elections. You can switch asset allocation models up to
twelve times per year. Your ability to elect or switch into and between asset
allocation models may be restricted based on fund abusive trading restrictions.
Your investments in an asset allocation model will be rebalanced quarterly to
reflect the model's original percentages.
We have no discretionary authority or control over your investment decisions.
These asset allocation models are based on then available Funds and do not
include the Fixed Accumulation Feature. We make available educational
information and materials (e.g., risk tolerance questionnaire, pie charts,
graphs, or case studies) that can help you select an asset allocation model, but
we do not recommend asset allocation models or otherwise provide advice as to
what asset allocation model may be appropriate for you.
While we will not alter allocation percentages used in any asset allocation
model, allocation weightings could be affected by mergers, liquidations, fund
substitutions or closures. Individual availability of these models is subject to
fund company restrictions. Please refer to WHAT RESTRICTIONS ARE THERE ON YOUR
ABILITY TO MAKE A SUB-ACCOUNT TRANSFER? for more information.
You will not be provided with information regarding periodic updates to the
Funds and allocation percentages in the asset allocation models, and we will not
reallocate your Account Value based on those updates. Information on updated
asset allocation models may be obtained by contacting your Registered
Representative. If you wish to update your asset allocation model, you may do so
by terminating your existing model and re-enrolling into a new one. Investment
alternatives other than these asset allocation models are available that may
enable you to invest your Contract Value with similar risk and return
characteristics. When considering an asset allocation model for your individual
situation, you should consider your other assets, income and investments in
addition to this annuity.
Asset Rebalancing
In asset rebalancing, you select a portfolio of Funds, and we will rebalance
your assets at the specified frequency to reflect the original allocation
percentages you selected. You can choose how much of your Contract Value you
want to invest in this program. You can also combine this program with others
such as the Automatic Income Program and Dollar Cost Averaging Program (subject
to restrictions). You may designate only one set of asset allocation
instructions at a time.
Dollar Cost Averaging
We offer three dollar cost averaging programs:
- DCA Plus
- Fixed Amount DCA
- Earnings/Interest DCA
DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAMS -- We currently offer two different types of
Dollar Cost Averaging Programs in addition to the DCA Plus Program. If you
enroll, you may select either the Fixed Amount DCA Program or the
Earnings/Interest DCA Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program allows you to
regularly transfer an amount you select from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or
any Fund into a different Fund. The Earnings/Interest DCA Program allows you to
regularly transfer the interest from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or the
earnings from one Fund into a different Fund. For either Program, you may select
transfers on a monthly or quarterly basis, but you must at least make three
transfers during the Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program begins at the end of
the length of the transfer period you selected plus two business days. That
means if you select a monthly transfer, your Earnings/Interest DCA Program will
begin one month plus two business days after your enrollment.
OTHER PROGRAM CONSIDERATIONS
You may terminate your enrollment in any Program (other than Dollar Cost
Averaging Programs) at any time.
We may discontinue, modify or amend any of these Programs at any time. We
will automatically and unilaterally amend your enrollment instructions if:
- any Fund is merged or substituted into another Fund -- then your
allocations will be directed to the surviving Fund;
- any Fund is liquidated -- then your allocations will be directed to
any available money market Fund.
<Page>
24 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You may always provide us with updated instructions following any of these
events.
Continuous or periodic investment neither insures a profit nor protects
against a loss in declining markets. Because these Programs involve
continuous investing regardless of fluctuating price levels, you should
carefully consider your ability to continue investing through periods of
fluctuating prices.
If you make systematic transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature under a
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or DCA Plus Program, you must wait 6 months
after your last systematic transfer before moving Sub-Account Values back to
the Fixed Accumulation Feature.
We make available educational information and materials (e.g., pie charts,
graphs, or case studies) that can help you select a model portfolio, but we
do not recommend models or otherwise provide advice as to what model
portfolio may be appropriate for you.
Asset allocation does not guarantee that your Contract Value will increase
nor will it protect against a decline if market prices fall. If you choose
to participate in an asset allocation program, you are responsible for
determining which model portfolio is best for you. Tools used to assess your
risk tolerance may not be accurate and could be useless if your
circumstances change over time. Although each model portfolio is intended to
maximize returns given various levels of risk tolerance, a model portfolio
may not perform as intended. Market, asset class or allocation option class
performance may differ in the future from historical performance and from
the assumptions upon which the model portfolio is based, which could cause a
model portfolio to be ineffective or less effective in reducing volatility.
A model portfolio may perform better or worse than any single Fund,
allocation option or any other combination of Funds or allocation options.
In addition, the timing of your investment and automatic rebalancing may
affect performance. Quarterly rebalancing and periodic updating of model
portfolios can cause their component Funds to incur transactional expenses
to raise cash for money flowing out of Funds or to buy securities with money
flowing into the Funds. Moreover, large outflows of money from the Funds may
increase the expenses attributable to the assets remaining in the Funds.
These expenses can adversely affect the performance of the relevant Funds
and of the model portfolios. In addition, these inflows and outflows may
cause a Fund to hold a large portion of its assets in cash, which could
detract from the achievement of the Fund's investment objective,
particularly in periods of rising market prices. For additional information
regarding the risks of investing in a particular fund, see that Fund's
prospectus.
Additional considerations apply for qualified Contracts with respect to
Static Asset Allocation Model programs. Neither we, nor any third party
service provider, nor any of their respective affiliates, is acting as a
fiduciary under The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended (ERISA) or the Code, in providing any information or other
communication contemplated by any Program, including, without limitation,
any model portfolios. That information and communications are not intended,
and may not serve as a primary basis for your investment decisions with
respect to your participation in a Program. Before choosing to participate
in a Program, you must determine that you are capable of exercising control
and management of the assets of the plan and of making an independent and
informed decision concerning your participation in the Program. Also, you
are solely responsible for determining whether and to what extent the
Program is appropriate for you and the assets contained in the qualified
Contract. Qualified Contracts are subject to additional rules regarding
participation in these Programs. It is your responsibility to ensure
compliance of any recommendation in connection with any model portfolio with
governing plan documents.
These Programs may be adversely affected by Fund trading policies.
OTHER INFORMATION
ASSIGNMENT -- A Non-Qualified Contract may be assigned. We must be properly
notified in writing of an assignment. Any Annuity Payouts or Surrenders
requested or scheduled before we record an assignment will be made according to
the instructions we have on record. We are not responsible for determining the
validity of an assignment. Assigning a Non-Qualified Contract may require the
payment of income taxes and certain penalty taxes. Please consult a qualified
tax adviser before assigning your Contract.
A Qualified Contract may not be transferred or otherwise assigned, unless
allowed by applicable law.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION -- The Annuitant may not be changed. However, if the
Annuitant is still living, the Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time
prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by sending us written notice.
We may modify the Contract, but no modification will affect the amount or term
of any Contract unless a modification is required to conform the Contract to
applicable federal or state law. No modification will effect the method by which
Contract Values are determined.
HOW CONTRACTS ARE SOLD -- Woodbury Financial Services ("WFS") serves as
principal underwriter for the Contracts. WFS is registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a
broker-dealer and is a member of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
(FINRA). The principal business address of WFS is 7755 3rd Street North,
Oakdale, MN 55128.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contracts will be sold by individuals who have been appointed by us as insurance
agents and who are registered representatives of broker-dealers that have
entered into selling agreements with Woodbury. We generally bear the expenses of
providing services pursuant to Contracts, including the payment of expenses
relating to the distribution of prospectuses for sales purposes as well as any
advertising or sales literature (provided, however, we may offset some or all of
these expenses by, among other things, administrative service fees received from
Fund complexes).
Commissions -- We pay compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions and
other affiliated broker-dealers ("Financial Intermediaries") for the sale of the
Contracts according to selling agreements with Financial Intermediaries.
Affiliated broker-dealers also employ wholesalers in the sales process.
Wholesalers typically receive commissions based on the type of Contract or
optional benefits sold. Commissions are based on a specified amount of Premium
Payments or Contract Value. Your Registered Representative may be compensated on
a fee for services and/or commission basis.
We pay an up-front commission of up to 7% of your Contract Value at the time of
sale to the Financial Intermediary that your Registered Representative is
associated with. Your Registered Representative's Financial Intermediary may
also receive on-going or trail commissions of generally not more than 1% of your
Contract Value. Registered Representatives may have multiple options on how they
wish to allocate their commissions and/or compensation. Compensation paid to
your Registered Representative may also vary depending on the particular
arrangements between your Registered Representative and their Financial
Intermediary. We are not involved in determining your Registered
Representative's compensation. You are encouraged to ask your Registered
Representative about the basis upon which he or she will be personally
compensated for the advice or recommendations provided in connection with this
transaction.
Additional Payments -- In addition to commissions and any Rule 12b-1 fees, we or
our affiliates pay significant additional compensation ("Additional Payments")
to some Financial Intermediaries (who may or may not be affiliates), in
connection with the promotion, sale and distribution of our variable annuities.
Additional Payments are generally based on average net assets (or on aged
assets) of the Contracts attributable to a particular Financial Intermediary; on
sales of the Contracts attributable to a particular Financial Intermediary
and/or on reimbursement of sales expenses. Additional Payments may take the form
of, among other things: (1) sponsorship of due diligence meetings to educate
Financial Intermediaries about our variable products; (2) payments for providing
training and information relating to our variable products; (3) expense
allowances and reimbursements; (4) override payments and bonuses; (5) personnel
education or training; (6) marketing support fees (or allowances) for providing
assistance in promoting the sale of our variable products; and/or (7)
shareholder services, including sub-accounting and the preparation of account
statements and other communications.
We are among several insurance companies that pay Additional Payments to certain
Financial Intermediaries to receive "preferred" or recommended status. These
privileges include our ability to gain additional or special access to sales
staff, provide and/or attend training and other conferences; placement of our
products on customer lists ("shelf-space arrangements"); and otherwise improve
sales by featuring our products over others. We also may pay Additional Payments
to certain key Financial Intermediaries based on assets under management.
Consistent with FINRA Conduct Rules, we provide cash and non-cash compensation
in the form of: (1) occasional meals and entertainment; (2) occasional tickets
to sporting events; (3) nominal gifts (not to exceed $100 annually); (4)
sponsorship of sales contests and/or promotions in which participants receive
prizes such as travel awards, merchandise and recognition; (5) sponsorship of
training and educational events; and/or (6) due diligence meetings. In addition
to FINRA rules governing limitations on these payments, we also follow our
guidelines and those of Financial Intermediaries which may be more restrictive
than FINRA rules.
Additional Payments create a potential conflict of interest in the form of an
additional financial incentive to the Registered Representative and/or Financial
Intermediary to recommend the purchase of this Contract over another variable
annuity or another investment option.
As of December 31, 2010, we have entered into arrangements to make Additional
Payments (excluding Marketing Expense Allowances) to the following Financial
Intermediaries:
AIG Advisors Group, Inc. (FSC Securities Corporation, Royal Alliance Associates,
Inc., Sagepoint Financial, Inc.) and Woodbury Financial Services, Inc.
Inclusion on this list does not imply that these sums necessarily constitute
"special cash compensation" as defined by FINRA Conduct Rule 2830(l)(4). We will
endeavor to update this listing annually and interim arrangements may not be
reflected. We assume no duty to notify any investor whether their Registered
Representative is or should be included in any such listing.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, Additional Payments did not in the
aggregate exceed approximately $421 thousand (excluding corporate-sponsorship
related perquisites) or approximately 0.04% based on average assets.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The financial statements of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York as
of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2010 included in this Registration Statement have been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and are included in reliance on the report
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The
business address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 300 Madison Avenue, New York,
NY 10017.
<Page>
26 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are regularly involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both
as a defendant and as a plaintiff. We may from time to time be subject to a
variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past
business operations. While we cannot predict the outcome of any pending or
future litigation, examination, or investigation and although no assurances can
be given, we do no believe that any pending matter will have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
As previously disclosed by the Parent, the Parent entered into a settlement on
January 21, 2010 in connection with a complaint filed with the SEC regarding a
finite reinsurance arrangement entered into by the Parent. The SEC in which the
Parent consented, without admitting or denying the allegations in the complaint,
to the entry of a judgment requiring payment of a civil penalty of $3.5 million
and enjoining the Parent from violating the aforementioned federal securities
laws. The court approved the settlement in a final judgment entered on January
25, 2010 and the Parent paid the penalty.
As part of the settlement, the SEC granted permanent relief to the Company,
exempting it from limitations on serving as depositor to investment companies
under Section 9(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
MORE INFORMATION
You may call your Registered Representative if you have any questions or write
or call us at the address below:
ADDRESS UNTIL AUGUST 13, 2011:
The Hartford Wealth Management -- Global Annuities
PO Box 5085
Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
ADDRESS AFTER AUGUST 13, 2011:
The Hartford Wealth Management -- Global Annuities
PO Box 14293
Lexington, KY 40512-4293
Telephone: 1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)
1-800-862-7155 (Registered Representatives)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
You can find financial statements of the Separate Account and Union Security in
the Statement of Additional Information. To receive a copy of the Statement of
Additional Information free of charge, call your representative or complete the
form at the end of this prospectus and mail the form to us at the address
indicated on the form.
As of May 1, 2009, Union Security intends to rely on the exemption provided by
Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
accordingly does not intend to file with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission
annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on
Form 8-K, or any other reports under such Act.
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
A. INTRODUCTION
The following summary of tax rules does not provide or constitute any tax
advice. It provides only a general discussion of certain of the expected federal
income tax consequences with respect to amounts contributed to, invested in or
received from a Contract, based on our understanding of the existing provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"), Treasury Regulations thereunder, and
public interpretations thereof by the IRS (e.g., Revenue Rulings, Revenue
Procedures or Notices) or by published court decisions. This summary discusses
only certain federal income tax consequences to United States Persons, and does
not discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences. The term United States
Persons means citizens or residents of the United States, domestic corporations,
domestic partnerships, trust or estates that are subject to United States
federal income tax, regardless of the source of their income. See "Annuity
Purchases by Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations," regarding annuity
purchases by non-U.S. Persons or residents.
This summary has been prepared by us after consultation with tax counsel, but no
opinion of tax counsel has been obtained. We do not make any guarantee or
representation regarding any tax status (e.g., federal, state, local or foreign)
of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. In addition, there is
always a possibility that the tax treatment of an annuity contract could change
by legislation or other means (such as regulations, rulings or judicial
decisions). Moreover, it is always possible that any such change in tax
treatment could be made retroactive (that is, made effective prior to the date
of the change). Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax adviser for
complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.
In addition, although this discussion addresses certain tax consequences if you
use the Contract in various arrangements, including Charitable Remainder Trusts,
tax-qualified retirement arrangements, deferred compensation plans, split-dollar
insurance arrangements, or other employee benefit arrangements, this discussion
is not exhaustive. The tax consequences of any such arrangement may vary
depending on the particular facts and circumstances of each individual
arrangement and whether the arrangement satisfies certain tax qualification or
classification requirements. In addition, the tax rules affecting such an
arrangement may have changed recently, e.g., by legislation or regulations that
affect compensatory or employee benefit arrangements. Therefore, if you are
contemplating the use of a Contract in any arrangement the value of which to you
depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser regarding the tax treatment of the proposed arrangement and of any
Contract used in it.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 27
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to Section 3 of the federal Defense of Marriage Act ("DOMA"), same-sex
marriages currently are not recognized for purposes of federal law. Therefore,
the favorable income-deferral options afforded by federal tax law to an
opposite-sex spouse under Internal Revenue Code sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) are
currently NOT available to a same-sex spouse. Same-sex spouses who own or are
considering the purchase of annuity products that provide benefits based upon
status as a spouse should consult a tax advisor. To the extent that an annuity
contract or certificate accords to spouses other rights or benefits that are not
affected by DOMA, same-sex spouses remain entitled to such rights or benefits to
the same extent as any annuity holder's spouse.
The federal, as well as state and local, tax laws and regulations require the
Company to report certain transactions with respect to Your contract (such as an
exchange of or a distribution from the contract) to the Internal Revenue Service
and state and local tax authorities, and generally to provide You with a copy of
what was reported. This copy is not intended to supplant Your own records. It is
Your responsibility to ensure that what You report to the Internal Revenue
Service and other relevant taxing authorities on your income tax returns is
accurate based on Your books and records. You should review whatever is reported
to the taxing authorities by the Company against your own records, and in
consultation with your own tax advisor, and should notify the Company if You
find any discrepancies in case corrections have to be made.
THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. SPECIAL
TAX RULES MAY APPLY WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN SITUATIONS THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED
HEREIN. EACH POTENTIAL PURCHASER OF A CONTRACT IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY AMOUNTS INVESTED IN A
CONTRACT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW.
B. TAXATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
The Separate Account is taxed as part of the Company which is taxed as a life
insurance company under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of the Code. Accordingly, the
Separate Account will not be taxed as a "regulated investment company" under
Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code. Investment income and any realized
capital gains on assets of the Separate Account are reinvested and taken into
account in determining the value of the Accumulation and Annuity Units. As a
result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically
applied to increase reserves under the Contract.
Currently, no taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term
capital gain earned by the Separate Account with respect to the Contracts. The
Company is entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company
assets, including assets of the Separate Account. These tax benefits, which may
include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction,
are not passed back to you since the Company is the owner of the assets from
which the tax benefits are derived.
C. TAXATION OF ANNUITIES -- GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS NOT HELD IN
TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.
1. NON-NATURAL PERSONS AS OWNERS
Pursuant to Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held by a taxpayer other
than a natural person generally is not treated as an annuity contract under the
Code. Instead, such a non-natural Owner is generally required to currently
include in gross income for each taxable year the excess of (a) the sum of the
net surrender value of the contract as of the end of the taxable year plus all
distributions under the contract received during the taxable year or any prior
taxable year, over (b) the sum of the amount of net premiums under the contract
for the taxable year and prior taxable years and amounts includible in gross
income for prior taxable years with respect to such contract under Section
72(u). However, Section 72(u) does not apply to:
A contract the nominal owner of which is a non-natural person but the
beneficial owner of which is a natural person (e.g., where the non-natural
owner holds the contract as an agent for the natural person),
A contract acquired by the estate of a decedent by reason of such decedent's
death,
Certain contracts acquired with respect to tax-qualified retirement
arrangements,
Certain contracts held in structured settlement arrangements that may
qualify under Code Section 130, or
A single premium immediate annuity contract under Code Section 72(u)(4),
which provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity
starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the contract's
purchase.
A non-natural Contract Owner that is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax
purposes (e.g., a tax-qualified retirement trust or a Charitable Remainder
Trust) generally would not be subject to federal income tax as a result of such
current gross income under Code Section 72(u). However, such a tax-exempt
entity, or any annuity contract that it holds, may need to satisfy certain tax
requirements in order to maintain its qualification for such favorable tax
treatment. See, e.g., IRS Tech. Adv. Memo. 9825001 for certain Charitable
Remainder Trusts.
Pursuant to Code Section 72(s), if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person,
the primary annuitant is treated as the "holder" in applying the required
distribution rules described below. These rules require that certain
distributions be made upon the death of a "holder." In addition, for a
non-natural owner, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of
the "holder." However, the provisions of Code Section 72(s) do not apply to
certain contracts held in tax-qualified retirement arrangements or structured
settlement arrangements.
<Page>
28 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. OTHER CONTRACT OWNERS (NATURAL PERSONS).
A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract until an
amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment
(full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the
settlement option elected.
The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are summarized
briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting distributions from
Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity contracts or life
insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14, 1982.
a. DISTRIBUTIONS PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
i. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in
gross income equal the "investment in the contract" under Section 72 of the
Code.
ii. To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender
charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the "investment in the
contract," such excess constitutes the "income on the contract". It is
unclear what value should be used in determining the "income on the
contract." We believe that the "income on the contract" does not include
some measure of the value of certain future cash-value type benefits, but
the IRS could take a contrary position and include such value in
determining the "income on the contract".
iii. Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date (e.g., upon a withdrawal or partial surrender) is deemed to come
first from any such "income on the contract" and then from "investment in
the contract," and for these purposes such "income on the contract" shall
be computed by reference to any aggregation rule in subparagraph 2.c.
below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall
be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does not
exceed any such "income on the contract," and (2) shall not be includable
in gross income to the extent that such amount does exceed any such
"income on the contract." If at the time that any amount is received or
deemed received there is no "income on the contract" (e.g., because the
gross value of the Contract does not exceed the "investment in the
contract" and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or
deemed received will not be includable in gross income, and will simply
reduce the "investment in the contract."
iv. The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or
pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an
amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
subparagraph b.
v. In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate
consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this
subparagraph a. and the next subparagraph b. This transfer rule does not
apply, however, to certain transfers of property between Spouses or
incident to divorce.
vi. In general, any amount actually received under the Contract as a Death
Benefit, including an optional Death Benefit, if any, will be treated as an
amount received for purposes of this subparagraph a. and the next
subparagraph b.
b. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER ANNUITY COMMENCEMENT DATE.
Annuity payments made periodically after the Annuity Commencement Date are
includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount
determined by the application of the ratio of the "investment in the contract"
to the total amount of the payments to be made after the Annuity Commencement
Date (the "exclusion ratio").
i. When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the
exclusion ratio is equal to the investment in the contract as of the
Annuity Commencement Date, any additional payments (including surrenders)
will be entirely includable in gross income.
ii. If the annuity payments cease by reason of the death of the Annuitant and,
as of the date of death, the amount of annuity payments excluded from gross
income by the exclusion ratio does not exceed the investment in the
contract as of the Annuity Commencement Date, then the remaining portion of
unrecovered investment shall be allowed as a deduction for the last taxable
year of the Annuitant.
iii. Generally, non-periodic amounts received or deemed received after the
Annuity Commencement Date are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and
shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender
after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any
surrender charge) over the remaining "investment in the contract" shall be
includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule
referred to in the next subparagraph c. may apply).
c. AGGREGATION OF TWO OR MORE ANNUITY CONTRACTS.
Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated
insurer) to the same owner within the same calendar year (other than certain
contracts held in connection with tax-qualified retirement arrangements) will be
aggregated and treated as one annuity contract for the purpose of determining
the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity
contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life
insurance contract may be treated as a new contract for this purpose. We believe
that for any Contracts subject to such aggregation, the values under the
Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added together to
determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 29
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the
income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. In addition, the Treasury
Department has specific authority under the aggregation rules in Code Section
72(e)(12) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first
rules for non-periodic distributions through the serial purchase of annuity
contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no
regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.
d. 10% PENALTY TAX -- APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN WITHDRAWALS AND ANNUITY
PAYMENTS.
i. If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or
after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal
to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income,
unless an exception applies.
ii. The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions:
1. Distributions made on or after the date the taxpayer has attained
the age of 59 1/2.
2. Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or where the
holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.
3. Distributions attributable to a taxpayer's becoming disabled.
4. A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially
equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the
life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer (or the joint lives or
life expectancies of the taxpayer and the taxpayer's designated
Beneficiary).
5. Distributions made under certain annuities issued in connection with
structured settlement agreements.
6. Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the "investment in
the contract" prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).
7. Distributions purchased by an employer upon termination of certain
qualified plans and held by the employer until the employee
separates from service.
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% penalty tax by qualifying for the substantially
equal periodic payments exception and later such series of payments is modified
(other than by death or disability), the 10% penalty tax will be applied
retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus
interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the taxpayer
has reached age 59 1/2 and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these
periodic payments.
e. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING CONTRACTS OBTAINED THROUGH A TAX-FREE
EXCHANGE OF OTHER ANNUITY OR LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS PURCHASED
PRIOR TO AUGUST 14, 1982.
If the Contract was obtained by a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or
annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or
deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date shall be deemed to come
(1) first from the amount of the "investment in the contract" prior to August
14, 1982 ("pre-8/14/82 investment") carried over from the prior Contract, (2)
then from the portion of the "income on the contract" (carried over to, as well
as accumulating in, the successor Contract) that is attributable to such
pre-8/14/82 investment, (3) then from the remaining "income on the contract" and
(4) last from the remaining "investment in the contract." As a result, to the
extent that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such
pre-8/14/82 investment, such amount is not includable in gross income. In
addition, to the extent that such amount received or deemed received does not
exceed the sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b) the "income on the
contract" attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty
tax. In all other respects, amounts received or deemed received from such
post-exchange Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in this
subparagraph e.
f. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS
i. Death of Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant
Subject to the alternative election or Spouse beneficiary provisions in ii
or iii below:
1. If any Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date
and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed,
the remaining portion of such interest shall be distributed at least
as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the
date of such death;
2. If any Contract Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the
entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed within 5 years
after such death; and
3. If the Contract Owner is not an individual, then for purposes of 1.
or 2. above, the primary annuitant under the Contract shall be
treated as the Contract Owner, and any change in the primary
annuitant shall be treated as the death of the Contract Owner. The
primary annuitant is the individual, the events in the life of whom
are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the
payout under the Contract.
ii. Alternative Election to Satisfy Distribution Requirements
If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner described in i. above
is payable to or for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, such
beneficiary may elect to have the portion distributed over a period that
does not
<Page>
30 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
extend beyond the life or life expectancy of the beneficiary. Such
distributions must begin within a year of the Contract Owner's death.
iii. Spouse Beneficiary
If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for
the benefit of his or her Spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent
Annuitant is living, such Spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of
such portion for purposes of section i. above. This spousal contract
continuation shall apply only once for this Contract.
iv. Civil Union or Domestic Partner
Upon the death of the Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement
Date, if the designated beneficiary is the surviving civil union or
domestic partner of the Contract Owner pursuant to a civil union or
domestic partnership recognized under state law, then such designated
beneficiary's right to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract
Owner will be contingent, among other things, upon the treatment of such
designated beneficiary as the spouse of the Contract Owner under Code
Section 72(s) (or any successor provision). Currently, Federal tax law
only recognizes spouses if they are married individuals of the opposite
sex. Consequently, such designated beneficiary who is not recognized as a
"spouse" under Federal tax law will not be able to continue the Contract
and the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed within five
years of the Contract Owner's death or under the Alternative Election.
g. ADDITION OF RIDER OR MATERIAL CHANGE.
The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract's
provisions, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax
purposes, and thus could cause the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax
status. Please contact your tax adviser for more information.
h. PARTIAL EXCHANGES.
The IRS in Rev. Rul. 2003-76 confirmed that the owner of an annuity contract can
direct its insurer to transfer a portion of the contract's cash value directly
to another annuity contract (issued by the same insurer or by a different
insurer), and such a direct transfer can qualify for tax-free exchange treatment
under Code Section 1035 (a "partial exchange"). However, Rev. Rul. 2003-76 also
refers to caveats and additional guidance in the companion Notice 2003-51, which
discusses cases in which a partial exchange is followed by a surrender,
withdrawal or other distribution from either the old contract or the new
contract. Notice 2003-51 specifically indicates that the IRS is considering (1)
under what circumstances it should treat a partial exchange followed by such a
distribution within 24 months as presumptively for "tax avoidance" purposes
(e.g., to avoid the income-out-first rules on amounts received under Code
Section 72) and (2) what circumstances it should treat as rebutting such a
presumption (e.g., death, disability, reaching age 59 1/2, divorce or loss of
employment). Notice 2003-51 was superseded by Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
effective for partial exchanges completed on or after June 30, 2008. Partial
exchanges completed on or after this date will qualify for tax free treatment
if: (1) no amounts are withdrawn from, or received in surrender of, either of
the contracts involved in the exchange during the 12 months beginning on the
date on which amounts are treated as received as premiums or other consideration
paid for the contract received in the exchange (the date of transfer); or (2)
the taxpayer demonstrates that certain conditions (e.g., death, disability,
reaching age 59 1/2, divorce, loss of employment) occurred between the date of
transfer and the date of the withdrawal or surrender. A transfer within the
scope of the revenue procedure, but not treated as a tax-free exchange, will be
treated as a taxable distribution, followed by a payment for a second contract.
Two annuity contracts that are the subject of a tax-free exchange pursuant to
the revenue procedure will not be aggregated, even if issued by the same
insurance company. We advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to
potential tax consequences before attempting any partial exchange.
The applicability of the IRS's partial exchange guidance to the splitting of an
annuity contract is not clear. You should consult with a tax adviser if you plan
to split an annuity contract as part of an exchange of annuity contracts.
3. DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
The Code requires that investments supporting your Contract be adequately
diversified. Code Section 817(h) provides that a variable annuity contract will
not be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the
investments made by the separate account or Fund are not adequately diversified.
If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be
subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.
The Treasury Department's diversification regulations under Code Section 817(h)
require, among other things, that:
no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset
account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,
no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three investments, and
no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.
In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities of
the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all
interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the
case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is
treated as a separate issuer.
A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards on
the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter ends.
If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification
requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid
the taxation of contract income on
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 31
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
an ongoing basis. However, either the insurer or the contract owner must agree
to make adjustments or pay such amounts as may be required by the IRS for the
period during which the diversification requirements were not met.
Fund shares may also be sold to tax-qualified plans pursuant to an exemptive
order and applicable tax laws. If Fund shares are sold to non-qualified plans,
or to tax-qualified plans that later lose their tax-qualified status, the
affected Funds may fail the diversification requirements of Code Section 817(h),
which could have adverse tax consequences for Contract Owners with premiums
allocated to affected Funds. In order to prevent a Fund diversification failure
from such an occurrence, the Company obtained a private letter ruling ("PLR")
from the IRS. As long as the Funds comply with certain terms and conditions
contained in the PLR, Fund diversification will not be prevented if purported
tax-qualified plans invest in the Funds. The Company and the Funds will monitor
the Funds' compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the PLR.
4. TAX OWNERSHIP OF THE ASSETS IN THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax income deferral,
assets in the separate account supporting the contract must be considered to be
owned by the insurance company, and not by the contract owner, for tax purposes.
The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be
considered the "owner" of separate account assets for income tax purposes if the
contract owner possesses sufficient incidents of ownership in those assets, such
as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. In circumstances
where the variable contract owner is treated as the "tax owner" of certain
separate account assets, income and gain from such assets would be includable in
the variable contract owner's gross income. The Treasury Department indicated in
1986 that it would provide guidance on the extent to which contract owners may
direct their investments to particular Sub-Accounts without being treated as tax
owners of the underlying shares. Although no such regulations have been issued
to date, the IRS has issued a number of rulings that indicate that this issue
remains subject to a facts and circumstances test for both variable annuity and
life insurance contracts.
Rev. Rul. 2003-92, amplified by Rev. Rul. 2007-7, statesindicates that, where
interests in a partnership offered in an insurer's separate account are not
available exclusively through the purchase of a variable insurance contract
(e.g., where such interests can be purchased directly by the general public or
others without going through such a variable contract), such "public
availability" means that such interests should be treated as owned directly by
the contract owner (and not by the insurer) for tax purposes, as if such
contract owner had chosen instead to purchase such interests directly (without
going through the variable contract). None of the shares or other interests in
the fund choices offered in our Separate Account for your Contract are available
for purchase except through an insurer's variable contracts or by other
permitted entities.
Rev. Rul. 2003-91 indicates that an insurer could provide as many as 20 fund
choices for its variable contract owners (each with a general investment
strategy, e.g., a small company stock fund or a special industry fund) under
certain circumstances, without causing such a contract owner to be treated as
the tax owner of any of the Fund assets. The ruling does not specify the number
of fund options, if any, that might prevent a variable contract owner from
receiving favorable tax treatment. As a result, although the owner of a Contract
has more than 20 fund choices, we believe that any owner of a Contract also
should receive the same favorable tax treatment. However, there is necessarily
some uncertainty here as long as the IRS continues to use a facts and
circumstances test for investor control and other tax ownership issues.
Therefore, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent
you from being treated as the tax owner of any underlying assets.
D. FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
The portion of an amount received under a Contract that is taxable gross income
to the Payee is also subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Code
Section 3405, which requires the following:
1. Non-Periodic Distributions. The portion of a non-periodic
distribution that is includable in gross income is subject to
federal income tax withholding unless an individual elects not to
have such tax withheld ("election out"). We will provide such an
"election out" form at the time such a distribution is requested. If
the necessary "election out" form is not submitted to us in a timely
manner, generally we are required to withhold 10 percent of the
includable amount of distribution and remit it to the IRS.
2. Periodic Distributions (payable over a period greater than one
year). The portion of a periodic distribution that is includable in
gross income is generally subject to federal income tax withholding
as if the Payee were a married individual claiming 3 exemptions,
unless the individual elects otherwise. An individual generally may
elect out of such withholding, or elect to have income tax withheld
at a different rate, by providing a completed election form. We will
provide such an election form at the time such a distribution is
requested. If the necessary "election out" forms are not submitted
to us in a timely manner, we are required to withhold tax as if the
recipient were married claiming 3 exemptions, and remit this amount
to the IRS.
Generally no "election out" is permitted if the distribution is delivered
outside the United States and any possession of the United States. Regardless of
any "election out" (or any amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount
received from a Contract, the Payee is generally liable for any failure to pay
the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A
Payee also may be required to pay penalties under estimated income tax rules, if
the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the
Payee's total tax liability.
<Page>
32 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. GENERAL PROVISIONS AFFECTING QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the
Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement
plan, please refer to the section entitled "Information Regarding Tax-Qualified
Retirement Plans" for information relative to the types of plans for which it
may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such plans.
F. ANNUITY PURCHASES BY NONRESIDENT ALIENS AND FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income
tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. citizens or residents.
Purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to
U.S. federal income tax and mandatory withholding on U.S. source taxable annuity
distributions at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies and any required
tax forms are submitted to us. If withholding applies, we are required to
withhold tax at the 30% rate, or a lower treaty rate if applicable, and remit it
to the IRS. In addition, purchasers may be subject to state premium tax, other
state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser's
country of citizenship or residence.
G. ESTATE, GIFT AND GENERATION-SKIPPING TAX AND RELATED TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Any amount payable upon a Contract Owner's death, whether before or after the
Annuity Commencement Date, is generally includable in the Contract Owner's
estate for federal estate tax purposes. Similarly, prior to the Contract Owner's
death, the payment of any amount from the Contract, or the transfer of any
interest in the Contract, to a beneficiary or other person for less than
adequate consideration may have federal gift tax consequences. In addition, any
transfer to, or designation of, a non-Spouse beneficiary who either is (1) 37
1/2 or more years younger than a Contract Owner or (2) a grandchild (or more
remote further descendent) of a Contract Owner may have federal
generation-skipping-transfer ("GST") tax consequences under Code Section 2601.
Regulations under Code Section 2662 may require us to deduct any such GST tax
from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the
IRS. However, any federal estate, gift or GST tax payment with respect to a
Contract could produce an offsetting income tax deduction for a beneficiary or
transferee under Code Section 691(c) (partially offsetting such federal estate
or GST tax) or a basis increase for a beneficiary or transferee under Code
Section 691(c) or Section 1015(d). In addition, as indicated above in
"Distributions Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date," the transfer of a
Contract for less than adequate consideration during the Contract Owner's
lifetime generally is treated as producing an amount received by such Contract
Owner that is subject to both income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent
that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently
in such Contract Owner's gross income, this same income amount could produce a
corresponding increase in such Contract Owner's tax basis for such Contract that
is carried over to the transferee's tax basis for such Contract under Code
Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.
H. TAX DISCLOSURE OBLIGATIONS
In some instances certain transactions must be disclosed to the IRS or penalties
could apply. See, for example, IRS Notice 2004-67. The Code also requires
certain "material advisers" to maintain a list of persons participating in such
"reportable transactions," which list must be furnished to the IRS upon request.
It is possible that such disclosures could be required by The Company, the
Owner(s) or other persons involved in transactions involving annuity contracts.
It is the responsibility of each party, in consultation with their tax and legal
advisers, to determine whether the particular facts and circumstances warrant
such disclosures.
INFORMATION REGARDING TAX-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about the
federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a tax-qualified
retirement plan. State income tax rules applicable to tax-qualified retirement
plans often differ from federal income tax rules, and this summary does not
describe any of these differences. Because of the complexity of the tax rules,
owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their own tax
advisors as to specific tax consequences.
The Contracts are available to a variety of tax-qualified retirement plans and
arrangements (a "Qualified Plan" or "Plan"). Tax restrictions and consequences
for Contracts or accounts under each type of Qualified Plan differ from each
other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. In addition, individual
Qualified Plans may have terms and conditions that impose additional rules.
Therefore, no attempt is made herein to provide more than general information
about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans.
Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, annuitants
and beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits
under such Qualified Plans may be subject to terms and conditions of the Plans
themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions
of the Contract issued in connection therewith. Qualified Plans generally
provide for the tax deferral of income regardless of whether the Qualified Plan
invests in an annuity or other investment. You should consider if the Contract
is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan.
THE FOLLOWING IS ONLY A GENERAL DISCUSSION ABOUT TYPES OF QUALIFIED PLANS FOR
WHICH THE CONTRACTS MAY BE AVAILABLE. WE ARE NOT THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR FOR ANY
QUALIFIED PLAN. THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR OR CUSTODIAN, WHICHEVER IS APPLICABLE,
(BUT NOT US) IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 33
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, NOTIFICATION OF
DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS, DISBURSEMENT OF PLAN BENEFITS, HANDLING ANY PROCESSING AND
ADMINISTRATION OF QUALIFIED PLAN LOANS, COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
AND FEDERAL AND STATE TAX REPORTING OF INCOME/DISTRIBUTIONS FROM THE PLAN TO
PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND, IF APPLICABLE, BENEFICIARIES OF PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND IRA
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM PLAN PARTICIPANTS. OUR ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES ARE LIMITED TO
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT AND ANY DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY CONTRACT BENEFITS TO
THE OWNER, ANNUITANT OR BENEFICIARY OF THE CONTRACT, AS APPLICABLE. OUR TAX
REPORTING RESPONSIBILITY IS LIMITED TO FEDERAL AND STATE TAX REPORTING OF
INCOME/DISTRIBUTIONS TO THE APPLICABLE PAYEE AND IRA CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE
OWNER OF A CONTRACT, AS RECORDED ON OUR BOOKS AND RECORDS. IF YOU ARE PURCHASING
A CONTRACT THROUGH A QUALIFIED PLAN, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR PLAN
ADMINISTRATOR AND/OR A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER. YOU ALSO SHOULD CONSULT WITH A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AND/OR PLAN ADMINISTRATOR BEFORE YOU WITHDRAW ANY PORTION
OF YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.
The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts and Qualified Plans, including
restrictions on contributions and distributions, taxation of distributions and
tax penalties, vary according to the type of Qualified Plan, as well as the
terms and conditions of the Plan itself. Various tax penalties may apply to
contributions in excess of specified limits, plan distributions (including
loans) that do not comply with specified limits, and certain other transactions
relating to such Plans. Accordingly, this summary provides only general
information about the tax rules associated with use of a Qualified Contract in
such a Qualified Plan. In addition, some Qualified Plans are subject to
distribution and other requirements that are not incorporated into our
administrative procedures. Owners, participants, and beneficiaries are
responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and other
transactions comply with applicable tax (and non-tax) law and any applicable
Qualified Plan terms. Because of the complexity of these rules, Owners,
participants and beneficiaries are advised to consult with a qualified tax
adviser as to specific tax consequences.
We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types of
Qualified Plans discussed below, and may not offer the Contracts for all types
of Qualified Plans in the future.
1. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES ("IRAS").
In addition to "traditional" IRAs governed by Code Sections 408(a) and (b)
("Traditional IRAs"), there are Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A, SEP
IRAs governed by Code Section 408(k), and SIMPLE IRAs governed by Code Section
408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Code Section 401, 403(b) or 457(b) that
include after-tax employee contributions may be treated as deemed IRAs subject
to the same rules and limitations as Traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of
these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a
very general description of each type of IRA for which a Contract is available.
a. TRADITIONAL IRAS
Traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed
each year, the persons who may be eligible, and the time when minimum
distributions must begin. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual,
contributions to a Traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible
basis. Failure to make required minimum distributions ("RMDs") when the Owner
reaches age 70 1/2 or dies, as described below, may result in imposition of a
50% penalty tax on any excess of the RMD amount over the amount actually
distributed. In addition, any amount received before the Owner reaches age 59
1/2 or dies is subject to a 10% penalty tax on premature distributions, unless a
special exception applies, as described below. Under Code Section 408(e), an IRA
may not be used for borrowing (or as security for any loan) or in certain
prohibited transactions, and such a transaction could lead to the complete tax
disqualification of an IRA.
You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from
certain existing Qualified Plans (such as proceeds from existing insurance
contracts, annuity contracts or securities) into a Traditional IRA under certain
circumstances, as indicated below. However, mandatory tax withholding of 20% may
apply to any eligible rollover distribution from certain types of Qualified
Plans if the distribution is not transferred directly to the Traditional IRA. In
addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse "designated beneficiary" of
a deceased Plan participant may make a tax-free "direct rollover" (in the form
of a direct transfer between Plan fiduciaries, as described below in "Rollover
Distributions") from certain Qualified Plans to a Traditional IRA for such
beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an
"inherited IRA" that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had
been inherited from the deceased Plan participant). In addition, such a Plan is
not required to permit such a rollover.
IRAs generally may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an annuity
contract that is used as an IRA may provide a death benefit that equals the
greater of the premiums paid or the contract's cash value. The Contract offers
an enhanced death benefit that may exceed the greater of the Contract Value or
total premium payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can
provide a death benefit that exceeds the greater of the IRA's cash value or the
sum of the premiums paid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that
the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the
Contract's tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain
benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to
maintain the Contract's tax qualification.
<Page>
34 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. SEP IRAS
Code Section 408(k) provides for a Traditional IRA in the form of an
employer-sponsored defined contribution plan known as a Simplified Employee
Pension ("SEP") or a SEP IRA. A SEP IRA can have employer, and in limited
circumstances employee and salary reduction contributions, as well as higher
overall contribution limits than a Traditional IRA, but a SEP is also subject to
special tax-qualification requirements (e.g., on participation,
nondiscrimination and withdrawals) and sanctions. Otherwise, a SEP IRA is
generally subject to the same tax rules as for a Traditional IRA, which are
described above. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions
that are designed to maintain the Contract's tax qualification as an IRA, and
therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including
endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract's tax
qualification.
c. SIMPLE IRAS
The Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of small employers ("SIMPLE
Plan") is a form of an employer-sponsored Qualified Plan that provides IRA
benefits for the participating employees ("SIMPLE IRAs"). Depending upon the
SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established
by each eligible participant. Like a Traditional IRA, a SIMPLE IRA is subject to
the 50% penalty tax for failure to make a full RMD, and to the 10% penalty tax
on premature distributions, as described below. In addition, the 10% penalty tax
is increased to 25% for amounts received during the 2-year period beginning on
the date you first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement
pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by your employer under Code Section
408(p)(2). Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA may be either salary deferral
contributions or employer contributions, and these are subject to different tax
limits from those for a Traditional IRA. Please note that the SIMPLE IRA rider
for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract's tax
qualification as an SIMPLE IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under
the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the
Contract's tax qualification.
A SIMPLE Plan may designate a single financial institution (a Designated
Financial Institution) as the initial trustee, custodian or issuer (in the case
of an annuity contract) of the SIMPLE IRA set up for each eligible participant.
However, any such Plan also must allow each eligible participant to have the
balance in his SIMPLE IRA held by the Designated Financial Institution
transferred without cost or penalty to a SIMPLE IRA maintained by a different
financial institution. Absent a Designated Financial Institution, each eligible
participant must select the financial institution to hold his SIMPLE IRA, and
notify his employer of this selection.
If we do not serve as the Designated Financial Institution for your employer's
SIMPLE Plan, for you to use one of our Contracts as a SIMPLE IRA, you need to
provide your employer with appropriate notification of such a selection under
the SIMPLE Plan. If you choose, you may arrange for a qualifying transfer of any
amounts currently held in another SIMPLE IRA for your benefit to your SIMPLE IRA
with us.
d. ROTH IRAS
Code Section 408A permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA.
Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts
contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not
subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations
on the amounts that may be contributed by the persons who may be eligible to
contribute, certain Traditional IRA restrictions, and certain RMD rules on the
death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a Traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject
to RMD rules during the Contract Owner's lifetime. Generally, however, upon the
Owner's death the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed by the end
of the fifth year after such death or distributed over the life expectancy of a
designated beneficiary. The Owner of a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan
assets may convert a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA under certain circumstances.
The conversion in the year of conversion (special rules apply to 2010
conversions) of a Traditional IRA to a Roth IRA will subject the fair market
value of the converted Traditional IRA to federal income tax in the year of
conversion. In addition to the amount held in the converted Traditional IRA, the
fair market value may include the value of additional benefits provided by the
annuity contract on the date of conversion, based on reasonable actuarial
assumptions. Tax-free rollovers from a Roth IRA can be made only to another Roth
IRA under limited circumstances, as indicated below. Distributions from eligible
Qualified Plans can be "rolled over" directly (subject to tax) into a Roth IRA
under certain circumstances. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified
Contract as a Roth IRA or a "conversion" Roth IRA should consult with a
qualified tax adviser. Please note that the Roth IRA rider for the Contract has
provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract's tax qualification as a
Roth IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract
(including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract's tax
qualification.
2. QUALIFIED PENSION OR PROFIT-SHARING PLAN OR SECTION 401(k) PLAN
Provisions of the Code permit eligible employers to establish a tax-qualified
pension or profit sharing plan (described in Section 401(a), and Section 401(k)
if applicable, and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a)). Such a Plan is
subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who
may be eligible to participate, the amounts of "incidental" death benefits, and
the time when RMDs must commence. In addition, a Plan's provision of incidental
benefits may result in currently taxable income to the participant for some or
all of such benefits. Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a Qualified Plan
to another Qualified Plan under certain circumstances, as described below.
Anyone considering the use of a Qualified Contract in connection with such a
Qualified Plan should seek competent tax and other legal advice.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 35
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In particular, please note that these tax rules provide for limits on death
benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits "incidental"
to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified
Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits
to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract).
In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically
limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject
to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be
provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the
provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are
designed to preserve its tax qualification.
3. TAX SHELTERED ANNUITY UNDER SECTION 403(b) ("TSA")
Code Section 403(b) permits public school employees and employees of certain
types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations described in Code
Section 501(c)(3) to purchase a "tax-sheltered annuity" ("TSA") contract and,
subject to certain limitations, exclude employer contributions to a TSA from
such an employee's gross income. Generally, total contributions may not exceed
the lesser of an annual dollar limit or 100% of the employee's "includable
compensation" for the most recent full year of service, subject to other
adjustments. There are also legal limits on annual elective deferrals that a
participant may be permitted to make under a TSA. In certain cases, such as when
the participant is age 50 or older, those limits may be increased. A TSA
participant should contact his plan administrator to determine applicable
elective contribution limits. Special provisions may allow certain employees
different overall limitations.
A TSA is subject to a prohibition against distributions from the TSA
attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement,
unless such distribution is made:
a. after the employee reaches age 59 1/2;
b. upon the employee's separation from service;
c. upon the employee's death or disability;
d. in the case of hardship (as defined in applicable law and in the case of
hardship, any income attributable to such contributions may not be
distributed); or
e. as a qualified reservist distribution upon certain calls to active
duty.
An employer sponsoring a TSA may impose additional restrictions on your TSA
through its plan document.
Please note that the TSA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed
to maintain the Contract's tax qualification as a TSA, and therefore could limit
certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option
benefits) to maintain the Contract's tax qualification. In particular, please
note that tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified
Plan (to keep such death benefits "incidental" to qualified retirement
benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains
provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax
qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition,
various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases
in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits.
As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option
under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified
Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax
qualification. In addition, a life insurance contract issued after September 23,
2007 is generally ineligible to qualify as a TSA under Reg. Section
1.403(b)-8(c)(2).
Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a TSA to another TSA or Qualified Plan
(or from a Qualified Plan to a TSA) under certain circumstances, as described
below. However, effective for TSA contract exchanges after September 24, 2007,
Reg. 1.403(b)-10(b) allows a TSA contract of a participant or beneficiary under
a TSA Plan to be exchanged tax-free for another eligible TSA contract under that
same TSA Plan, but only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1)
such TSA Plan allows such an exchange, (2) the participant or beneficiary has an
accumulated benefit after such exchange that is no less than such participant's
or beneficiary's accumulated benefit immediately before such exchange (taking
into account such participant's or beneficiary's accumulated benefit under both
TSA contracts immediately before such exchange), (3) the second TSA contract is
subject to distribution restrictions with respect to the participant that are no
less stringent than those imposed on the TSA contract being exchanged, and (4)
the employer for such TSA Plan enters into an agreement with the issuer of the
second TSA contract under which such issuer and employer will provide each other
from time to time with certain information necessary for such second TSA
contract (or any other TSA contract that has contributions from such employer)
to satisfy the TSA requirements under Code Section 403(b) and other federal tax
requirements (e.g., plan loan conditions under Code Section 72(p) to avoid
deemed distributions). Such necessary information could include information
about the participant's employment, information about other Qualified Plans of
such employer, and whether a severance has occurred, or hardship rules are
satisfied, for purposes of the TSA distribution restrictions. Consequently, you
are advised to consult with a qualified tax advisor before attempting any such
TSA exchange, particularly because it requires an agreement between the employer
and issuer to provide each other with certain information. We are no longer
accepting any incoming exchange request, or new contract application, for any
individual TSA contract.
4. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS UNDER SECTION 457 ("SECTION 457 PLANS")
Certain governmental employers, or tax-exempt employers other than a
governmental entity, can establish a Deferred Compensation Plan under Code
Section 457. For these purposes, a "governmental employer" is a State, a
political subdivision of a State, or an agency or an instrumentality of a State
or political subdivision of a State. A Deferred Compensation Plan that meets the
requirements of Code Section 457(b) is called an "Eligible Deferred Compensation
<Page>
36 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan" or "Section 457(b) Plan." Code Section 457(b) limits the amount of
contributions that can be made to an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan on
behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on contributions is the
lesser of (1) 100% of a participant's includible compensation or (2) the
applicable dollar amount ($16,500 for 2010). The Plan may provide for additional
"catch-up" contributions. In addition, under Code Section 457(d) a Section
457(b) Plan may not make amounts available for distribution to participants or
beneficiaries before (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age
70 1/2, (2) the participant has a severance from employment (including death),
or (3) the participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency (as determined
in accordance with regulations).
Under Code Section 457(g) all of the assets and income of an Eligible Deferred
Compensation Plan for a governmental employer must be held in trust for the
exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For this purpose,
annuity contracts and custodial accounts described in Code Section 401(f) are
treated as trusts. This trust requirement does not apply to amounts under an
Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt (non-governmental) employer.
In addition, this trust requirement does not apply to amounts held under a
Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer that is not a Section
457(b) Plan. Where the trust requirement does not apply, amounts held under a
Section 457 Plan must remain subject to the claims of the employer's general
creditors under Code Section 457(b)(6).
5. TAXATION OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
Except under certain circumstances in the case of Roth IRAs or Roth accounts in
Qualified plans, amounts received from Qualified Contracts or Plans generally
are taxed as ordinary income under Code Section 72, to the extent that they are
not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions or other
"investment in the contract." For annuity payments and other amounts received
after the Annuity Commencement Date from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the tax
rules for determining what portion of each amount received represents a tax-free
recovery of "investment in the contract" are generally the same as for
Non-Qualified Contracts, as described above.
For non-periodic amounts from certain Qualified Contracts or Plans, Code Section
72(e)(8) provides special rules that generally treat a portion of each amount
received as a tax-free recovery of the "investment in the contract," based on
the ratio of the "investment in the contract" over the Contract Value at the
time of distribution. However, in determining such a ratio, certain aggregation
rules may apply and may vary, depending on the type of Qualified Contract or
Plan. For instance, all Traditional IRAs owned by the same individual are
generally aggregated for these purposes, but such an aggregation does not
include any IRA inherited by such individual or any Roth IRA owned by such
individual.
In addition, penalty taxes, mandatory tax withholding or rollover rules may
apply to amounts received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, as indicated below,
and certain exclusions may apply to certain distributions (e.g., distributions
from an eligible Government Plan to pay qualified health insurance premiums of
an eligible retired public safety officer). Accordingly, you are advised to
consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking or receiving any amount
(including a loan) from a Qualified Contract or Plan.
6. PENALTY TAXES FOR QUALIFIED PLANS
Unlike Non-Qualified Contracts, Qualified Contracts are subject to federal
penalty taxes not just on premature distributions, but also on excess
contributions and failures to make required minimum distributions ("RMDs").
Penalty taxes on excess contributions can vary by type of Qualified Plan and
which person made the excess contribution (e.g., employer or an employee). The
penalty taxes on premature distributions and failures to make timely RMDs are
more uniform, and are described in more detail below.
a. PENALTY TAXES ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS
Code Section 72(t) imposes a penalty income tax equal to 10% of the taxable
portion of a distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans that is made
before the employee reaches age 59 1/2. However, this 10% penalty tax does not
apply to a distribution that is either:
(i) made to a beneficiary (or to the employee's estate) on or after the
employee's death;
(ii) attributable to the employee's becoming disabled under Code Section
72(m)(7);
(iii) part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually -- "SEPPs") made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of such employee and a designated beneficiary ("SEPP
Exception"), and for certain Qualified Plans (other than IRAs) such a
series must begin after the employee separates from service;
(iv) (except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service
after reaching age 55 (or made after age 50 in the case of a qualified
public safety employee separated from certain government plans);
(v) (except for IRAs) made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p) (a similar exception
for IRAs in Code Section 408(d)(6) covers certain transfers for the
benefit of a spouse or ex-spouse);
(vi) not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee
for eligible medical expenses during the taxable year; or
(vii) certain qualified reservist distributions under Code Section
72(t)(2)(G) upon a call to active duty.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 37
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, the 10% penalty tax does not apply to a distribution from an IRA
that is either:
(viii) made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for
health insurance premiums, if certain conditions are met;
(ix) not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education
expenses, as defined by Code Section 72(t)(7); or
(x) for a qualified first-time home buyer and meets the requirements of
Code Section 72(t)(8).
If the taxpayer avoids this 10% penalty tax by qualifying for the SEPP Exception
and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death or
disability), the 10% penalty tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior
periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus interest thereon), unless such
modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 59 1/2 and (b)
5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.
For any premature distribution from a SIMPLE IRA during the first 2 years that
an individual participates in a salary reduction arrangement maintained by that
individual's employer under a SIMPLE Plan, the 10% penalty tax rate is increased
to 25%.
b. RMDS AND 50% PENALTY TAX
If the amount distributed from a Qualified Contract or Plan is less than the
amount of the required minimum distribution ("RMD") for the year, the
participant is subject to a 50% penalty tax on the amount that has not been
timely distributed.
An individual's interest in a Qualified Plan generally must be distributed, or
begin to be distributed, not later than the Required Beginning Date. Generally,
the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later
of --
(i) the calendar year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2, or
(ii) (except in the case of an IRA or a 5% owner, as defined in the Code)
the calendar year in which a participant retires from service with the
employer sponsoring a Qualified Plan that allows such a later Required
Beginning Date.
A special rule applies to individuals who attained age 70 1/2 in 2009. Such
individuals should consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking RMDs in
2010.
The entire interest of the individual must be distributed beginning no later
than the Required Beginning Date over --
(a) the life of the individual or the lives of the individual and a
designated beneficiary (as specified in the Code), or
(b) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the individual
or the joint life expectancy of the individual and a designated
beneficiary.
If an individual dies before reaching the Required Beginning Date, the
individual's entire interest generally must be distributed within 5 years after
the individual's death. However, this RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if
distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the
individual's death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life
of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of such beneficiary). If such beneficiary is the individual's
surviving spouse, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual
would have attained age 70 1/2.
If an individual dies after RMDs have begun for such individual, any remainder
of the individual's interest generally must be distributed at least as rapidly
as under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the individual's
death.
The RMD rules that apply while the Contract Owner is alive do not apply with
respect to Roth IRAs. The RMD rules applicable after the death of the Owner
apply to all Qualified Plans, including Roth IRAs. In addition, if the Owner of
a Traditional or Roth IRA dies and the Owner's surviving spouse is the sole
designated beneficiary, this surviving spouse may elect to treat the Traditional
or Roth IRA as his or her own.
The RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account
balance by the applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally
based upon the account value as of the close of business on the last day of the
previous calendar year. RMD incidental benefit rules also may require a larger
annual RMD amount, particularly when distributions are made over the joint lives
of the Owner and an individual other than his or her spouse. RMDs also can be
made in the form of annuity payments that satisfy the rules set forth in
Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.
In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a contract's account value,
such account value must include the actuarial value of certain additional
benefits provided by the contract. As a result, electing an optional benefit
under a Qualified Contract may require the RMD amount for such Qualified
Contract to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the
50% penalty tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely
distributed.
7. TAX WITHHOLDING FOR QUALIFIED PLANS
Distributions from a Qualified Contract or Qualified Plan generally are subject
to federal income tax withholding requirements. These federal income tax
withholding requirements, including any "elections out" and the rate at which
withholding applies, generally are the same as for periodic and non-periodic
distributions from a Non-Qualified Contract, as described above, except where
the distribution is an "eligible rollover distribution" from a Qualified Plan
(described below in "ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS"). In the latter case, tax
withholding is mandatory at a rate of 20% of the taxable portion of the
"eligible rollover distribution," to the extent it is not directly rolled over
to an IRA or other Eligible Retirement Plan (described below in "ROLLOVER
DISTRIBUTIONS"). Payees cannot elect out of this mandatory 20% withholding in
the case of such an "eligible rollover distribution."
<Page>
38 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Also, special withholding rules apply with respect to distributions from
non-governmental Section 457(b) Plans, and to distributions made to individuals
who are neither citizens nor resident aliens of the United States.
Regardless of any "election out" (or any actual amount of tax actually withheld)
on an amount received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the payee is generally
liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable
portion of such amount received. A payee also may be required to pay penalties
under estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments
are insufficient to satisfy the payee's total tax liability.
8. ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
The current tax rules and limits for tax-free rollovers and transfers between
Qualified Plans vary according to (1) the type of transferor Plan and transferee
Plan, (2) whether the amount involved is transferred directly between Plan (a
"direct transfer" or a "direct rollover") or is distributed first to a
participant or beneficiary who then transfers that amount back into another
eligible Plan within 60 days (a "60-day rollover"), and (3) whether the
distribution is made to a participant, spouse or other beneficiary. Accordingly,
we advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser before receiving any
amount from a Qualified Contract or Plan or attempting some form of rollover or
transfer with a Qualified Contract or Plan.
For instance, generally any amount can be transferred directly from one type of
Qualified Plan to the same type of Plan for the benefit of the same individual,
without limit (or federal income tax), if the transferee Plan is subject to the
same kinds of restrictions as the transfer or Plan and certain other conditions
to maintain the applicable tax qualification are satisfied. Such a "direct
transfer" between the same kinds of Plan is generally not treated as any form of
"distribution" out of such a Plan for federal income tax purposes.
By contrast, an amount distributed from one type of Plan into a different type
of Plan generally is treated as a "distribution" out of the first Plan for
federal income tax purposes, and therefore to avoid being subject to such tax,
such a distribution must qualify either as a "direct rollover" (made directly to
another Plan) or as a "60-day rollover." The tax restrictions and other rules
for a "direct rollover" and a "60-day rollover" are similar in many ways, but if
any "eligible rollover distribution" made from certain types of Qualified Plan
is not transferred directly to another Plan by a "direct rollover," then it is
subject to mandatory 20% withholding, even if it is later contributed to that
same Plan in a "60-day rollover" by the recipient. If any amount less than 100%
of such a distribution (e.g., the net amount after the 20% withholding) is
transferred to another Plan in a "60-day rollover", the missing amount that is
not rolled over remains subject to normal income tax plus any applicable penalty
tax.
Under Code Sections 402(f)(2)(A) and 3405(c)(3) an "eligible rollover
distribution" (which is both eligible for rollover treatment and subject to 20%
mandatory withholding absent a "direct rollover") is generally any distribution
to an employee of any portion (or all) of the balance to the employee's credit
in any of the following types of "Eligible Retirement Plan": (1) a Qualified
Plan under Code Section 401(a) ("Qualified 401(a) Plan"), (2) a qualified
annuity plan under Code Section 403(a) ("Qualified Annuity Plan"), (3) a TSA
under Code Section 403(b), or (4) a governmental Section 457(b) Plan. However,
an "eligible rollover distribution" does not include any distribution that is
either --
a. an RMD amount;
b. one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made either (i) for the life (or life
expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the employee and a designated beneficiary, or (ii) for
a specified period of 10 years or more; or
c. any distribution made upon hardship of the employee.
Before making an "eligible rollover distribution," a Plan administrator
generally is required under Code Section 402(f) to provide the recipient with
advance written notice of the "direct rollover" and "60-day rollover" rules and
the distribution's exposure to the 20% mandatory withholding if it is not made
by "direct rollover." Generally, under Code Sections 402(c), 403(b)(8) and 457
(e)(16), a "direct rollover" or a "60-day rollover" of an "eligible rollover
distribution" can be made to a Traditional IRA or to another Eligible Retirement
Plan that agrees to accept such a rollover. However, the maximum amount of an
"eligible rollover distribution" that can qualify for a tax-free "60-day
rollover" is limited to the amount that otherwise would be includable in gross
income. By contrast, a "direct rollover" of an "eligible rollover distribution"
can include after-tax contributions as well, if the direct rollover is made
either to a Traditional IRA or to another form of Eligible Retirement Plan that
agrees to account separately for such a rollover, including accounting for such
after-tax amounts separately from the otherwise taxable portion of this
rollover. Separate accounting also is required for all amounts (taxable or not)
that are rolled into a governmental Section 457(b) Plan from either a Qualified
Section 401(a) Plan, Qualified Annuity Plan, TSA or IRA. These amounts, when
later distributed from the governmental Section 457(b) Plan, are subject to any
premature distribution penalty tax applicable to distributions from such a
"predecessor" Qualified Plan.
Rollover rules for distributions from IRAs under Code Sections 408(d)(3) and
408A(d)(3) also vary according to the type of transferor IRA and type of
transferee IRA or other Plan. For instance, generally no tax-free "direct
rollover" or "60-day rollover" can be made between a "NonRoth IRA" (Traditional,
SEP or SIMPLE IRA) and a Roth IRA, and a transfer from NonRoth IRA to a Roth
IRA, or a "conversion" of a NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, is subject to special
rules. In addition, generally no tax-free "direct rollover" or "60-day rollover"
can be made between an "inherited IRA" (NonRoth or Roth) for a beneficiary and
an IRA set up by that same individual as the original owner. Generally, any
amount other than an RMD
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 39
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA is eligible for a "direct rollover" or
a "60-day rollover" to another Traditional IRA for the same individual.
Similarly, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Roth IRA is generally
eligible for a "direct rollover" or a "60-day rollover" to another Roth IRA for
the same individual. However, in either case such a tax-free 60-day rollover is
limited to 1 per year (365-day period); whereas no 1-year limit applies to any
such "direct rollover." Similar rules apply to a "direct rollover" or a "60-day
rollover" of a distribution from a SIMPLE IRA to another SIMPLE IRA or a
Traditional IRA, except that any distribution of employer contributions from a
SIMPLE IRA during the initial 2-year period in which the individual participates
in the employer's SIMPLE Plan is generally disqualified (and subject to the 25%
penalty tax on premature distributions) if it is not rolled into another SIMPLE
IRA for that individual. Amounts other than RMDs distributed from a Traditional
or SEP IRA (or SIMPLE IRA after the initial 2-year period) also are eligible for
a "direct rollover" or a "60-day rollover" to an Eligible Retirement Plan (e.g.,
a TSA) that accepts such a rollover, but any such rollover is limited to the
amount of the distribution that otherwise would be includable in gross income
(i.e., after-tax contributions are not eligible).
Special rules also apply to transfers or rollovers for the benefit of a spouse
(or ex-spouse) or a nonspouse designated beneficiary, Plan distributions of
property, and obtaining a waiver of the 60-day limit for a tax-free rollover
from the IRS. The Katrina Emergency Tax Relief Act of 2005 (KETRA) allows
certain amounts to be recontributed within three years as a rollover
contribution to a plan from which a KETRA distribution was taken.
<Page>
40 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES
(FOR AN ACCUMULATION UNIT OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD)
The following information should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements for the Separate Account included in the Statement of Additional
Information, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS INTERNATIONAL
GROWTH PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $7.472 $5.377 $10.560 $10.383 --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $8.398 $7.472 $5.377 $10.560 --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 4 6 20 21 --
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS LARGE CAP GROWTH
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $20.340 $14.857 $24.734 $21.810 $22.006
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.293 $20.340 $14.857 $24.734 $21.810
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 1 8 8 8
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS MONEY MARKET
PORFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $14.436 $14.476 $14.269 $13.735 $13.240
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $14.372 $14.436 $14.476 $14.269 $13.735
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 16 22 37 24 26
AMERICAN CENTURY VP BALANCED FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $18.830 $16.379 $20.651 $19.769 $18.115
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.926 $18.830 $16.379 $20.651 $19.769
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 4 8 8 8 8
AMERICAN CENTURY VP CAPITAL
APPRECIATION FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.939 $12.413 $23.170 $15.963 $13.680
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.140 $16.939 $12.413 $23.170 $15.963
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 1 2 3 2
FEDERATED CAPITAL INCOME FUND II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $15.418 $12.073 $15.232 $14.707 $12.775
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $17.203 $15.418 $12.073 $15.232 $14.707
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- -- -- --
FEDERATED FUND FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT
SECURITIES II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $18.473 $17.638 $16.991 $16.058 $15.489
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $19.341 $18.473 $17.638 $16.991 $16.058
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 6 8 13 12 13
FEDERATED HIGH INCOME BOND FUND II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $20.796 $13.667 $18.551 $18.017 $16.333
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $23.752 $20.796 $13.667 $18.551 $18.017
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- -- -- --
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS INTERNATIONAL
GROWTH PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period -- -- -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period -- -- -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- -- -- --
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS LARGE CAP GROWTH
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $19.198 $17.754 $14.421 $20.887 $25.357
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.006 $19.198 $17.754 $14.421 $20.887
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 9 10 15 32 39
ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN VPS MONEY MARKET
PORFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $12.997 $12.964 $12.954 $12.945 --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $13.240 $12.997 $12.964 $12.954 --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 24 31 80 154 --
AMERICAN CENTURY VP BALANCED FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $17.341 $15.868 $13.343 $14.819 $15.456
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $18.115 $17.341 $15.868 $13.343 $14.819
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 9 12 5 5 5
AMERICAN CENTURY VP CAPITAL
APPRECIATION FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $11.257 $10.511 $8.764 $11.172 $15.691
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $13.680 $11.257 $10.511 $8.764 $11.172
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 3 4 4 5 6
FEDERATED CAPITAL INCOME FUND II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $12.074 $11.026 $9.178 $12.116 $14.115
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $12.775 $12.074 $11.026 $9.178 $12.116
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- 3 3 3 3
FEDERATED FUND FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT
SECURITIES II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $15.250 $14.785 $14.508 $13.364 $12.542
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.489 $15.250 $14.785 $14.508 $13.364
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 13 14 14 25 35
FEDERATED HIGH INCOME BOND FUND II
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $15.982 $14.534 $11.946 $11.834 $11.733
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $16.333 $15.982 $14.534 $11.946 $11.834
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 3 5 8 7
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 41
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.509 $13.146 $20.998 $20.049 $17.444
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $18.856 $16.509 $13.146 $20.998 $20.049
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 4 5 9 13 15
ING GLOBAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $11.265 $8.229 $14.010 $10.000 --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $13.642 $11.265 $8.229 $14.010 --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 9 7 9 10 --
ING JPMORGAN EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.021 $9.355 $19.239 $13.923 $10.270
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $19.239 $16.021 $9.355 $19.239 $13.923
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 5 6 3 3 3
INVESCO V.I. CORE EQUITY FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $17.505 $13.706 $19.708 $18.311 $16.804
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $19.092 $17.505 $13.706 $19.708 $18.311
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 2 3 3 3
INVESCO V.I. GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $21.477 $16.897 $23.779 $21.355 $20.384
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.512 $21.477 $16.897 $23.779 $21.355
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 3 4 4 5 5
INVESCO V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $12.565 $8.019 $14.514 $13.537 $12.308
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.173 $12.565 $8.019 $14.514 $13.537
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 3 2 2 3 4
MFS(R) GROWTH SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $19.837 $14.473 $23.231 $19.258 $17.930
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.776 $19.837 $14.473 $23.231 $19.258
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- 1 -- --
MFS(R) HIGH INCOME SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $18.671 $12.927 $18.102 $17.867 $16.261
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $21.326 $18.671 $12.927 $18.102 $17.867
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- 1 1 1 1
MFS(R) STRATEGIC INCOME SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $17.815 $14.403 $16.447 $15.934 $15.005
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $19.528 $17.815 $14.403 $16.447 $15.934
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- 1 1 1 1
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
HARTFORD INDEX HLS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.767 $15.257 $11.961 $15.493 $17.748
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $17.444 $16.767 $15.257 $11.961 $15.493
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 17 20 24 22 42
ING GLOBAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period -- -- -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period -- -- -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- -- -- --
ING JPMORGAN EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $10.077 -- -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $10.270 -- -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 -- -- -- --
INVESCO V.I. CORE EQUITY FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period -- -- -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period -- -- -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- -- -- --
INVESCO V.I. GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $18.933 $17.680 $13.899 $18.480 $21.236
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.384 $18.933 $17.680 $13.899 $18.480
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 7 10 11 12 13
INVESCO V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $12.101 $11.617 $8.032 $15.178 $28.144
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $12.308 $12.101 $11.617 $8.032 $15.178
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 12 25 31 31 46
MFS(R) GROWTH SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.495 $14.668 $11.314 $17.158 $25.912
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $17.930 $16.495 $14.668 $11.314 $17.158
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) -- -- 1 6 12
MFS(R) HIGH INCOME SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $15.989 $14.715 $12.531 $12.272 $12.077
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $16.261 $15.989 $14.715 $12.531 $12.272
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 2 5 12 11
MFS(R) STRATEGIC INCOME SERIES
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $14.793 $13.794 $12.553 $11.633 $11.154
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.005 $14.793 $13.794 $12.553 $11.633
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 2 2 2 4
</Table>
<Page>
42 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $20.481 $12.682 $30.230 $21.160 $15.794
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $23.680 $20.481 $12.682 $30.230 $21.160
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 2 3 7 7
PARTNERS PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.990 $10.935 $23.073 $21.198 $18.972
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $19.564 $16.990 $10.935 $23.073 $21.198
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 3 1 2 2
PIONEER FUND VCT PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $10.760 $8.633 $13.192 $12.622 $10.871
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $12.428 $10.760 $8.633 $13.192 $12.622
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 1 2 2 2
PIONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES VCT
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $18.857 $13.103 $20.403 $21.318 $20.279
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $22.568 $18.857 $13.103 $20.403 $21.318
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 1 5 8 8
SHORT DURATION BOND PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $14.463 $12.820 $14.876 $14.262 $13.749
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.159 $14.463 $12.820 $14.876 $14.262
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 1 2 2 2
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL BOND FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $19.494 $18.477 $17.914 $16.402 $15.473
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.609 $19.494 $18.477 $17.914 $16.402
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 2 3 2 3
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL HARD ASSETS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $31.483 $20.075 $37.429 $25.866 $20.871
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $40.504 $31.483 $20.075 $37.429 $25.866
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 3 3 3 5 5
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT DISCOVERY
FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $21.847 $15.642 $28.237 $23.188 $20.317
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $29.479 $21.847 $15.642 $28.237 $23.188
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 3 2 1 1 1
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
SUB-ACCOUNT 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $12.063 $10.115 $7.285 -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.794 $12.063 $10.115 -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 7 10 8 -- --
PARTNERS PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.144 $13.630 $10.135 $13.422 $13.880
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $18.972 $16.144 $13.630 $10.135 $13.422
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 2 5 4 6
PIONEER FUND VCT PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $10.285 $10.063 -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $10.871 $10.285 -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 8 -- -- --
PIONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES VCT
PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $19.094 $15.679 $11.019 $17.757 $14.973
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.279 $19.094 $15.679 $11.019 $17.757
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 10 11 10 14 28
SHORT DURATION BOND PORTFOLIO
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $13.614 $13.570 $13.309 $12.691 $11.718
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $13.749 $13.614 $13.570 $13.309 $12.691
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 4 10 13 8
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL BOND FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.029 $14.751 $12.540 $10.354 $10.954
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $15.473 $16.029 $14.751 $12.540 $10.354
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 1 3 1 2 1
VAN ECK VIP GLOBAL HARD ASSETS FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $13.823 $11.199 $7.754 $8.016 $8.992
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.871 $13.823 $11.199 $7.754 $8.016
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 7 5 1 -- 3
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT DISCOVERY
FUND
WITHOUT ANY OPTIONAL BENEFITS
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning
of period $16.799 -- -- -- --
Accumulation Unit Value at end of
period $20.317 -- -- -- --
Number of Accumulation Units
outstanding at end of period (in
thousands) 2 -- -- -- --
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 43
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
ITEM 3. RISK FACTORS
Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations and you should carefully consider them. It
is not possible to predict or identify all such factors.
Amounts in this section are presented in U.S. dollars and in thousands, except
for number of shares.
GENERAL ECONOMIC, FINANCIAL MARKET AND POLITICAL CONDITIONS MAY MATERIALLY
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITIONS.
PARTICULARLY, DIFFICULT CONDITIONS IN FINANCIAL MARKETS AND THE GLOBAL ECONOMY
MAY NEGATIVELY AFFECT THE RESULTS OF ALL OF THE COMPANY.
General economic, financial market and political conditions may have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Limited
availability of credit, deteriorations of the global mortgage and real estate
markets, declines in consumer confidence and consumer spending, increases in
prices or in the rate of inflation, continuing high unemployment, or disruptive
geopolitical events could contribute to increased volatility and diminished
expectations for the economy and the markets. Specifically, during periods of
economic downturn:
individuals and businesses may (i) choose not to purchase our insurance
products and other related products and services, (ii) terminate existing
policies or contracts or permit them to lapse, (iii) choose to reduce the
amount of coverage they purchase, and (iv) in the case of business customers
have fewer employees requiring insurance coverage due to reductions in their
staffing levels;
disability insurance claims and claims on other specialized insurance
products tend to rise;
clients are more likely to experience financial distress or to declare
bankruptcy or liquidation, which could have a material and adverse impact on
the remittance of premiums and the collection of receivables such as
unearned premiums.
A.M. BEST RATES THE FINANCIAL STRENGTH OF THE COMPANY, AND A.M. BEST, MOODY'S
AND S&P RATE THE FINANCIAL STRENGTH OF MANY OF THE COMPANY'S AFFILIATES, AND A
DECLINE IN THESE RATINGS COULD AFFECT OUR STANDING IN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY AND
CAUSE OUR SALES AND EARNINGS TO DECREASE.
Ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of
insurance companies. A.M. Best, Moody's and S&P ratings reflect their opinions
of our financial strength, operating performance, strategic position and ability
to meet our obligations to policyholders. These ratings are subject to periodic
review by A.M. Best, Moody's, and S&P, and we cannot assure that we will be able
to retain these ratings. For example, Moody's lowered the financial strength
rating of certain life and health insurance affiliates of the Company from A2 to
A3 citing uncertainty surrounding the viability of several of Assurant's core
insurance products as a result of changes in the health insurance marketplace
due to Health Care Reform.
Any reduction in our ratings could be materially adversely affect the demand for
our products by intermediaries and consumers, and materially adversely affect
our results. In addition, any reduction in our financial strength ratings could
materially adversely affect our cost of borrowing.
As of December 31, 2010, contracts representing approximately 14% of the
Company's net earned premiums contain provisions requiring the Company to
maintain minimum A.M. Best financial strength ratings of "A-" or better. The
Company's clients may terminate the agreements and in some instances recapture
in force business if the Company's ratings fall below "A-".
The Company is also subject to additional risks associated with its business.
These risks include, among others:
RELIANCE ON RELATIONSHIPS WITH SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND OTHER
PARTIES. If our significant clients, distributors and other parties with
which we do business decline to renew or seek to terminate our relationships
or contractual arrangements, our results of operations and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. We are also subject to the
risk that these parties may face financial difficulties, reputational issues
or problems with respect to their own products and services, which may lead
to decreased sales of products and services.
FAILURE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN SALES REPRESENTATIVES OR DEVELOP AND MAINTAIN
DISTRIBUTIONS SOURCES. Our sales representatives interface with clients and
third party distributors. Our inability to attract and retain our sales
representatives or an interruption in, or changes to, our relationships with
various third-party distributors could impair our ability to compete and
market our insurance products and services and materially adversely affect
our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our ability
to market our products and services depends on our ability to tailor our
channels of distribution to comply with changes in the regulatory
environment.
<Page>
44 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY PREDICT BENEFITS AND OTHER COSTS AND CLAIMS. We may
be unable to accurately predict benefits, claims and other costs or to
manage such costs through our loss limitation methods, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition
if claims substantially exceed our expectations.
CHANGES IN REGULATION. Legislation or other regulatory reform that
increases the regulatory requirements imposed on us or that changes the way
we are able to do business may significantly harm our business or results of
operations in the future.
In March 2010, President Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, and the rules
and regulations thereunder (together, "the Affordable Care Act") into law.
Provisions of the Affordable Care Act and related reforms have and will become
effective at various dates over the next several years and will make sweeping
and fundamental changes to the U.S. health care system that are expected to
significantly affect the health insurance industry. Although the Company cannot
predict or quantify the precise effects of the Affordable Care Act on its
business, they will include, in particular, a requirement that the Company or
its parent or affiliates pay rebates to customers if the loss ratios for some of
its products lines are less than specified percentages; the need to reduce
commissions, and the consequent risk that insurance producers may sell less of
the Company or its parent or affiliates' products than they have in the past;
changes in the benefits provided under some products; limits on lifetime and
annual benefit maximums; a prohibition from imposing any pre-existing condition
exclusion as it applies to enrollees under the age of 19 who apply for coverage;
limits on the ability to rescind coverage for persons who have misrepresented or
omitted material information when they applied for coverage and, after January
1, 2014, elimination of the Company or its parent or affiliates' ability to
underwrite health insurance products with certain narrow exceptions; a
requirement to offer coverage to any person who applies for such coverage;
increased costs to modify and/or sell products; intensified competitive
pressures that limit the ability to increase rates due to state insurance
exchanges; significant risk of customer loss; new and higher taxes and fees; and
the need to operate with a lower expense structure at both the business segment
and enterprise level.
REINSURER'S FAILURE TO FULFILL OBLIGATIONS. In the past, the Parent has
sold, and in the future the Parent may sell, businesses through reinsurance
ceded to third parties. For example, in 2001 the Parent sold the insurance
operations of its FFG division to The Hartford and in 2000 the Parent sold
our LTC division to John Hancock, now a subsidiary of Manulife Financial
Corporation. Most of the assets backing reserves coinsured under these sales
are held in trusts or separate accounts. However, if the reinsurers become
insolvent, we would be exposed to the risk that the assets in the trust
and/or the separate accounts would be insufficient to support the
liabilities that would revert to us.
The A.M. Best ratings of The Hartford and John Hancock are currently A and A+,
respectively. A.M. Best maintains a stable outlook on The Hartford's financial
strength ratings and a negative outlook on John Hancock's financial strength
ratings.
We also have the risk of becoming responsible for administering these businesses
in the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the
administrative systems and capabilities to process this business. Accordingly,
we would need to obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one
or more of the reinsurers of these businesses. We might be forced to obtain such
capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO LITIGATION AND REGULATORY ACTIONS. From time to time we
may be involved in various regulatory investigations and examinations
relating to our insurance and other related business operations. We are
subject to comprehensive regulation and oversight by insurance departments
in jurisdictions in which we do business. These insurance departments have
broad administrative powers with respect to all aspects of the insurance
business and, in particular, monitor the manner in which an insurance
company offers, sells and administers its products. Therefore, we may from
time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions
relating to our current and past business operations and practices.
The prevalence and outcomes of any such actions cannot be predicted, and no
assurances can be given that such actions or any litigation would not materially
adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition,
if we were to experience difficulties with our relationship with a regulatory
body in a given jurisdiction, it could have a material adverse effect on our
ability to do business in that jurisdiction.
As part of a previously disclosed settlement between the Parent and the SEC, the
SEC granted permanent relief to the Company, exempting it from limitations on
serving as depositor to investment companies under Section 9(a) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Company fails to continue to meet the
conditions in the application for permanent relief, then the Company could lose
its ability to act as depositor of the separate accounts related to the FFG
businesses sold to the Hartford in 2001. This could result in significant costs
to restructure the modified coinsurance structure currently in place.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 45
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We depend on the Parent for certain administrative, strategic and operational
support. We cannot predict at this time the effect that current litigation,
investigations and regulatory activity will have on Assurant or our business,
but any adverse outcome could have a material adverse affect on our business,
results of operations or financial condition.
For additional risks that relate to our business and additional detail on the
risks outlined above, please see the Risk Factors in Assurant's 2010 Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available on Assurant's website at
www.assurant.com.
ITEM 10. INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Stephen W. Gauster, Esq., who has given a legal opinion as to the validity of
the Contracts, serves as Secretary of the Company and owns less than 1% of
shares of common stock of the Company's parent, Assurant, Inc.
ITEM 11. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRANT
(A) DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
LEGAL ORGANIZATION
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York is a stock life insurance
company formed in 1971 and organized under the laws of the State of New York. It
is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant"), which owns
and operates companies that provide specialized insurance products and related
services in North America and select worldwide markets. Assurant is traded on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol AIZ.
In this report, references to the "Company," "Union Security Life," "we," "us"
or "our" refer to Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION
Union Security Life, which is licensed to sell life, health and annuity
insurance only in the state of New York, writes insurance products that are
marketed in New York, mainly by the Assurant Employee Benefits, Assurant
Solutions and Assurant Specialty Property operating segments (see Assurant's
2010 Form 10-K for a full description of each of these segments). Within the
Assurant Employee Benefits segment, we write group life, group dental, group
long-term disability and group short-term disability insurance products. Within
the Assurant Solutions segment, we market, sell and issue credit life and credit
disability products. Within the Assurant Specialty Property segment, we market,
sell and issue Mortgage Accident products. Of our total gross revenues, less net
realized losses on investments, generated during 2010, approximately 92% was
from the Assurant Employee Benefits segment, approximately 7% from the Assurant
Solutions segment, and the remaining from the other Assurant segments. It is
possible that our sales of credit life and credit disability for the Assurant
Solutions segment will decline, as almost all of the largest credit card issuing
institutions in the U.S. have switched from offering credit insurance to their
credit card customers to offering their own banking-approved debt protection
programs. Debt protection is not an insurance product, but rather a service that
is voluntarily added by customers as an addendum to a loan.
As a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Union Security Life does not
have any publicly issued equity or debt securities. We are however, subject to
certain filing requirements under the federal securities laws, because we have
issued certain variable and market value adjusted insurance contracts, which are
required to be registered with the SEC as securities. Effective April 1, 2001,
Assurant exited this line of business and sold the business segment, then
referred to as Fortis Financial Group ("FFG"), to The Hartford. This sale was
accomplished by means of coinsurance and modified coinsurance. As a result, The
Hartford is contractually responsible for servicing the insurance contracts,
including the payment of benefits, oversight of investment management, overall
contract administration and funding of reserves. If The Hartford fails to
fulfill its obligations, however, we will be obligated to perform the services
and make the required payments and funding.
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 11 employees in our sales offices
in New York, New York. In addition, two Assurant employees, subject to a lease
arrangement, spent at least a portion of their time working for us at our
headquarters in Fayetteville, New York. We believe that employee relations are
satisfactory.
For additional information that relates to Assurant's businesses, we refer you
to Assurant's 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available
on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov or through Assurant's website at
www.assurant.com.
(B) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY
Our Parent leases office space for the Company in Fayetteville, New York that
serves as our headquarters. We also have employees at our Parent headquarters in
New York City that serves as our sales office for our employee benefits
products. We believe that our leased properties are adequate for our current
business operations.
<Page>
46 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(C) LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both
as a defendant and as a plaintiff. See Note 16 to the Notes to the Financial
Statements for a description of certain matters. The Company may from time to
time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our
current and past business operations. While the Company cannot predict the
outcome of any pending or future litigation, examination or investigation and
although no assurances can be given, the Company does not believe that any
pending matter will have a material adverse effect individually or in the
aggregate, on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows.
(D) NOT APPLICABLE.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 47
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(E) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of
operations, changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Union Security Life Insurance
Company of New York (the "Company"), a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of
Assurant, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the accompanying financial
statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information
set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related financial
statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed the
manner in which it accounts for other-than temporary impairment of debt
securities on April 1, 2009.
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
New York, New York
April 28, 2011
<Page>
48 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
BALANCE SHEETS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER
SHARE AND SHARE AMOUNTS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale, at fair
value (amortized cost --
$118,003 in 2010 and
$101,309 in 2009) $124,399 $106,623
Equity securities available
for sale, at fair value
(cost -- $7,607 in 2010 and
$7,791 in 2009) 7,802 7,574
Commercial mortgage loans on
real estate, at amortized
cost 26,268 27,302
Policy loans 142 78
Short-term investments 165 3,891
Other investments 1,001 1,432
----------- -----------
TOTAL INVESTMENTS 159,777 146,900
----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents 1,921 2,807
Premiums and accounts
receivable, net 2,465 3,287
Reinsurance recoverables 142,403 130,074
Due from affiliates 180 --
Accrued investment income 1,734 1,585
Deferred acquisition costs 461 595
Deferred income taxes, net -- 363
Goodwill 324 1,114
Other assets 43 48
Assets held in separate
accounts 12,558 12,821
----------- -----------
TOTAL ASSETS $321,866 $299,594
----------- -----------
LIABILITIES
Future policy benefits and
expenses $114,393 $72,713
Unearned premiums 5,539 9,391
Claims and benefits payable 124,115 131,243
Commissions payable 2,395 2,098
Reinsurance balances payable 293 994
Funds held under reinsurance 94 104
Deferred gain on disposal of
businesses 3,576 3,244
Accounts payable and other
liabilities 3,836 3,733
Due to affiliates -- 1,807
Deferred income taxes, net 450 --
Tax payable 236 765
Liabilities related to
separate accounts 12,558 12,821
----------- -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES 267,485 238,913
----------- -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(NOTE 16)
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $20
per share, 100,000 shares
authorized, issued, and
outstanding 2,000 2,000
Additional paid-in capital 43,006 43,006
Retained earnings 4,983 12,255
Accumulated other
comprehensive income 4,392 3,420
----------- -----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 54,381 60,681
----------- -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY $321,866 $299,594
----------- -----------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 49
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
(IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES
Net earned premiums and other
considerations $38,641 $42,841 $64,853
Net investment income 7,891 8,161 8,810
Net realized gains (losses) on
investments, excluding
other-than-temporary impairment losses 61 (415) (979)
Total other-than-temporary impairment
losses (124) (376) (5,094)
Portion of loss (gain) recognized in
other comprehensive income, before
taxes 19 (35) --
--------- --------- ---------
Net other-than-temporary impairment
losses recognized in earnings (105) (411) (5,094)
Amortization of deferred gain on
disposal of businesses (332) 424 744
Fees and other income 649 593 80
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL REVENUES 46,805 51,193 68,414
--------- --------- ---------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Policyholder benefits 20,445 25,993 39,627
Amortization of deferred acquisition
costs 831 986 1,444
Underwriting, general and
administrative expenses 12,961 11,936 17,146
Goodwill impairment 790 924 --
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES 35,027 39,839 58,217
--------- --------- ---------
Income before provision for income
taxes 11,778 11,354 10,197
Provision for income taxes 4,050 3,916 3,815
--------- --------- ---------
NET INCOME $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
--------- --------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<Page>
50 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
ADDITIONAL COMPREHENSIVE
COMMON PAID-IN INCOME (LOSS)
STOCK CAPITAL RETAINED
EARNINGS TOTAL
(IN THOUSANDS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, January 1, 2008 $2,000 $43,006 $6,903 $1,234 $53,143
Dividends -- -- (4,303) -- (4,303)
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 6,382 -- 6,382
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
gains on securities, net of
taxes of $2,979 -- -- -- (5,533) (5,533)
---------
Total comprehensive income 849
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008 $ 2,000 $ 43,006 $ 8,982 $ (4,299) $ 49,689
Dividends -- -- (4,399) -- (4,399)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles (Note 2) -- -- 234 (234) --
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 7,438 -- 7,438
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
losses on securities, net of
taxes of $(4,035) -- -- -- 7,802 7,802
Net change in
other-than-temporary
impairment gains recognized
in other comprehensive
income, net of taxes of
$(81) 151 151
---------
Total other comprehensive
income 7,953
---------
Total comprehensive income 15,391
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009 $ 2,000 $ 43,006 $ 12,255 $ 3,420 $ 60,681
Dividends -- -- (15,000) -- (15,000)
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 7,728 -- 7,728
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
gains on securities, net of
taxes of $(532) -- -- -- 989 989
Net change in
other-than-temporary
impairment losses recognized
in other comprehensive
income, net of taxes of $10 (17) (17)
---------
Total other comprehensive
income 972
---------
Total comprehensive income 8,700
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010 $2,000 $43,006 $4,983 $4,392 $54,381
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 51
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
(IN THOUSANDS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities:
Change in reinsurance
recoverable (12,329) (20,943) (2,310)
Change in premiums and accounts
receivable (1,165) 1,076 409
Change in deferred acquisition
costs 134 328 114
Change in accrued investment
income (149) (69) 30
Change in insurance policy
reserves and expenses 30,700 9,027 4,999
Change in accounts payable and
other liabilities 103 (982) 151
Change in commissions payable 297 (2,584) 257
Change in reinsurance balances
payable (701) 280 (647)
Change in funds held under
reinsurance (10) 36 (7)
Amortization of deferred gain
on disposal of businesses 332 (424) (744)
Change in income taxes (238) 1,129 1,862
Net realized losses on
investments 44 826 6,073
Goodwill impairment 790 924 --
Other 141 (211) (13)
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES 25,677 (4,149) 16,556
--------- --------- ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Sales of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale 8,619 9,666 19,499
Equity securities available for
sale 635 960 2,921
Maturities, prepayments, and
scheduled redemption of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale 6,140 4,851 5,886
Purchase of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale (31,492) (19,303) (24,454)
Equity securities available for
sale (446) (603) (5,263)
Change in commercial mortgage
loans on real estate 888 1,094 2,350
Change in short-term
investments 3,726 2,979 (6,282)
Change in other invested assets 431 397 362
Change in policy loans (64) (5) 31
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY
INVESTING ACTIVITIES (11,563) 36 (4,950)
--------- --------- ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid (15,000) (4,399) (4,303)
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING
ACTIVITIES (15,000) (4,399) (4,303)
--------- --------- ---------
Change in cash and cash
equivalents (886) (8,512) 7,303
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period 2,807 11,319 4,016
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at
end of period $1,921 $2,807 $11,319
--------- --------- ---------
Supplemental information:
Income taxes paid, net of
refunds $4,289 $2,788 $1,952
--------- --------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<Page>
52 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York (the "Company") is a provider
of life and health insurance products including group disability insurance,
group dental insurance, group life insurance and credit insurance. The Company
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. (the "Parent"). The Parent's
common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol AIZ.
The Company is domiciled in New York and is qualified to sell life, health and
annuity insurance in the state of New York.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Amounts
are presented in United States of America ("U.S.") dollars and all amounts are
in thousands, except for number of shares, per share amounts and number of
securities in an unrealized loss position.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities. The items on the Company's balance sheet affected by the
use of estimates include but are not limited to, investments, premiums and
accounts receivable, reinsurance recoverables, deferred acquisition costs
("DAC"), deferred income taxes and associated valuation allowances, goodwill,
future policy benefits and expenses, unearned premiums, claims and benefits
payable, deferred gain on disposal of businesses, and commitments and
contingencies. The estimates are sensitive to market conditions, investment
yields, mortality, morbidity, commissions and other acquisition expenses,
policyholder behavior and other factors. Actual results could differ from the
estimates reported. The Company believes the amounts reported are reasonable and
adequate.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income, net unrealized gains and
losses on securities classified as available-for-sale and net unrealized gains
and losses on other-than-temporarily impaired securities, less deferred income
taxes.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010
presentation.
FAIR VALUE
The Company uses an exit price for its fair value measurements. An exit price is
defined as the amount received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In measuring fair value, the Company gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the
lowest priority to unobservable inputs. See Note 4 for further information.
INVESTMENTS
Fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale, as
defined in the investments guidance, and reported at fair value. If the fair
value is higher than the amortized cost for fixed maturity securities or the
purchase cost for equity securities, the excess is an unrealized gain; and, if
lower than cost, the difference is an unrealized loss. Net unrealized gains and
losses, less deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI").
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate are reported at unpaid balances,
adjusted for amortization of premium or discount, less allowance for losses. The
allowance is based on management's analysis of factors including actual loan
loss experience, specific events based on geographical, political or economic
conditions, industry experience, loan groupings that have probable and estimable
losses and individually impaired loan loss analysis. A loan is considered
individually impaired when it becomes probable the Company will be unable to
collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the
contractual terms of the loan agreement. Indicative factors of impairment
include, but are not limited to, whether the loan is current, the value of the
collateral and the financial position of the borrower. If a loan is individually
impaired, the Company uses one of the following valuation methods based on the
individual loan's facts and circumstances to measure the impairment amount: (1)
the present value of expected future cash flows, (2) the loan's observable
market price, or (3) the fair value of collateral. Changes in the allowance for
loan losses are recorded in net realized losses on investments, excluding
other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses.
The Company places loans on non-accrual status after 90 days of delinquent
payments (unless the loans are both well secured and in the process of
collection). A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before this time if
information is available that suggests its impairment is probable.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 53
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances, which do not exceed the
cash surrender value of the underlying policies.
Short-term investments include money market funds and short maturity
investments. These amounts are reported at cost, which approximates fair value.
Other investments consist primarily of investments in certified capital
companies ("CAPCOs"). The Company's CAPCOs consist of debt instruments that are
recorded at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
The Company monitors its investment portfolio to identify investments that may
be other-than-temporarily impaired. In addition, securities, aggregated by
issuer, whose market price is equal to 80% or less of their original purchase
price or which had a discrete credit event resulting in the debtor defaulting or
seeking bankruptcy protection are added to a potential write-down list, which is
discussed at quarterly meetings attended by members of the Company's investment,
accounting and finance departments. See Note 3 for further information.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific
identification basis.
Investment income is recorded as earned net of investment expenses. The Company
uses the interest method to recognize interest income on its commercial mortgage
loans.
The Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the calculation of the
effective yield for mortgage-backed securities and structured securities. The
retrospective method is used to adjust the effective yield.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers cash on hand, all operating cash and working capital cash
to be cash equivalents. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates
fair value. Cash balances are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to
determine if negative cash balances exist. If negative cash balances do exist,
the cash accounts are netted with other positive cash accounts of the same bank
provided the right of offset exists between the accounts. If the right of offset
does not exist, the negative cash balances are reclassified to accounts payable.
UNCOLLECTIBLE RECEIVABLE BALANCE
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for probable losses
resulting from the inability to collect payments.
REINSURANCE
Reinsurance recoverables include amounts related to paid benefits and estimated
amounts related to unpaid policy and contract claims, future policyholder
benefits and policyholder contract deposits. The cost of reinsurance is
recognized over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies using assumptions
consistent with those used to account for the policies. Amounts recoverable from
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with claim and claim adjustment
expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves and are reported in the
balance sheets. The cost of reinsurance related to long-duration contracts is
recognized over the life of the underlying reinsured policies. The ceding of
insurance does not discharge the Company's primary liability to insureds, thus a
credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the
obligation assumed in the reinsurance agreements. To mitigate this exposure to
reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its
reinsurers and holds substantial collateral (in the form of funds withheld,
trusts, and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements. An
allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations
of balances due from reinsurers (net of collateral), reinsurer solvency,
management's experience and current economic conditions.
Funds withheld under reinsurance represent amounts contractually held from
assuming companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements.
Reinsurance premiums assumed are calculated based upon payments received from
ceding companies together with accrual estimates, which are based on both
payments received and in force policy information received from ceding
companies. Any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded in
the period in which they are determined.
INCOME TAXES
The Company reports its taxable income in a consolidated federal income tax
return along with other affiliated subsidiaries of the Parent. Income tax
expense or benefit is allocated among the affiliated subsidiaries by applying
corporate income tax rates to taxable income or loss determined on a separate
return basis according to a tax allocation agreement.
Current federal income taxes are recognized based upon amounts estimated to be
payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the current year.
Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based
on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates
<Page>
54 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
applicable to the periods in which the Company expects the temporary differences
to reverse. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when it
is more likely than not that an amount will not be realized.
The Company classifies net interest expense related to tax matters and any
applicable penalties as a component of income tax expense.
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
The costs of acquiring new business that vary with and are primarily related to
the production of new business are deferred to the extent that such costs are
deemed recoverable from future premiums or gross profits. Acquisition costs
primarily consist of commissions, policy issuance expenses, premium taxes and
certain direct marketing expenses.
Premium deficiency testing is performed annually and generally reviewed
quarterly. Such testing involves the use of best estimate assumptions including
the anticipation of investment income to determine if anticipated future policy
premiums are adequate to recover all DAC and related claims, benefits and
expenses. To the extent a premium deficiency exists, it is recognized
immediately by a charge to the statement of operations and a corresponding
reduction in DAC. If the premium deficiency is greater than unamortized DAC, a
liability will be accrued for the excess deficiency.
Acquisition costs relating to monthly pay credit insurance business consist
mainly of direct marketing costs and are deferred and amortized over the
estimated average terms and balances of the underlying contracts.
Acquisition costs relating to group term life, group disability and group dental
consist primarily of compensation to sales representatives. These acquisition
costs are front-end loaded; thus, they are deferred and amortized over the
estimated terms of the underlying contracts.
GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the net fair value of
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.
Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is not amortized, but rather
is tested at least annually for impairment. The Company reviews goodwill
annually in the fourth quarter for impairment, or more frequently if indicators
of impairment exist. The Company regularly assesses whether any indicators of
impairment exist. Such indicators include, but are not limited to: a significant
decline in expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors
or the broader business climate. The evaluation of such factors requires
considerable management judgment.
The goodwill impairment test has two steps. The Company first compares its
estimated fair value with its net book value ("Step 1"). If the estimated fair
value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no
further testing is necessary. If the net book value exceeds its estimated fair
value, the Company would perform a second test to measure the amount of
impairment if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, the Company would
determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the
Company were being acquired in a business combination ("Step 2"). Specifically,
the Company would determine the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities,
including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that
would yield the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of
goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an
impairment charge for the difference.
In the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, the Company conducted its annual
assessments of goodwill. Based on the results of the 2010 assessment, the
Company concluded that the net book value of its goodwill exceeded its estimated
fair value and therefore performed a Step 2 test. Based on the results of the
Step 2 test, the Company recorded a $790 impairment charge. During 2009, the
Company concluded that the net book value of its goodwill exceeded its estimated
fair value and recorded a $924 impairment charge after performing a Step 2 test.
See Notes 4 and 13 for further information.
OTHER ASSETS
Other assets primarily include prepaid items and intangible assets. Other
intangible assets that have finite lives, including but not limited to customer
relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Other intangible
assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives, primarily certain state licenses,
are not amortized and are subject to at least annual impairment tests.
Impairment exists if the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset exceeds its fair value. For other intangible assets with finite lives,
impairment is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds
the fair value of the intangible asset. Generally other intangible assets with
finite lives are only tested for impairment if there are indicators ("triggers")
of impairment identified. Triggers include, but are not limited to, a
significant adverse change in the extent, manner or length of time in which the
other intangible asset is being used or a significant adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of the other
intangible asset. In certain cases, the Company does perform an annual
impairment test for other intangible assets with finite lives even if there are
no triggers present. There were no impairments of finite-lived or
indefinite-lived intangible assets in either 2010 or 2009.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 55
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
Assets and liabilities associated with separate accounts relate to premium and
annuity considerations for variable life and annuity products for which the
contract-holder, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk. Separate
account assets (with matching liabilities) are reported at fair value. Revenues
and expenses related to the separate account assets and liabilities, to the
extent of benefits paid or provided to the separate account policyholders, are
excluded from the amounts reported in the accompanying statements of operations
because the accounts are administered by reinsurers.
Prior to April 2, 2001, Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") had issued variable
insurance products registered as securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. These products featured fixed premiums, a minimum death benefit, and
policyholder returns linked to an underlying portfolio of securities. The
variable insurance products issued by FFG have been 100% reinsured with The
Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries ("The
Hartford").
RESERVES
Reserves are established in accordance with GAAP, using generally accepted
actuarial methods. Factors used in their calculation include experience derived
from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions. Such assumptions and
other factors include trends, the incidence of incurred claims, the extent to
which all claims have been reported, and internal claims processing charges. The
process used in computing reserves cannot be exact, since actual claim costs are
dependent upon such complex factors as inflation, changes in doctrines of legal
liabilities and damage awards. The methods of making such estimates and
establishing the related liabilities are periodically reviewed and updated.
Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of exposure, but instead
represent our best estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and
administration of a claim or group of claims will cost based on facts and
circumstances known at the time of calculation. The adequacy of reserves will be
impacted by future trends in claims severity, frequency, judicial theories of
liability and other factors. These variables are affected by both external and
internal events, including but not limited to: changes in the economic cycle,
changes in the social perception of the value of work, emerging medical
perceptions regarding physiological or psychological causes of disability,
emerging health issues and new methods of treatment or accommodation, inflation,
judicial trends, legislative changes and claims handling procedures.
Many of these items are not directly quantifiable. Reserve estimates are refined
as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both positive and negative, are
reflected in the statement of operations of the period in which such estimates
are updated. Because establishment of reserves is an inherently uncertain
process involving estimates of future losses, there can be no certainty that
ultimate losses will not exceed existing claims reserves. Future loss
development could require reserves to be increased, which could have a material
adverse effect on our earnings in the periods in which such increases are made.
However, based on information currently available we believe our reserve
estimates are adequate.
Long Duration Contracts
The Company's long duration contracts include traditional life insurance
policies no longer offered and policies disposed of via reinsurance (FFG and
long-term care contracts).
Risks related to the reserves recorded for all long duration have been 100%
ceded via reinsurance. While the Company has not been released from the
contractual obligation to the policyholders, changes in and deviations from
economic mortality, morbidity, and expense assumptions used in the calculation
of these reserves will not directly affect our results of operations unless
there is a default by the assuming reinsurer.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company's short duration contracts include group term life contracts, group
disability contracts, medical contracts, dental contracts, and credit life and
disability contracts. For short duration contracts, claims and benefits payable
reserves are recorded when insured events occur. The liability is based on the
expected ultimate cost of settling the claims. The claims and benefits payable
reserves include: (1) case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the
balance sheet date; (2) incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for claims
where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported to the Company as
of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment expense reserves for the
expected handling costs of settling the claims.
For group disability, the case reserves and the IBNR reserves are recorded at an
amount equal to the net present value of the expected future claims payments.
Group long-term disability and group term life waiver of premiums reserves are
discounted to the valuation date at the valuation interest rate. The valuation
interest rate is reviewed quarterly by taking into consideration actual and
expected earned rates on our asset portfolio. Group long-term disability and
group term life reserve adequacy studies are performed annually, and morbidity
and mortality assumptions are adjusted where appropriate.
Changes in the estimated liabilities are recorded as a charge or credit to
policyholder benefits as estimates are revised.
<Page>
56 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF BUSINESSES
The Company recorded a deferred gain on disposal of businesses utilizing
reinsurance. On March 1, 2000, the Parent sold its long-term care ("LTC")
business using a coinsurance contract. On April 2, 2001, the Parent sold its FFG
business using coinsurance and a modified coinsurance contract. Since the form
of sales did not discharge the Company's primary liability to the insureds, the
gain on these disposals was deferred and reported as a liability. The liability
is decreased and recognized as revenue over the estimated life of the contracts'
terms. The Company reviews and evaluates the estimates affecting the deferred
gain on disposal of businesses annually or when significant information
affecting the estimates becomes known to the Company, and adjusts the revenue
accordingly. In 2010, the Company re-established $785 of FFG deferred gain based
on its annual review.
PREMIUMS
Long Duration Contracts
Premiums for LTC insurance and traditional life insurance contracts within FFG
are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For investment-type
annuity contracts within FFG, revenues consist of charges assessed against
policy balances. For the FFG and LTC businesses previously sold, all revenue is
ceded.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company's short duration contracts are those on which the Company recognizes
revenue on a pro-rata basis over the contract term. The Company's short duration
contracts primarily include group term life, group disability, dental, and
credit life and disability.
TOTAL OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
For debt securities with credit losses and non-credit losses or gains, total
other-than-temporary impairment losses is the total of the decline in fair value
from either the most recent OTTI determination or a prior period end in which
the fair value declined until the current period end valuation date. This amount
does not include any securities that had fair value increases. For equity
securities and debt securities that the Company has the intent to sell or if it
is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, for equity securities
that have an OTTI or for debt securities if there are only credit losses, total
other-than-temporary impairment losses is the total amount by which the fair
value of the security is less than its amortized cost basis at the period end
valuation date and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-
than-temporary.
FEES AND OTHER INCOME
The Company derives fees and other income primarily from providing
administrative services. These fees are recognized monthly when services are
performed.
UNDERWRITING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
commissions, premium taxes, licenses, fees, salaries and personnel benefits and
other general operating expenses.
LEASES
The Company records expenses for operating leases on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
CONTINGENCIES
The Company follows the guidance on contingencies, which requires the Company to
evaluate each contingent matter separately. A loss contingency is recorded if
reasonably estimable and probable. The Company establishes reserves for these
contingencies at the best estimate, or if no one estimated number within the
range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an
estimated reserve at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting
the Company primarily relate to litigation matters which are inherently
difficult to evaluate and are subject to significant changes. The Company
believes the contingent amounts recorded are adequate and reasonable.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- ADOPTED
On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the new guidance on the accounting for a
variable interest entity ("VIE"). This new guidance amends the consolidation
guidance applicable to VIEs to require a qualitative assessment in the
determination of the primary beneficiary of the VIE, to require an ongoing
reconsideration of the primary beneficiary, to amend the events that trigger a
reassessment of whether an entity is a VIE and to change the consideration of
kick-out rights in determining if an entity is a VIE. The adoption of this new
guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results
of operations.
On July 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance that establishes a single
source of authoritative accounting and reporting guidance recognized by the FASB
for nongovernmental entities (the "Codification"). The Codification does not
change current GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all
authoritative GAAP by providing all the authoritative literature related to a
particular topic in one place. All existing accounting standard documents will
be superseded and all
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 57
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
other accounting literature not included in the Codification will be considered
non-authoritative. The adoption of the new guidance did not have an impact on
the Company's financial position or results of operations. References to
accounting guidance contained in the Company's financial statements and
disclosures have been updated to reflect terminology consistent with the
Codification. Plain English references to the accounting guidance have been made
along with references to the ASC topic number and name.
On October 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance on measuring the fair
value of liabilities. When the quoted price in an active market for an identical
liability is not available, this new guidance requires that either the quoted
price of the identical or similar liability when traded as an asset or another
valuation technique that is consistent with the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance be used to fair value the liability. The adoption of this
new guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new OTTI guidance. This new guidance
amends the previous guidance for debt securities and modifies the presentation
and disclosure requirements for debt and equity securities. In addition, it
amends the requirement for an entity to positively assert the intent and ability
to hold a debt security to recovery to determine whether an OTTI exists and
replaces this provision with the assertion that an entity does not intend to
sell or it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell
a security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. Additionally, this new
guidance modifies the presentation of certain OTTI debt securities to only
present the impairment loss within the results of operations that represents the
credit loss associated with the OTTI with the remaining impairment loss being
presented within other comprehensive income (loss) ("OCI"). At adoption, the
Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment to reclassify the non-credit
component of previously recognized OTTI securities which resulted in an increase
of $234 (after-tax) in retained earnings and a decrease of $234 (after-tax) in
AOCI. See Note 3 for further information.
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance on determining fair value
in illiquid markets. This new guidance clarifies how to estimate fair value when
the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly
decreased. This new guidance also clarifies how to identify circumstances
indicating that a transaction is not orderly. Under this new guidance,
significant decreases in the volume and level of activity of an asset or
liability, in relation to normal market activity, requires further evaluation of
transactions or quoted prices and exercise of significant judgment in arriving
at fair values. This new guidance also requires additional interim and annual
disclosures. The adoption of this new guidance did not have an impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the revised business combinations
guidance. The revised guidance retains the fundamental requirements of the
previous guidance in that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all
business combinations, that an acquirer be identified for each business
combination and for goodwill to be recognized and measured as a residual. The
revised guidance expands the definition of transactions and events that qualify
as business combinations to all transactions and other events in which one
entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. The revised guidance
broadens the fair value measurement and recognition of assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and interests transferred as a result of business
combinations. It also increases the disclosure requirements for business
combinations in the financial statements. The adoption of the revised guidance
did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of
operations. However, should the Company enter into a business combination in
2010 or beyond, our financial position or results of operations could incur a
significantly different impact than had it recorded the acquisition under the
previous business combinations guidance. Earnings volatility could result,
depending on the terms of the acquisition.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new consolidations guidance. The new
guidance requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be separately
reported within equity and the amount of consolidated net income attributable to
the noncontrolling interest be presented in the statement of operations. The new
guidance also calls for consistency in reporting changes in the Parent's
ownership interest in a subsidiary and necessitates fair value measurement of
any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. The adoption
of the new guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.
On January 1, 2009, the Company applied the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance for all non-financial assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a non-recurring basis. The application of this guidance for those
assets and liabilities did not have an impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations. TheCompany's non-financial assets measured at
fair value on a non-recurring basis include goodwill and intangible assets. In a
businesscombination, the non-financial assets and liabilities of the acquired
company would be measured at fair value in accordance with the fair
valuemeasurements and disclosures guidance. The requirements of this guidance
include using an exit price based on an orderly transaction betweenmarket
participants at the measurement date assuming the highest and best use of the
asset by market participants. To perform a market valuation, the Company is
required to use a market, income or cost approach valuation technique(s). The
Company performs its annual impairment analyses of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets in the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
recoverable. If Step 1 of the impairment test indicates that the net book value
of the reporting unit is greater than the
<Page>
58 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
estimated fair value, then Step 2 test is required. Step 2 requires that the
Company measure the fair value of goodwill of the reporting unit. As mentioned
above, the application of this guidance which was used to measure the fair value
of goodwill in Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test did not have an impact on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance. This guidance defined fair value, addressed how companies
should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for
recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and expanded disclosures about
fair value measurements. This guidance was applied prospectively for financial
assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of January 1, 2008. The
adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations. See Note 4 for further information.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- NOT YET ADOPTED
In October 2010, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance on accounting
for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. The
amendments modify the definition of the types of costs incurred by insurance
entities that can be capitalized in the acquisition of new and renewal
contracts. Under this amended guidance, acquisition costs are defined as costs
that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal
insurance contracts. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore,
the Company is required to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2012. Prospective
application as of the date of adoption is required; however retrospective
application to all prior periods presented upon the date of adoption is also
permitted, but not required. Early adoption is permitted, but only at the
beginning of an entity's annual reporting period. The Company is currently
evaluating the requirements of the amendments and the potential impact, if any,
on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
3. INVESTMENTS
The following tables show the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and
losses and fair value and OTTI of our fixed maturity and equity securities as of
the dates indicated:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
COST OR GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $980 $128 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 23,486 1,546 (60)
Foreign governments 758 104 --
Asset-backed 100 5 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 100 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 374 (212)
Corporate 80,775 5,556 (1,145)
----------- -------- ---------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $118,003 $7,813 $(1,417)
----------- -------- ---------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,607 $555 $(360)
----------- -------- ---------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
OTTI IN
FAIR VALUE AOCI
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $1,108 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 24,972 --
Foreign governments 862 --
Asset-backed 105 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,916 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,250 (43)
Corporate 85,186 6
----------- -----
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $124,399 $(37)
----------- -----
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,802 $ --
----------- -----
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 59
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
COST OR GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $452 $87 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 23,975 1,537 (9)
Foreign governments 760 85 --
Asset-backed 144 6 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,905 97 (1)
Residential mortgage-backed 6,796 368 (22)
Corporate 64,277 3,768 (602)
----------- -------- -------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $101,309 $5,948 $(634)
----------- -------- -------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,791 $358 $(575)
----------- -------- -------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
OTTI IN
FAIR VALUE AOCI (1)
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $539 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 25,503 --
Foreign governments 845 --
Asset-backed 150 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 5,001 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,142 (22)
Corporate 67,443 12
----------- -----
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $106,623 $(10)
----------- -----
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,574 $ --
----------- -----
</Table>
(1) Represents the amount of other-than-temporary impairment (losses) gains in
AOCI, which, from April 1, 2009, were not included in earnings under the
new OTTI guidance for debt securities.
The cost or amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities at
December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because issuers of the securities may
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR
AMORTIZED FAIR
COST VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due in one year or less $4,569 $4,683
Due after one year through five years 19,756 21,280
Due after five years through ten years 44,464 45,667
Due after ten years 37,210 40,498
----------- -----------
TOTAL 105,999 112,128
Asset-backed 100 105
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 4,916
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 7,250
----------- -----------
TOTAL $118,003 $124,399
----------- -----------
</Table>
Major categories of net investment income were as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities $5,868 $6,012 $6,199
Equity securities 543 590 578
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate 1,585 1,628 1,908
Policy loans 17 6 7
Short-term investments 10 51 106
Other investments 101 138 171
Cash and cash equivalents 2 39 134
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL INVESTMENT INCOME 8,126 8,464 9,103
Investment expenses (235) (303) (293)
-------- -------- --------
NET INVESTMENT INCOME $7,891 $8,161 $8,810
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.
<Page>
60 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table summarizes the proceeds from sales of available-for-sale
securities and the gross realized gains and gross realized losses that have been
included in earnings as a result of those sales.
<Table>
<Caption>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from sales $9,254 $10,626 $22,418
Gross realized gains 250 218 776
Gross realized losses 42 381 1,737
</Table>
For securities sold at a loss during 2010, the average period of time these
securities were trading continuously at a price below book value was
approximately 40 months.
The following table sets forth the net realized losses, including
other-than-temporary impairments, recognized in the statement of operations as
follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized gains (losses) related to
sales and other:
Fixed maturity securities $196 $(161) $(259)
Equity securities 12 (2) (686)
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate (147) (252) (34)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED GAINS (LOSSES)
RELATED TO SALES 61 (415) (979)
Net realized losses related to
other-than-temporary impairments:
Fixed maturity securities (98) (388) (2,982)
Equity securities (7) (23) (2,112)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED LOSSES RELATED TO
OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS (105) (411) (5,094)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED LOSSES $(44) $(826) $(6,073)
------- ------- ---------
</Table>
OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS
Adoption of the OTTI Guidance
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the OTTI guidance which requires entities
to separate an OTTI of a debt security into two components when there are credit
related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which the Company
asserts that it does not have the intent to sell, and it is more likely than not
that it will not be required to sell before recovery of its cost basis. Prior to
April 1, 2009, the Company was required to determine whether it had the intent
and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value
to recover. When the analysis of the above factors resulted in the Company's
conclusion that declines in market values were other-than-temporary, the cost of
the securities was written down to market value and the reduction in value was
reflected as a realized loss in the statement of operations. Under the OTTI
guidance, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in
earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other, non-credit, factors
(E.G., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income. In instances where no credit loss exists but the
Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the
Company will have to sell the debt security prior to the anticipated recovery,
the decline in market value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in
earnings. In periods after the recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, the
Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the
measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous
amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities
for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new
amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be
accreted or amortized into net investment income.
The OTTI guidance required that the Company record, as of April 1, 2009, the
date of adoption, a cumulative effect adjustment to reclassify the noncredit
component of a previously recognized OTTI from retained earnings to other
comprehensive income. For purposes of calculating the cumulative effect
adjustment, the Company reviewed OTTI it had recorded through realized losses on
securities held at March 31, 2009, which were $2,730, and estimated the portion
related to credit losses (I.E., where the present value of cash flows expected
to be collected are lower than the amortized cost basis of the security) and the
portion related to all other factors. The Company determined that $2,357 of the
OTTI previously recorded related to specific credit losses and $373 related to
all other factors. Under the new OTTI guidance, the Company increased the
amortized cost basis of these debt securities by $360 and recorded a cumulative
effect adjustment, net of tax, in its shareholder's equity section. The
cumulative effect adjustment had no effect on total shareholder's equity as it
increased retained earnings and reduced accumulated other comprehensive income.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded
$124 and $376, respectively, of OTTI, of which $105 and $411 was related to
credit losses and recorded as net OTTI losses recognized in earnings, with the
remaining amounts of $19 and $(35), respectively, related to all other factors
and was recorded as an unrealized loss (gain) component of AOCI.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 61
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table sets forth the amount of credit loss impairments recognized
within the results of operations on fixed maturity securities held by the
Company as of the dates indicated, for which a portion of the OTTI loss was
recognized in AOCI, and the corresponding changes in such amounts.
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of year $1,827
Reductions for securities which the amount previously
recognized in other comprehensive income was
recognized in earnings because the entity intends to
sell the security (9)
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be
collected that are recognized over the remaining
life of the security (5)
Reductions for credit loss impairments previously
recognized on securities which matured, paid down,
prepaid or were sold during the period (174)
--------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR $1,639
--------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of year $ --
Credit losses remaining in retained earnings related
to the adoption of OTTI guidance effective April 1,
2009 2,357
Additions for credit loss impairments recognized in
the current period on securities not previously
impaired 22
Additions for credit loss impairments recognized in
the current period on securities previously impaired 158
Reductions for credit loss impairments previously
recognized on securities which matured, paid down,
prepaid or were sold during the period (710)
--------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR $1,827
--------
</Table>
We regularly monitor our investment portfolio to ensure investments that may be
other-than-temporarily impaired are identified in a timely fashion, properly
valued, and charged against earnings in the proper period. The determination
that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary decline in value requires
the judgment of management. Assessment factors include, but are not limited to,
the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than
cost, the financial condition and rating of the issuer, whether any collateral
is held, the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a
period of time sufficient to allow for recovery for equity securities and the
intent to sell or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be
required to sell for fixed maturity securities. Inherently, there are risks and
uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in circumstances and
critical assumptions such as a continued weak economy, a more pronounced
economic downturn or unforeseen events which affect one or more companies,
industry sectors, or countries could result in additional impairments in future
periods for other-than-temporary declines in value. Any equity security whose
price decline is deemed other-than-temporary is written down to its then current
market value with the amount of the impairment reported as a realized loss in
that period. The impairment of a fixed maturity security that the Company has
the intent to sell or that it is more likely than not that the Company will be
required to sell is deemed other-than-temporary and is written down to its
market value at the Balance Sheet date with the amount of the impairment
reported as a realized loss in that period. For all other-than-temporarily
impaired fixed maturity securities that do not meet either of these two
criteria, the Company is required to analyze its ability to recover the
amortized cost of the security by calculating the net present value of projected
future cash flows. For these other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity
securities, the net amount recognized in earnings is equal to the difference
between the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security and its net present
value.
The Company considers different factors to determine the amount of projected
future cash flows and discounting methods for corporate debt and residential and
commercial mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities. For corporate debt
securities, the split between the credit and non-credit losses is driven
principally by assumptions regarding the amount and timing of projected future
cash flows. The net present value is calculated by discounting the Company's
best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate
implicit in the security at the date of acquisition. For residential and
commercial mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates,
including prepayment assumptions, are based on data from widely accepted
third-party data sources or internal estimates. In addition to prepayment
assumptions, cash flow estimates vary based on assumptions regarding the
underlying collateral including default rates, recoveries and changes in value.
The net present value is calculated by discounting the Company's best estimate
of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the
fixed maturity security prior to impairment at the balance sheet date. The
discounted cash flows become the new amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity
security.
<Page>
62 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment,
the Company generally accretes the discount (or amortizes the reduced premium)
into net investment income, up to the non-discounted amount of projected future
cash flows, resulting from the reduction in cost basis, based upon the amount
and timing of the expected future cash flows over the estimated period of cash
flows.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific
identification basis.
The investment category and duration of the Company's gross unrealized losses on
fixed maturity securities and equity securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009
were as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR MORE
FAIR UNREALIZED FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and $1,557 $(60) $ -- $ --
political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed 2,178 (212) -- --
Corporate 23,730 (1,096) 706 (49)
-------- -------- ------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $27,465 $(1,368) $706 $(49)
-------- -------- ------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $799 $(28) $2,048 $(332)
-------- -------- ------- ------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
TOTAL
FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------- ---------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and $1,557 $(60)
political subdivisions
Residential mortgage-backed 2,178 (212)
Corporate 24,436 (1,145)
-------- --------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $28,171 $(1,417)
-------- --------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $2,847 $(360)
-------- --------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR MORE
FAIR UNREALIZED FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES VALUE LOSSES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $543 $(9) $ -- $ --
Commercial mortgage-backed 250 (1) -- --
Residential mortgage-backed 165 (22) -- --
Corporate 3,923 (75) 6,277 (527)
------- ------ ------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $4,881 $(107) $6,277 $(527)
------- ------ ------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $ -- $ -- $2,602 $(575)
------- ------ ------- ------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
TOTAL
FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------- -------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $543 $(9)
Commercial mortgage-backed 250 (1)
Residential mortgage-backed 165 (22)
Corporate 10,200 (602)
-------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $11,158 $(634)
-------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $2,602 $(575)
-------- ------
</Table>
Total gross unrealized losses represent less than 6% and 9% of the aggregate
fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. Approximately 79% and 9% of these gross unrealized losses have
been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The total gross unrealized losses are comprised of
82 and 88 individual securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In
accordance with its policy described above, the Company concluded that for these
securities an adjustment to its results of operations for other-than-temporary
impairments of the gross unrealized losses was not warranted at December 31,
2010 and 2009. These conclusions are based on a detailed analysis of the
underlying credit and expected cash flows of each security. As of December 31,
2010, the gross unrealized losses that have been in a continuous loss position
for twelve months or more were concentrated in non-redeemable preferred stocks
and in the industrial, financial, and energy industries of the Company's
corporate fixed maturity securities. For these concentrations, gross unrealized
losses of twelve months or more were $371, or 97%, of the total. The gross
unrealized losses are primarily attributable to widening credit spreads. As of
December 31, 2010, the Company did not intend to sell the securities and it was
not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the
securities before the anticipated recovery of their amortized cost basis.
The cost or amortized cost and fair value of available for sale fixed maturity
securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010, by contractual
maturity, is shown below:
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR
AMORTIZED COST FAIR VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due after one year through five years $40 $30
Due after five years through ten years 22,076 21,111
Due after ten years 5,082 4,852
--------- ---------
TOTAL 27,198 25,993
Residential mortgage-backed 2,390 2,178
--------- ---------
TOTAL $29,588 $28,171
--------- ---------
</Table>
The Company has exposure to sub-prime and related mortgages within our fixed
maturity security portfolio. At December 31, 2010, approximately 1.6% of the
residential mortgage-backed holdings had exposure to sub-prime mortgage
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 63
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
collateral. This represented approximately 0.1% of the total fixed income
portfolio and 3.1% of the total unrealized loss position. There is one security
with sub-prime exposure, that is below investment grade. All residential
mortgage-backed securities, including those with sub-prime exposure, are
reviewed as part of the ongoing other-than-temporary impairment monitoring
process.
The Company has made commercial mortgage loans, collateralized by the underlying
real estate, on properties located throughout the U.S. and Canada. At December
31, 2010, approximately 49% of the outstanding principal balance of commercial
mortgage loans was concentrated in the states of California, Texas, and New
York. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, an economic
downturn could have an adverse impact on the ability of its debtors to repay
their loans. The outstanding balance of commercial mortgage loans range in size
from $417 to $2,591 at December 31, 2010 and from $426 to $2,647 at December 31,
2009.
Credit quality indicators for commercial mortgage loans are loan-to-value and
debt-service coverage ratios. Loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios are
measures commonly used to assess the credit quality of commercial mortgage
loans. The loan-to-value ratio compares the principal amount of the loan to the
fair value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan, and is commonly
expressed as a percentage. The debt-service coverage ratio compares a property's
net operating income to its debt-service payments and is commonly expressed as a
ratio of one. The loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios are generally
updated annually in the third quarter. The following summarizes our
loan-to-value and average debt-service coverage ratios:
<Table>
<Caption>
% OF DEBT-
GROSS SERVICE
CARRYING MORTGAGE COVERAGE
LOAN-TO-VALUE VALUE LOANS RATIO
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70% and less $16,464 61.5% 1.87
71 - 80% 1,338 5.0% 1.57
81 - 95% 7,257 27.1% 1.26
Greater than 95% 1,711 6.4% .92
--------- ------ -----
Gross commercial mortgage
loans 26,770 100.0% 1.63
--------- ------ -----
Less valuation allowance (502)
---------
NET COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS $26,268
---------
</Table>
All commercial mortgage loans that are individually impaired have an established
mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses. Changing economic conditions
affect our valuation of commercial mortgage loans. Changing vacancies and rents
are incorporated into the discounted cash flow analysis that we perform for
monitored loans and may contribute to the establishment of (or an increase or
decrease in) a commercial mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses. In
addition, we continue to monitor the entire commercial mortgage loan portfolio
to identify risk. Areas of emphasis are properties that have exposure to
earthquakes, have deteriorating credits or have experienced a reduction in
debt-service coverage ratio. Where warranted, we have established or increased a
valuation allowance based upon this analysis.
The commercial mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses was $502 and $355 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in the commercial
mortgage loan valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
is due to the current year provision of $147 and $252, respectively.
The Company has fixed maturities of $608 and $539 at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively, on deposit with various governmental authorities as required by
law.
4. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
FAIR VALUES, INPUTS AND VALUATION TECHNIQUES FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
LIABILITIES DISCLOSURES
The fair value measurements and disclosures guidance defines fair value and
establishes a framework for measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In
accordance with this guidance, the Company has categorized its recurring basis
financial assets and liabilities into a three-level fair value hierarchy based
on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique.
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs (Level 3). The inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in
the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety
falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to
the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety
requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
<Page>
64 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 inputs utilize other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are
observable for the asset, either directly or indirectly, for substantially
the full term of the asset. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar
assets in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in
markets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are
observable in the marketplace for the asset. The observable inputs are used
in valuation models to calculate the fair value for the asset.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable but are significant to the fair value
measurement for the asset, and include situations where there is little, if
any, market activity for the asset. These inputs reflect management's own
assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing
the asset.
A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly
basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a
reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value
hierarchy.
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010
and 2009. The amounts presented below for Cash equivalents, Assets held in
separate accounts and liabilities related to separate accounts differ from the
amounts presented in the balance sheets because only certain investments or
certain assets and liabilities within these line items are measured at estimated
fair value. The fair value amount and the majority of the associated levels
presented for Assets held in separate accounts are received directly from third
parties.
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for those
recurring basis assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
FINANCIAL ASSETS Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities:
United States Government and government agencies and authorities $1,108 $ -- $1,108 $ --
State, municipalities and political subdivisions 24,972 -- 24,972 --
Foreign governments 862 -- 862 --
Asset-backed 105 -- 105 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,916 -- 4,916 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,250 -- 7,250 --
Corporate 85,186 -- 83,999 1,187
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,802 -- 7,802 --
Short term investments 165 165(b) -- --
Cash equivalents 114 114 -- --
Assets held in separate accounts 12,028 9,031(a) 2,997(c) --
----------- -------- ----------- --------
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS $144,508 $9,310 $134,011 $1,187
----------- -------- ----------- --------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
LIABILITIES RELATED TO SEPARATE ACCOUNTS $12,028 $9,031(a) $2,997(c) $ --
----------- -------- ----------- --------
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 65
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
FINANCIAL ASSETS Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities:
United States Government and government agencies and
authorities $539 $ -- $539 $ --
State, municipalities and political subdivisions 25,503 -- 25,503 --
Foreign governments 845 -- 845 --
Asset-backed 150 -- 150 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 5,001 -- 5,001 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,142 -- 7,142 --
Corporate 67,443 -- 66,285 1,158
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,574 -- 7,574 --
Short term investments 3,891 3,891(b) -- --
Cash equivalents 953 953 -- --
Assets held in separate accounts 12,271 8,782(a) 3,489(c) --
---------- --------- ---------- ---
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS $131,312 $13,626 $116,528 $1,158
---------- --------- ---------- ---
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Liabilities related to separate accounts $12,271 $8,782(a) $3,489(c) $ --
---------- --------- ---------- ---
</Table>
(a) Mainly includes mutual funds.
(b) Mainly includes money market funds.
(c) Mainly includes fixed maturity securities.
There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial assets
during the period. However, there were transfers between Level 2 and Level 3
financial assets during the period, which are reflected in the "Net transfers"
line below. Transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 most commonly occur when
market observable inputs that were previously available become unavailable in
the current period. The remaining unpriced securities are submitted to
independent brokers who provide non-binding broker quotes or are priced by other
qualified sources.
The following tables summarize the change in balance sheet carrying value
associated with Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value during the years
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 EQUITY
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES SECURITIES
TOTAL UNITED STATES NON-
LEVEL GOVERNMENT AND REDEEMABLE
3 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES PREFERRED
ASSETS AND AUTHORITIES CORPORATE STOCKS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of period $1,158 $ -- $1,158 $ --
Net unrealized gains (losses) included
in stockholder's equity 48 (9) 51 6
Purchases 2,234 2,234 -- --
Sales (199) -- (199) --
Net transfers (1) (2,054) (2,225) 177 (6)
-------- -------- ------- ----
Balance, end of period $1,187 $ -- $1,187 $ --
-------- -------- ------- ----
</Table>
<Page>
66 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
<Caption>
EQUITY
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 SECURITIES
NON-
TOTAL REDEEMABLE
LEVEL 3 FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES PREFERRED
ASSETS CORPORATE STOCKS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of period $1,047 $842 $205
Total losses (realized/unrealized) included in
earnings earnings (115) (115) --
Net unrealized gains (losses) included in
stockholder's equity 160 161 (1)
Purchases 31 31 --
Sales (26) (26)
Net transfers (1) 61 265 (204)
------- ------- ------
Balance, end of period $1,158 $1,158 $ --
------- ------- ------
</Table>
(1) Net transfers are primarily attributable to changes in the availability of
observable market information and re-evaluation of the observability of
pricing inputs.
Three different valuation techniques can be used in determining fair value for
financial assets and liabilities: the market, income or cost approaches. The
three valuation techniques described in the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance are consistent with generally accepted valuation
methodologies. The market approach valuation techniques use prices and other
relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or
comparable assets or liabilities. When possible, quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets are used as of the period-end date (such as for mutual funds and
money market funds). Otherwise, valuation techniques consistent with the market
approach including matrix pricing and comparables are used. Matrix pricing is a
mathematical technique employed principally to value debt securities without
relying exclusively on quoted prices for those securities but rather by relying
on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Market
approach valuation techniques often use market multiples derived from a set of
comparables. Multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each
comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple
falls requires judgment, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors
specific to the measurement.
Income approach valuation techniques convert future amounts, such as cash flows
or earnings, to a single present amount, or a discounted amount. These
techniques rely on current market expectations of future amounts as of the
period-end date. Examples of income approach valuation techniques include
present value techniques, option-pricing models, binomial or lattice models that
incorporate present value techniques, and the multi-period excess earnings
method.
Cost approach valuation techniques are based upon the amount that would be
required to replace the service capacity of an asset at the period-end date, or
the current replacement cost. That is, from the perspective of a market
participant (seller), the price that would be received for the asset is
determined based on the cost to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or
construct a substitute asset of comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.
While not all three approaches are applicable to all financial assets or
liabilities, where appropriate, one or more valuation techniques may be used.
For all the classes of financial assets and liabilities included in the above
hierarchy, excluding privately placed corporate bonds, the market valuation
technique is generally used. For privately placed corporate bonds, the income
valuation technique is generally used. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and
2009, the application of the valuation technique applied to the Company's
classes of financial assets and liabilities has been consistent.
Level 2 securities are valued using various observable market inputs obtained
from a pricing service. The pricing service prepares estimates of fair value
measurements for our Level 2 securities using proprietary valuation models based
on techniques such as matrix pricing which include observable market inputs. The
fair value measurements and disclosures guidance, defines observable market
inputs as the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or
liability developed on market data obtained from sources independent of the
Company. The extent of the use of each observable market input for a security
depends on the type of security and the market conditions at the balance sheet
date. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market
inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or
additional inputs may be necessary. The following observable market inputs
("standard inputs"), listed in the approximate order of priority, are utilized
in the pricing evaluation of Level 2 securities: benchmark yields, reported
trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark
securities, bids, offers and reference data. To price municipal bonds, the
pricing service uses material event notices and new issue data inputs in
addition to the standard inputs. To price residential and commercial
mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the pricing service uses
vendor trading platform data, monthly payment information and collateral
performance inputs in addition to the standard inputs. The pricing service also
evaluates each security based on relevant market information including: relevant
credit information,
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 67
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
perceived market movements and sector news. Valuation models can change period
to period, depending on the appropriate observable inputs that are available at
the balance sheet date to price a security. When market observable inputs are
unavailable to the pricing service, the remaining unpriced securities are
submitted to independent brokers who provide non-binding broker quotes or are
priced by other qualified sources and are categorized as Level 3 securities. The
Company could not corroborate the non-binding broker quotes with Level 2 inputs.
A non-pricing service source prices certain privately placed corporate bonds
using a model with observable inputs including, but not limited to, the credit
rating, credit spreads, sector add-ons, and issuer specific add-ons.
Management evaluates the following factors in order to determine whether the
market for a financial asset is inactive. The factors include, but are not
limited to:
There are few recent transactions,
Little information is released publicly,
The available prices vary significantly over time or among market
participants,
The prices are stale (i.e., not current), and
The magnitude of the bid-ask spread.
Illiquidity did not have a material impact in the fair value determination of
the Company's financial assets.
The Company generally obtains one price for each financial asset. The Company
performs a monthly analysis to assess if the evaluated prices represent a
reasonable estimate of their fair value. This process involves quantitative and
qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals.
Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and
on-going review of pricing service methodologies, review of the prices received
from the pricing service, review of pricing statistics and trends, and
comparison of prices for certain securities with two different appropriate price
sources for reasonableness. Following this analysis, the Company generally uses
the best estimate of fair value based upon all available inputs. On infrequent
occasions, a non-pricing service source may be more familiar with the market
activity for a particular security than the pricing service. In these cases the
price used is taken from the non-pricing service source. The pricing service
provides information to indicate which securities were priced using market
observable inputs so that the Company can properly categorize our financial
assets in the fair value hierarchy.
DISCLOSURES FOR NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NON-RECURRING
BASIS
The Company also measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring
basis, generally on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These
assets include goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets.
In accordance with the goodwill guidance, since the carrying amount of the
Company was greater than its estimated fair value as determined in Step 1 of the
impairment test, the Company was required to measure the fair value of goodwill
of the Company in Step 2 of the impairment test. Goodwill of the Company with a
carrying amount of $1,114 was written down to its implied fair value of $324,
resulting in an impairment charge of $790, which was included in earnings for
the period. See Note 13 for further information.
To estimate the fair value, the Company utilized both the income and market
valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the Company determined the fair
value considering distributable earnings which were estimated from operating
plans. The resulting cash flows were then discounted using a market participant
weighted average cost of capital. After discounting the future discrete earnings
to their present value, the Company estimated the terminal value attributable to
the years beyond the discrete operating plan period. The discounted terminal
value was then added to the aggregate discounted distributable earnings from the
discrete operating plan period to estimate the fair value. Under the market
approach, the Company derived the fair value based on various financial
multiples, including but not limited to: price to tangible book value of equity,
price to estimated 2010 earnings and price to estimated 2011 earnings which were
estimated based on publicly available data related to comparable guideline
companies. In addition, financial multiples were also estimated from publicly
available purchase price data for acquisitions of companies operating in the
insurance industry. The estimated fair value was more heavily weighted towards
the income approach because in the current economic environment the earnings
capacity of a business is generally considered the most important factor in the
valuation of a business enterprise. This fair value determination was
categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.
<Page>
68 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for goodwill
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis on which an impairment charge
was recorded as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE NON-RECURRING BASIS
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31, 2010
Goodwill $ -- $ -- $324 $324
---- ---- ----- -----
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE NON-RECURRING BASIS
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31, 2009
Goodwill $ -- $ -- $1,114 $1,114
---- ---- ------- -------
</Table>
The following table presents the related impairment charge as of December 31,
2010 and 2009:
<Table>
<Caption>
IMPAIRMENT CHARGES
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill $790 $924
--------- ---------
</Table>
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS DISCLOSURES
The financial instruments guidance requires disclosure of fair value information
about financial instruments, as defined therein, for which it is practicable to
estimate such fair value. Therefore, it requires fair value disclosure for
financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value
in the balance sheet. However, this guidance excludes certain financial
instruments, including those related to insurance contracts and those accounted
for under the equity method and joint ventures guidance (such as real estate
joint ventures).
For the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and
financial liabilities, the carrying value in the balance sheets equals or
approximates fair value. Please refer to the FAIR VALUEINPUTS AND VALUATION
TECHNIQUES FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DISCLOSURES section above for
more information on the financial instruments included within the following
financial assets and financial liabilities and the methods and assumptions used
to estimate fair value:
Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed maturity securities
Equity securities
Short-term investments
Other investments
Assets held in separate accounts
Liabilities related to separate accounts
In estimating the fair value of the financial instruments that are not
recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheets, the Company
used the following methods and assumptions:
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS AND POLICY LOANS: the fair values of mortgage loans
are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on interest rates
currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit
ratings. Mortgage loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes
of the calculations. The carrying value of policy loans reported in the balance
sheets approximate fair value.
POLICY RESERVES UNDER INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: the fair values for the Company's
policy reserves under the investment products are determined using discounted
cash flow analysis.
FUNDS HELD UNDER REINSURANCE: the carrying value reported approximates fair
value due to the short maturity of the instruments.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 69
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table discloses the carrying value and fair value of the financial
instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value in the
balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
CARRYING
VALUE FAIR VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate $26,268 $27,459
Policy loans 142 142
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Policy reserves under investment
products (Individual and group
annuities, subject to
discretionary withdrawal) $2,980 $3,025
Funds held under reinsurance 94 94
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
CARRYING
VALUE FAIR VALUE
----------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate $27,302 $26,828
Policy loans 78 78
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Policy reserves under investment
products (Individual and group
annuities, subject to
discretionary withdrawal) $2,813 $2,601
Funds held under reinsurance 104 104
</Table>
The fair value of the Company's liabilities for insurance contracts, other than
investment-type contracts, are not required to be disclosed. However, the fair
values of liabilities under all insurance contracts are taken into consideration
in the Company's overall management of interest rate risk, such that the
Company's exposure to changing interest rates is minimized through the matching
of investment maturities with amounts due under insurance contracts.
5. INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to U.S. tax and files a U.S. consolidated federal income
tax return with its parent, Assurant, Inc. Information about the Company's
current and deferred federal tax expense (benefit) follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current expense $3,759 $3,618 $4,559
Deferred expense (benefit) 291 298 (744)
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE $4,050 $3,916 $3,815
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company's effective
income tax rate follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL INCOME TAX RATE 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
RECONCILING ITEMS:
Tax exempt interest (2.5) (2.6) (1.5)
Dividends-received deduction (0.8) (0.9) (0.6)
Goodwill impairment* 2.4 2.8 --
Permanent nondeductible expenses 0.1 0.1 2.0
Change in valuation allowance 0.1 -- 2.5
Other 0.1 0.1 --
----- ----- -----
EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATE: 34.4% 34.5% 37.4%
----- ----- -----
</Table>
* See Note 13 for further information on goodwill impairment.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no liability for unrecognized
tax benefits.
The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S. The Company has
substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through
2004.
<Page>
70 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The tax effects of temporary differences that result in significant deferred tax
assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Deferred gains on reinsurance $1,252 $1,135
Investments, net 1,089 1,074
Deferred acquisition costs 901 934
Employee and post-retirement benefits 482 373
Capital loss carryforwards 296 335
Other 52 64
-------- --------
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSET 4,072 3,915
Less valuation allowance (160) (145)
-------- --------
DEFERRED TAX ASSET, NET OF VALUATION 3,912 3,770
ALLOWANCE
-------- --------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Policyholder and separate account 2,020 1,623
reserves
Net unrealized appreciation on 2,307 1,784
securities
Other 35 --
-------- --------
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY 4,362 3,407
-------- --------
NET DEFERRED INCOME TAX (LIABILITY) $(450) $363
ASSET
-------- --------
</Table>
The Company's total valuation allowance against deferred tax assets increased
$15 to $160 at December 31, 2010, from $145 at December 31, 2009. The
calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated return group
level. A portion of the valuation allowance has been assigned to the Company
based on the provisions of the tax sharing agreement. A cumulative valuation
allowance of $160 has been recorded because it is management's assessment that
it is more likely than not that only $3,912 of deferred tax assets will be
realized. The total valuation allowance of $160 relates to the deferred tax
asset on capital losses.
The Company's ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to
generate sufficient taxable income of the same character within the carryback or
carryforward periods. In assessing future GAAP taxable income, the Company
considered all sources of taxable income available to realize its deferred tax
asset, including the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future
taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards,
taxable income in carryback years and tax-planning strategies. If changes occur
in the assumptions underlying the Company's tax-planning strategies or in the
scheduling of the reversal of the Company's deferred tax liabilities, the
valuation allowance may need to be adjusted in the future.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a
capital loss carryover of $845 for U.S. federal income tax purposes which was
generated in 2008 and which will expire, if not utilized, in 2013.
6. PREMIUMS AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Receivables are reported net of an allowance for uncollectible items. A summary
of such receivables is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance premiums receivable $2,259 $3,094
Other receivables 206 193
-------- --------
TOTAL $2,465 $3,287
-------- --------
</Table>
7. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized 100,000 shares of common
stock with a stated value of $20 per share. All the shares are issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. All the outstanding shares at
December 31, 2010 are owned by the Parent. See Note 1 for further information.
The Company paid dividends of $15,000, $4,399, and $4,303 at December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid by the State of New York
insurance companies to shareholders without prior approval of the Insurance
Commissioner is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus. See Note
8 for further information.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 71
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. STATUTORY INFORMATION
The Company prepares financial statements on the basis of statutory accounting
principles ("SAP") prescribed or permitted by the New York Department of
Commerce. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual
of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") as well as state
laws, regulations and administrative rules.
The principal differences between SAP and GAAP are: 1) policy acquisition costs
are expensed as incurred under SAP, but are deferred and amortized under GAAP;
2) the value of business acquired is not capitalized under SAP but is under
GAAP; 3) amounts collected from holders of universal life-type and annuity
products are recognized as premiums when collected under SAP, but are initially
recorded as contract deposits under GAAP, with cost of insurance recognized as
revenue when assessed and other contract charges recognized over the periods for
which services are provided; 4) the classification and carrying amounts of
investments in certain securities are different under SAP than under GAAP; 5)
the criteria for providing asset valuation allowances, and the methodologies
used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP;
6) the timing of establishing certain reserves, and the methodologies used to
determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 7)
certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP;
8) methodologies used to determine the amounts of deferred taxes and goodwill
are different under SAP than under GAAP; and 9) the criteria for obtaining
reinsurance accounting treatment is different under SAP than under GAAP.
Reconciliations of net income and stockholder's equity on the basis of statutory
accounting to the related amounts presented in the accompanying statements were
as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
NET INCOME
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on statutory accounting practices $7,840 $10,904 $4,270
Deferred acquisition costs (134) (328) (114)
Deferred and uncollected premiums (5) (1) (6)
Policy and claim reserves 1,329 (1,421) 1,971
Investment valuation difference (211) (442) 49
Commissions and fees 96 60 27
Deferred taxes (290) (298) 744
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses 2 (16) 151
Goodwill and intangibles (799) (903) --
Pension (311) (170) (148)
Reinsurance in unauthorized companies -- -- --
Interest maintenance reserve, deferral
and amortization 212 51 (562)
Asset valuation reserve -- -- --
Non-admitted assets and other (1) 2 --
------- --------- -------
Based on generally accepted accounting
principles $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
------- --------- -------
<Caption>
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
2010 2009
---------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Based on statutory accounting practices $45,807 $51,833
Deferred acquisition costs 461 595
Deferred and uncollected premiums 35 40
Policy and claim reserves 7,359 6,030
Investment valuation difference 6,101 4,818
Commissions and fees (87) (183)
Deferred taxes (3,377) (2,531)
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses (3,576) (3,244)
Goodwill and intangibles 336 1,135
Pension (1,377) (1,066)
Reinsurance in unauthorized companies 1 66
Interest maintenance reserve, deferral
and amortization (25) (237)
Asset valuation reserve 735 485
Non-admitted assets and other 1,988 2,940
--------- ---------
Based on generally accepted accounting
principles $54,381 $60,681
--------- ---------
</Table>
Insurance enterprises are required by state insurance departments to adhere to
minimum risk-based capital (RBC) requirements developed by the NAIC. The Company
exceeds the minimum RBC requirements.
Dividend distributions to the Parent are restricted as to the amount by state
regulatory requirements. The Company declared and paid ordinary dividends of
$4,849 and $4,399 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. A dividend is considered extraordinary when combined with all
other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds
the lesser of 10% of the insurers surplus as regards to policyholders on
December 31 of the next year, or the net gain from operations. The Company
declared and paid extraordinary dividends of $10,151 during the year ended
December 31, 2010. No extraordinary dividends were declared and paid in 2009.
The Company has the ability, under state regulatory requirements, to dividend up
to $4,381 to the Parent in 2011 without permission from New York regulators.
<Page>
72 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. REINSURANCE
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in both the
assumption and cession of reinsurance with non-affiliated companies. The
following table provides details of the reinsurance recoverables balance for the
years ended December 31:
<Table>
<Caption>
2010 2009
------------------------------------------------------------------
Ceded future policy holder benefits and
expense $114,552 $72,887
Ceded unearned premium 4,918 7,567
Ceded claims and benefits payable 22,365 47,441
Ceded paid losses 568 2,179
----------- -----------
TOTAL $142,403 $130,074
----------- -----------
</Table>
A key credit quality indicator for reinsurance recoverable is the A.M. Best
financial strength ratings of the reinsurer. The A.M. Best ratings are an
independent opinion of a reinsurer's ability to meet ongoing obligations to
policyholders. The A.M. Best ratings for new reinsurance agreements where there
is material credit exposure are reviewed at the time of execution. The A.M. Best
ratings for existing reinsurance agreements are reviewed on a periodic basis, at
least annually. The following table provides the reinsurance recoverable as of
December 31, 2010 grouped by A.M. Best rating.
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED FUTURE
POLICYHOLDER CEDED CLAIMS
BEST RATINGS OF BENEFITS AND CEDED UNEARNED AND BENEFITS
REINSURER EXPENSE PREMIUMS PAYABLE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A++ or A+ $111,072 $2,732 $18,731
A or A- 3,280 2,186 2,101
Not Rated 200 -- 1,533
--------- ------- --------
REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE $114,552 $4,918 $22,365
--------- ------- --------
<Caption>
BEST RATINGS OF CEDED PAID
REINSURER LOSSES TOTAL
--------------------------------------- --------------------------
A++ or A+ $73 $132,608
A or A- 289 7,856
Not Rated 206 1,939
----- ---------
REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE $568 $142,403
----- ---------
</Table>
A.M. Best ratings for The Hartford and John Hancock Life Insurance Company
("John Hancock") a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation, the reinsurers
with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances, are A and A+, respectively.
A.M. Best recently placed a negative outlook on the financial strength ratings
of John Hancock and a stable outlook on the financial strength ratings of The
Hartford. The total amount of recoverable for these two reinsurers is $132,610
as of December 31, 2010. Most of the assets backing reserves relating to
reinsurance recoverables from these two counterparties are held in trust.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums earned and benefits incurred was as
follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $10,363 $34,688 $45,051
Premiums assumed -- 8,727 8,727
Premiums ceded (10,363) (4,774) (15,137)
-------- ------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $38,641 $38,641
-------- ------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $53,892 $19,881 $73,773
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 6,928 6,928
Policyholder benefits ceded (53,886) (6,370) (60,256)
-------- ------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $6 $20,439 $20,445
-------- ------- --------
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2009
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
-------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $10,185 $44,702 $54,887
Premiums assumed -- 9,303 9,303
Premiums ceded (10,185) (11,164) (21,349)
-------- -------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $42,841 $42,841
-------- -------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $27,967 $30,810 $58,777
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 6,393 6,393
Policyholder benefits ceded (27,962) (11,215) (39,177)
-------- -------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $5 $25,988 $25,993
-------- -------- --------
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2008
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $11,837 $55,405 $67,242
Premiums assumed -- 25,020 25,020
Premiums ceded (11,837) (15,572) (27,409)
-------- -------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $64,853 $64,853
-------- -------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $12,927 $30,532 $43,459
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 21,176 21,176
Policyholder benefits ceded (12,922) (12,086) (25,008)
-------- -------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $5 $39,622 $39,627
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
The Company utilizes ceded reinsurance for loss protection and capital
management, business dispositions, client risk and profit sharing.
LOSS PROTECTION AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
As part of the Company's overall risk and capacity management strategy, the
Company purchases reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by the Company,
including significant individual or catastrophic claims.
Under indemnity reinsurance transactions in which the Company is the ceding
insurer, the Company remains liable for policy claims if the assuming company
fails to meet its obligations. To mitigate this risk, the Company has control
procedures to evaluate the financial condition of reinsurers and to monitor the
concentration of credit risk. The selection of reinsurance companies is based on
criteria related to solvency and reliability and, to a lesser degree,
diversification.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 73
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS DIVESTITURES
The Company has used reinsurance to exit certain businesses, such as the
disposals of FFG and LTC. Reinsurance was used in these cases to facilitate the
transactions because the businesses shared legal entities with operating
segments that the Company retained. Assets supporting liabilities ceded relating
to these businesses are held in trusts for LTC and the separate accounts
relating to FFG are still reflected in the Company's balance sheet. If the
reinsurers became insolvent, we would be exposed to the risk that the assets in
the trusts and/or the separate accounts would be insufficient to support the
liabilities that would revert back to us. The reinsurance recoverable from The
Hartford was $3,280 and $3,012 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The reinsurance recoverable from John Hancock was $129,330 and $81,234 as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The reinsurance agreement associated with the FFG sale also stipulates that The
Hartford contribute funds to increase the value of the separate account assets
relating to Modified Guaranteed Annuity business sold if such value declines
below the value of the associated liabilities. If The Hartford fails to fulfill
these obligations, the Company will be obligated to make these payments.
In addition, the Company would be responsible for administering this business in
the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the administrative
systems and capabilities to process this business. Accordingly, we would need to
obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one or more of the
reinsurers of these businesses. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities
on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2010, we were not aware of any regulatory actions taken with
respect to the solvency of the insurance subsidiaries of The Hartford or John
Hancock that reinsure the FFG and LTC businesses and the Company has not been
obligated to fulfill any of such reinsurers' obligations.
10. RESERVES
The following table provides reserve information of the Company's major product
lines at the date shown:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVES RESERVES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer
offered $1,313 $2 $ -- $606
FFG, LTC and other
disposed businesses 113,080 2,730 794 16,047
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 51 11,590 947
Group disability -- 279 84,461 4,886
Medical -- 3 534 58
Dental -- 41 32 682
Credit life and
disability -- 2,433 2,171 1,307
--------- ------ ------- -------
TOTAL $114,393 $5,539 $99,582 $24,533
--------- ------ ------- -------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVES RESERVES
-------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer
offered $1,569 $3 $ -- $708
FFG, LTC and other
disposed businesses 71,144 2,365 476 10,303
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 57 12,184 1,175
Group disability -- 1,152 93,897 5,650
Medical -- 3 721 47
Dental -- 80 37 828
Credit life and
disability -- 5,731 2,934 2,283
------- ------ --------- -------
TOTAL $72,713 $9,391 $110,249 $20,994
------- ------ --------- -------
</Table>
<Page>
74 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following table provides a roll-forward of the Company's product lines with
the most significant short duration claims and benefits payable balances: group
term life and group disability lines of business. Claims and benefits payable is
comprised of case and IBNR reserves.
<Table>
<Caption>
GROUP
TERM GROUP
LIFE DISABILITY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE $16,347 $106,634
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (395) (31,700)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2008, net of
reinsurance 15,952 74,934
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 6,992 26,528
Prior year's interest 526 3,073
Prior year(s) (1,994) (10,118)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 5,524 19,483
Paid losses related to:
Current year 4,115 6,402
Prior year(s) 2,173 12,422
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 6,288 18,824
Balance as of December 31, 2008, net of
reinsurance 15,188 75,593
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 228 32,643
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2008, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE 15,416 108,236
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (228) (32,643)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2009, net of
reinsurance 15,188 75,593
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 4,868 11,366
Prior year's interest 516 3,252
Prior year(s) (711) (6,069)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 4,673 8,549
Paid losses related to:
Current year 3,391 2,856
Prior year(s) 3,328 15,052
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 6,719 17,908
Balance as of December 31, 2009, net of
reinsurance 13,142 66,234
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 217 33,313
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE 13,359 99,547
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (217) (33,313)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2010, net of
reinsurance 13,142 66,234
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 2,536 11,802
Prior year's interest 453 3,426
Prior year(s) (1,165) (7,132)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 1,824 8,096
Paid losses related to:
Current year 1,213 972
Prior year(s) 1,527 (12,528)
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 2,740 (11,556)
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, NET OF
REINSURANCE 12,227 85,886
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 310 3,461
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE $12,537 $89,347
--------- ----------
</Table>
(1) Reinsurance ceded and other includes claims and benefits payable balances
that have either been (a) reinsured to third parties, (b) established for
claims related expenses whose subsequent payment is not recorded as a paid
claim, or (c) reserves established for obligations that would persist even
if contracts were cancelled (such as extension of benefits), which cannot
be analyzed appropriately under a roll-forward approach.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 75
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS
The Company's short duration contracts are comprised of group term life, group
disability, medical, dental, and credit life and disability. The principal
products and services included in these categories are described in the summary
of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 for further information.
Case and IBNR reserves are developed using actuarial principles and assumptions
that consider, among other things, contractual requirements, historical
utilization trends and payment patterns, benefit changes, medical inflation,
seasonality, membership, product mix, legislative and regulatory environment,
economic factors, disabled life mortality and claim termination rates and other
relevant factors. The Company consistently applies the principles and
assumptions listed above from year to year, while also giving due consideration
to the potential variability of these factors.
Since case and IBNR reserves include estimates developed from various actuarial
methods, the Company's actual losses incurred may be more or less than the
Company's previously developed estimates. As shown in the table above, if the
amounts listed on the line labeled "Incurred losses related to: Prior year" are
negative (redundant) this means that the Company's actual losses incurred
related to prior years for these lines were less than the estimates previously
made by the Company. If the line labeled "Incurred losses related to: Prior
year" are positive (deficient) this means that the Company's actual losses
incurred related to prior years for these lines were greater than the estimates
previously made by the Company.
The Group Term Life case and IBNR reserves redundancies in all years are due to
actual mortality rates running below those assumed in prior year reserves, and
actual recovery rates running higher than those assumed in prior year reserves.
Group Disability case and IBNR reserves show redundancies in all years due to
actual claim recovery rates exceeding those assumed in prior year reserves.
The Company's group disability products are short duration contracts that
include short and long-term disability coverage. Case and IBNR reserves for
long-term disability have been discounted at 5.25% in 2010. The December 31,
2010 and 2009 liabilities net of reinsurance include $84,762 and $65,007,
respectively, of such reserves. The amount of discounts deducted from
outstanding reserves as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are $29,905 and $22,269,
respectively.
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS
The Company's long duration contracts are primarily comprised of life insurance
policies (no longer offered) and FFG and LTC disposed businesses. The principal
products and services included in these categories are described in the summary
of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 for further information.
Reserves for business previously disposed of by FFG and LTC are included in the
Company's reserves in accordance with the insurance guidance. The Company
maintains an offsetting reinsurance recoverable related to these reserves. See
Note 9 for further information.
11. RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Parent sponsors a non-contributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan
and certain non-contributory, non-qualified post retirement benefits covering
employees and certain agents who meet eligibility requirements as to age and
length of service. Plan assets of the qualified defined benefit plan are not
specifically identified by each participating subsidiary. Therefore, a breakdown
of plan assets is not reflected in these financial statements. The Company has
no legal obligation for benefits under these plans. The benefits are based on
years of service and career compensation. The Parent's pension plan funding
policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum
funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, plus additional amounts as the Parent may determine to be appropriate from
time to time up to the maximum permitted, and to charge each subsidiary an
allocable amount based on its employee census. Pension costs allocated to the
Company amounted to $269, $151 and $124 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Parent sponsors a defined contribution plan covering substantially all
employees. The defined contribution plan provides benefits payable to
participants on retirement or disability and to beneficiaries of participants in
the event of the participant's death. The amounts expensed by the Company
related to this plan were $39, $56 and $58 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
With respect to retirement benefits, the Company participates in other health
care and life insurance benefit plans (postretirement benefits) for retired
employees, sponsored by our Parent. The Company has no legal obligation for
benefits under these plans. Health care benefits, either through the Parent's
sponsored retiree plan for retirees under age 65 or through a cost offset for
individually purchased Medigap policies for retirees over age 65, are available
to employees who retire on or after January 1, 1993, at age 55 or older, with 10
years or more service. Life insurance on a retiree pay all basis, is available
to those who retire on or after January 1, 1993. During 2010, 2009 and 2008 the
Company incurred expenses related to retirement benefits of $42, $19 and $24,
respectively.
<Page>
76 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Information about deferred acquisition costs is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beginning balance $595 $923 $1,037
Costs deferred 696 658 1,330
Amortization (830) (986) (1,444)
------ ------ --------
Ending balance $461 $595 $923
------ ------ --------
</Table>
13. GOODWILL
Information about goodwill is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
GOODWILL FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of January 1:
Goodwill $2,038 $2,038 $2,038
Accumulated impairment loss (924) -- --
-------- ------- -------
1,114 2,038 2,038
Impairments* (790) (924) --
-------- ------- -------
Goodwill 2,038 2,038 2,038
Accumulated impairment losses (1,714) (924) --
-------- ------- -------
Balance as of December 31: $324 $1,114 $2,038
-------- ------- -------
</Table>
* See Notes 2 and 4 for further information.
In accordance with the goodwill guidance, goodwill is deemed to have an
indefinite life and should not be amortized, but rather must be tested, at least
annually, for impairment. In addition, goodwill should be tested for impairment
between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would "more
likely than not" reduce the estimated fair value of the Company below its
carrying value.
The goodwill impairment test has two steps. Step 1 of the test identifies
potential impairments, by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to
its net book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds its net book value,
there is no impairment of goodwill and Step 2 is unnecessary. However, if the
net book value exceeds the estimated fair value, then Step 1 is failed, and Step
2 is performed to determine the amount of the potential impairment. Step 2
utilizes acquisition accounting guidance and requires the fair value calculation
of all individual assets and liabilities of the Company (excluding goodwill, but
including any unrecognized intangible assets). The net fair value of assets less
liabilities is then compared to the Company's total estimated fair value as
calculated in Step 1. The excess of fair value over the net asset value equals
the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is then
compared to the carrying value of goodwill to determine the Company's goodwill
impairment.
In the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, we conducted our annual assessments of
goodwill. Based on the results of the 2010 assessment, the Company concluded
that its net book value exceeded its estimated fair value and therefore
performed a Step 2 test. Based on the results of the Step 2 test, the Company
recorded an impairment charge of $790. During 2009, the Company concluded that
its net book value exceeded its estimated fair value and recorded a $924
impairment charge after performing a Step 2 test. The 2010 impairment reflects
the effects of the low interest rate environment, continuing high unemployment,
the slow pace of the economic recovery and an increased net book value of the
Company, primarily related to its investment portfolio. The 2009 impairment
reflected the challenging near term growth environment for the Company and an
increased net book value of the Company, primarily related to its investment
portfolio. Management remains confident in the long-term prospects of the
Company. See Note 4 for further information.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 77
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, at
December 31, are as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
UNREALIZED ACCUMULATED OTHER
GAINS (LOSSES) COMPREHENSIVE
ON SECURITIES OTTI INCOME (LOSS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 2008 $(4,299) $ -- $(4,299)
-------- ------- --------
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle (after-tax) (1) (77) (157) (234)
Activity in 2009 7,802 151 7,953
-------- ------- --------
Balance at December 31, 2009 3,426 (6) 3,420
-------- ------- --------
Activity in 2010 989 (17) 972
-------- ------- --------
Balance at December 31, 2010 $4,415 $(23) $4,392
-------- ------- --------
</Table>
(1) Relates to the adoption of the OTTI guidance for debt securities. See Notes
3 and 4 for further information.
The amounts in the unrealized gains (losses) on securities column are net of
reclassification adjustments of $47, $(321) and $(3,279), net of tax, in 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, for net realized gains (losses) on sales of
securities included in net income. The amounts in the OTTI column are net of
reclassification adjustments of $(96), net of tax, in 2009, for net realized
losses on sales of securities included in net income.
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company receives various services from the Parent. These services include
assistance in benefit plan administration, corporate insurance, accounting, tax,
auditing, investment, information technology, actuarial, property management and
other administrative functions. The fees paid to the Parent for these services
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $11,895, $10,517 and
$10,181, respectively.
Administrative expenses allocated for the Company may be greater or less than
the expenses that would be incurred if the Company were operating as a separate
company.
In prior years, the Company ceded group disability business to an affiliate,
Union Security Insurance Company ("USIC"). On January 1, 2010, this agreement
was terminated for new business written. Effective July 1, 2010, the existing
reinsured business was commuted under the same agreement, which involved a
release of $26,920 in reserves and cash received from USIC of $29,172. The
commutation resulted in a $2,252 gain for the Company, and is reflected in
policyholder benefits in the statements of operations. The Company had ceded
$67, $4,777 and $7,806 of premiums to USIC in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively
and $30,149 and $30,802 of reserves in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company provides disability reinsurance for various ceding companies through
its affiliate, Disability Reinsurance Management Services, Inc. ("DRMS") who
provides administrative services related to the reinsurance issued by the
Company. In conjunction with this arrangement, the Company and USIC entered into
reinsurance agreements with a client which called for an initial reinsurance
payment. As a result, USIC received $5,500. USIC, in turn, paid $1,133 to the
Company commensurate with its allocable portion of the assumed risk.
16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leased sales office space for its employee benefit products sales
under an operating lease arrangement until November 2010, at which time they
moved into the Parent headquarters in New York City. Starting in 2011, the
Parent will allocate expenses to the Company for the use of this facility. The
Company does not have an operating lease arrangement that extends past 2010.
Rent expense was $264, $233 and $534 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both
as a defendant and as a plaintiff. The Company may from time to time be subject
to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to the Company's current
and past business operations. While the Company cannot predict the outcome of
any pending or future litigation, examination or investigation, and although no
assurances can be given, the Company does not believe that any pending matter
will have a material adverse effect individually or in the aggregate, on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
As previously disclosed, the Parent entered into a settlement on January 21,
2010 in connection with a complaint filed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") regarding a finite reinsurance arrangement entered into
by the Parent. The Parent consented, without admitting or denying the
allegations in the complaint, to the entry of a judgment requiring payment of a
civil penalty of $3,500, an expense that the Parent accrued as of December 31,
2009, and a permanent injunction prohibiting the Parent from violating certain
provisions of the federal securities laws. The court approved the settlement in
a final judgment entered on January 25, 2010, and the Parent paid the penalty.
<Page>
78 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(F) SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUES
Net earned premiums and other
considerations $38,641 $42,841 $64,853 $60,212 $61,338
Net investment income 7,891 8,161 8,810 9,096 9,175
Net realized losses on investments (1) (44) (826) (6,073) (873) (173)
Amortization of deferred gain on
disposal of businesses (332) 424 744 842 200
Fees and other income 649 593 80 70 47
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TOTAL REVENUES 46,805 51,193 68,414 69,347 70,587
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Policyholder benefits 20,445 25,993 39,627 40,690 32,284
Amortization of deferred acquisition
costs 831 986 1,444 1,432 1,084
Underwriting, general and administrative
expenses 12,961 11,936 17,146 15,608 16,697
Goodwill impairment (2) 790 924 -- -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES 35,027 39,839 58,217 57,730 50,065
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income before provision for income
taxes 11,778 11,354 10,197 11,617 20,522
Provision for income taxes 4,050 3,916 3,815 3,957 7,081
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
NET INCOME $7,728 $7,438 $6,382 $7,660 $13,441
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents and
investments $161,698 $149,707 $146,741 $149,612 $153,234
Total assets $321,866 $299,594 $281,407 $288,568 $287,498
Policy liabilities (3) $244,047 $213,347 $204,320 $199,321 $190,240
Total stockholder's equity $54,381 $60,681 $49,689 $53,143 $58,749
</Table>
(1) Included in net realized losses are other-than-temporary impairments of
$5,094 for 2008.
(2) Following the completion of our annual goodwill impairment analysis, we
recorded an impairment charge of $790 and $924 related to Assurant Employee
Benefits during 2010 and 2009, respectively. The impairment charges did not
have any related tax benefit.
(3) Policy liabilities include future policy benefits and expenses, unearned
premiums and claims and benefits payable.
(G) SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA. NOT APPLICABLE.
(H) MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Some of the statements under "Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and elsewhere in this
registration statement may contain forward-looking statements which reflect our
current views with respect to, among other things, future events, financial
performance, business prospects, growth and operating strategies and similar
matters. You can identify these statements by the fact that they may use words
such as "will," "may," "anticipates," "expects," "estimates," "projects,"
"intends," "plans," "believes," "targets," "forecasts," "potential,"
"approximately," or the negative version of those words and other words and
terms with a similar meaning. Any forward-looking statements contained in this
registration statement are based upon our historical performance and on current
plans, estimates and expectations. The inclusion of this forward-looking
information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person
that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be
achieved. Our actual results might differ materially from those projected in the
forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or
review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information,
future events or other developments.
In addition to other factors described in this statement, the following risk
factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those currently
estimated by management: (i) failure to maintain significant client
relationships, distribution sources and contractual arrangements; (ii) failure
to attract and retain sales representatives; (iii) deterioration in the
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 79
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company's market capitalization compared to its book value that could impair the
Company's goodwill; (iv) general global economic, financial market and political
conditions (including difficult conditions in financial markets and the global
economic slowdown, fluctuations in interest rates, mortgage rates, monetary
policies and inflationary pressure); (v) current or new laws and regulations,
including recently passed legislation relating to health care reform, that could
increase our costs and/or decrease our revenues; (vi) inadequacy of reserves
established for future claims losses; (vii) failure to predict or manage
benefits, claims and other costs; (vii) diminished value of invested assets in
our investment portfolio (due to, among other things, recent volatility in
financial markets, other-than-temporary impairments, the global economic
slowdown, credit and liquidity risk, and inability to assume an appropriate
overall risk level); (ix) inability of reinsurers to meet their obligations; (x)
insolvency of third parties to whom we have sold or may sell businesses through
reinsurance or modified co-insurance; (xi) a decline in our credit or financial
strength ratings (including the risk of ratings downgrades in the insurance
industry); (xii) credit risk of some of our agents; (xiii) failure to protect
client information and privacy; (xiv) negative publicity and impact on our
business due to unfavorable outcomes in litigation and/or regulatory
investigations; and (xv) significant competitive pressures in our businesses and
cyclicality of the insurance industry.
These risk factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in
conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this
registration statement. For a more detailed discussion of the risk factors that
could affect our actual results, please refer to the section entitled "Risk
Factors" in this registration statement.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of
operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and
accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this report. It contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and
elsewhere in this report, particularly under the headings the section titled
"Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."
CRITICAL FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS
Our results depend on the appropriateness of our product pricing and
underwriting, the accuracy of the reserves we establish for future policyholder
benefits and claims, returns on invested assets and our ability to manage our
expenses. Therefore, factors affecting these items may have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations or financial condition. For a listing of
those factors see "Risk Factors."
REVENUES
We generate revenues primarily from the sale of our insurance policies, fee
income by providing administrative services to certain clients and from
investment income earned on our investments. Sales of insurance policies are
recognized in revenue as earned premiums while sales of administrative services
are recognized as fee income.
Our premium and fee income is supplemented by income earned from our investment
portfolio. We recognize revenue from interest payments, dividends and sales of
investments. Currently, our investment portfolio is primarily invested in fixed
maturity securities. Both investment income and realized capital gains on these
investments can be significantly impacted by changes in interest rates.
Interest rate volatility can increase or reduce unrealized gains or unrealized
losses in our portfolios. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors,
including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic
and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Fluctuations in
interest rates affect our returns on, and the market value of, fixed maturity
and short-term investments.
The fair market value of the fixed maturity securities in our portfolio and the
investment income from these securities fluctuate depending on general economic
and market conditions. The fair market value generally increases or decreases in
an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates, while net
investment income realized by us from future investments in fixed maturity
securities will generally increase or decrease with interest rates. We also have
investments that carry pre-payment risk, such as mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securities. Interest rate fluctuations may cause actual net
investment income and/or cash flows from such investments to differ from
estimates made at the time of investment. In periods of declining interest
rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities,
commercial mortgage obligations and bonds are more likely to be prepaid or
redeemed as borrowers seek to borrow at lower interest rates. Therefore, in
these circumstances we may be required to reinvest those funds in lower
interest-bearing investments.
EXPENSES
Our expenses are primarily policyholder benefits and underwriting, general and
administrative expenses.
Policyholder benefits are impacted by our claims management programs,
reinsurance coverage, contractual terms and conditions, regulatory requirements,
economic conditions, and numerous other factors. Benefits paid could
substantially exceed our expectations, causing a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
<Page>
80 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our underwriting general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
commissions, premium taxes, licenses, fees, amortization of deferred costs, and
general operating expenses.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Certain items in our financial statements are based on estimates and judgment.
Differences between actual results and these estimates could in some cases have
material impacts on our financial statements.
The following critical accounting policies require significant estimates. The
actual amounts realized in these areas could ultimately be materially different
from the amounts currently provided for in our financial statements.
RESERVES
Reserves are established in accordance with GAAP using generally accepted
actuarial methods and reflect judgments about expected future claim payments.
Calculations incorporate assumptions about inflation rates, the incidence of
incurred claims, the extent to which all claims have been reported, future
claims processing, lags and expenses and future investment earnings, and
numerous other factors. While the methods of making such estimates and
establishing the related liabilities are periodically reviewed and updated, the
calculation of reserves is not an exact process.
Reserves do not represent precise calculations of expected future claims, but
instead represent our best estimates at a point in time of the ultimate costs of
settlement and administration of a claim or group of claims, based upon
actuarial assumptions and projections using facts and circumstances known at the
time of calculation.
Many of the factors affecting reserve adequacy are not directly quantifiable and
not all future events can be anticipated when reserves are established. Reserve
estimates are refined as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both
positive and negative, are reflected in the statement of operations in the
period in which such estimates are updated.
Because establishment of reserves is an inherently uncertain process, there can
be no certainty that ultimate losses will not exceed existing claims reserves.
Future loss development could require reserves to be increased, which could have
a material adverse effect on our earnings in the periods in which such increases
are made.
The following table provides reserve information of our major product lines for
the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVES RESERVES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer offered $1,313 $2 $ -- $606
FFG, LTC and other disposed
businesses 113,080 2,730 794 16,047
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 51 11,590 947
Group disability -- 279 84,461 4,886
Medical -- 3 534 58
Dental -- 41 32 682
Credit life and disability -- 2,433 2,171 1,307
--------- ------ ------- -------
TOTAL $114,393 $5,539 $99,582 $24,533
--------- ------ ------- -------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVE RESERVES
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer offered $1,569 $3 $ -- $708
FFG, LTC and other disposed
businesses 71,144 2,365 476 10,303
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 57 12,184 1,175
Group disability -- 1,152 93,897 5,650
Medical -- 3 721 47
Dental -- 80 37 828
Credit life and disability -- 5,731 2,934 2,283
------- ------ --------- -------
TOTAL $72,713 $9,391 $110,249 $20,994
------- ------ --------- -------
</Table>
For a description of our reserving methodology, see Notes 2 and 10 to the Notes
to Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS
Reserves for future policy benefits represent the present value of future
benefits to policyholders and related expenses less the present value of future
net premiums. Reserve assumptions reflect best estimates for expected investment
yield, inflation, mortality, morbidity, expenses and withdrawal rates. These
assumptions are based on our experience to the extent it is credible, modified
where appropriate to reflect current trends, industry experience and provisions
for possible unfavorable deviation. We also record an unearned revenue reserve
which represents premiums received which have not yet been recognized in our
income statements.
Historically, premium deficiency testing has not resulted in a material
adjustment to deferred acquisition costs or reserves. Such adjustments could
occur however, if economic or mortality conditions significantly deteriorated.
Risks related to the reserves recorded for certain discontinued individual life,
annuity, and long-term care insurance policies have been 100% ceded via
reinsurance. While the Company has not been released from the contractual
obligation to the
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 81
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
policyholders, changes in and deviations from economic and mortality assumptions
used in the calculation of these reserves will not directly affect our results
of operations unless there is a default by the assuming reinsurer.
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS
Claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration contracts include: (1)
case reserves for known claims which are unpaid as of the balance sheet date;
(2) IBNR reserves for claims where the insured event has occurred but has not
been reported to us as of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment
expense reserves for the expected handling costs of settling the claims.
Periodically, we review emerging experience and make adjustments to our reserves
and assumptions where necessary. Below are further discussions on the reserving
process for our major short duration products.
GROUP DISABILITY AND GROUP TERM LIFE
Case or claim reserves are set for active individual claims on group long-term
disability policies and for waiver of premium benefits on group term life
policies. Reserve factors used to calculate these reserves reflect assumptions
regarding disabled life mortality and claim recovery rates, claim management
practices, awards for social security and other benefit offsets and yield rates
earned on assets supporting the reserves. Group long-term disability and group
term life waiver of premium reserves are discounted because the payment pattern
and ultimate cost are fixed and determinable on an individual claim basis. Our
reserves discount rate for claims incurred prior to 2011 is 5.25%. Though our
final determination has not yet been made, our current estimate is that claims
incurred after 2011 will be 50 to 100 basis points lower, which will ultimately
increase policyholder benefits.
Factors considered when setting IBNR reserves include patterns in elapsed time
from claim incidence to claim reporting, and elapsed time from claim reporting
to claim payment.
Key sensitivities at December 31, 2010 for group long-term disability claim
reserves include the discount rate and claim termination rates.
<Table>
<Caption>
CLAIMS AND
BENEFITS PAYABLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group disability, discount rate decreased by 100 basis
points $93,947
Group disability, as reported $89,347
Group disability, discount rate increased by 100 basis
points $85,196
Group disability, claim termination rate 10% lower $91,317
Group disability, as reported $89,347
Group disability, claim termination rate 10% higher $87,548
</Table>
The discount rate is also a key sensitivity for group term life waiver of
premium reserves.
<Table>
<Caption>
CLAIMS AND
BENEFITS PAYABLE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group term life, discount rate decreased by 100 basis
points $13,026
Group term life, as reported $12,537
Group term life, discount rate increased by 100 basis
points $12,097
</Table>
DAC
DAC represents expenses incurred in prior periods primarily for the production
of new business, that have been deferred for financial reporting purposes.
Acquisition costs primarily consist of commissions, policy issuance expenses,
premium tax and certain direct marketing expenses.
The DAC asset is tested annually to ensure that future premiums or gross profits
are sufficient to support the amortization of the asset. Such testing involves
the use of best estimate assumptions to determine if anticipated future policy
premiums and investment income are adequate to cover all DAC and related claims,
benefits and expenses. To the extent a deficiency exists, it is recognized
immediately by a charge to the statement of operations and a corresponding
reduction in the DAC asset. If the deficiency is greater than unamortized DAC, a
liability will be accrued for the excess deficiency.
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS
Acquisition costs on FFG and LTC disposed business were written off when the
businesses were sold.
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS
Acquisition costs relating to monthly pay credit insurance business consist
mainly of direct marketing costs and are deferred and amortized over the
estimated average terms and balances of the underlying contracts.
<Page>
82 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acquisition costs relating to group term life, group disability and group dental
consist primarily of compensation to sales representatives. These acquisition
costs are front-end loaded; thus, they are deferred and amortized over the
estimated terms of the underlying contracts.
INVESTMENTS
We regularly monitor our investment portfolio to ensure investments that may be
other-than-temporarily impaired are identified in a timely fashion, properly
valued, and charged against earnings in the proper period. The determination
that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary decline in value requires
the judgment of management. Assessment factors include, but are not limited to,
the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than
cost, the financial condition and rating of the issuer, whether any collateral
is held, the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a
period of time sufficient to allow for recovery for equity securities, or and
the intent to sell or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will
be required to sell for fixed maturity securities.
Any equity security whose price decline is deemed other-than-temporary is
written down to its then current market value with the amount of the impairment
reported as a realized loss in that period. The impairment of a fixed maturity
security that the Company has the intent to sell or that it is more likely than
not that the Company will be required to sell is deemed other-than-temporary and
is written down to its market value at the balance sheet date, with the amount
of the impairment reported as a realized loss in that period. For all
other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity securities that do not meet
either of these two criteria, the Company analyzes its ability to recover the
amortized cost of the security by calculating the net present value of projected
future cash flows. For these other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity
securities, the net amount recognized in earnings is equal to the difference
between its amortized cost and its net present value.
Inherently, there are risks and uncertainties involved in making these
judgments. Changes in circumstances and critical assumptions such as a continued
weak economy, or unforeseen events which affect one or more companies, industry
sectors or countries could result in additional impairments in future periods
for other-than-temporary declines in value. See also Note 3 to the Notes to
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
REINSURANCE
Reinsurance recoverables include amounts we are owed by reinsurers. Reinsurance
costs are expensed over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies using
assumptions consistent with those used to account for the policies. Amounts
recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with claim and
claim adjustment expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves and are
reported in our balance sheets. An estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is
recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations of balances due from reinsurers,
reinsurer solvency, management's experience and current economic conditions. The
ceding of insurance does not discharge our primary liability to our insureds.
The following table sets forth our reinsurance recoverables as of the dates
indicated:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reinsurance recoverables $142,403 $130,074
-------- --------
</Table>
We have used reinsurance to exit certain businesses, including blocks of
individual life, annuity, and long-term care business. The reinsurance
recoverables relating to these dispositions amounted to $132,610 and $84,246 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in both the assumption and
cession of reinsurance with non-affiliated companies. The following table
provides details of the reinsurance recoverables balance for the years ended
December 31:
<Table>
<Caption>
2010 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ceded future policyholder benefits and expense $114,552 $72,887
Ceded unearned premium 4,918 7,567
Ceded claims and benefits payable 22,365 47,441
Ceded paid losses 568 2,179
-------- --------
TOTAL $142,403 $130,074
-------- --------
</Table>
We utilize reinsurance for loss protection and capital management and business
dispositions. See also "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk --Credit Risk" below.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The primary sources of funds for the Company consist of premiums and fees
collected, the proceeds from the sales and maturity of investments and
investment income. Cash is primarily used to pay insurance claims, agent
commissions, operating expenses and taxes. We generally invest our excess funds
in order to generate investment income. We also have
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 83
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the ability to receive capital infusions from our Parent, if needed. Please see
Assurant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2010 for additional information related to our Parent.
RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Parent sponsors a defined non-contributory, qualified benefit pension plan
and certain non-contributory, non-qualified post retirement benefits covering
employees and certain agents who meet eligibility requirements as to age and
length of service. Plan assets of the qualified defined benefit plan are not
specifically identified by each participating subsidiary. Therefore, a breakdown
of plan assets is not reflected in the financial statements included elsewhere
in this report. The Company has no legal obligation for benefits under these
plans. The benefits are based on years of service and career compensation. The
Parent's pension plan funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan
sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts as the Parent
may determine to be appropriate from time to time up to the maximum permitted,
and to charge each subsidiary an allocable amount based on its employee census.
Pension costs allocated to the Company were approximately $269, $151 and $124
for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See Note 11 to the Notes to Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this report.
CONTINGENCIES
We account for contingencies using the CONTINGENCIES guidance. This requires
management to evaluate each contingent matter separately. A loss is accrued if
reasonably estimable and probable. We establish reserves for these contingencies
at the best estimate, or, if no one estimated number within the range of
possible losses is more probable than any other, we report an estimated reserve
at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting the Company
include litigation matters which are inherently difficult to evaluate and are
subject to significant changes.
DEFERRED TAXES
Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the
financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, based on
enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the
Company expects the temporary differences to reverse. A valuation allowance is
established for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of all available
evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the asset will not be
realized. The valuation allowance is sufficient to reduce the asset to the
amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has significant
deferred tax assets resulting from temporary differences that may reduce taxable
income in future periods. The detailed components of our deferred tax assets,
liabilities and valuation allowance are included in Note 5 to the Notes to the
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient
taxable income of the same character during the carryback or carryforward
period. U.S. tax rules mandate that capital losses can only be recovered against
capital gains. An example of capital gains would be gains from the sale of
investments. The Company is dependent upon the consolidated group, of which it
is a member, having capital gain income in the foreseeable future to use the
capital loss carryforward in its entirety. To support the capital deferred tax
asset, the Company is able to rely on future taxable capital gain income from
gross unrealized gains in the group's investment portfolios. The Company is also
able to rely on the use of various tax-planning strategies to forecast taxable
gains in the foreseeable future.
In determining whether the deferred tax asset is realizable, the Company weighed
all available evidence, both positive and negative. We considered all sources of
taxable income available to realize the asset, including the future reversal of
existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing
temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in carryback years and
tax-planning strategies.
We have identified certain prudent and feasible strategies which could generate
taxable future capital gain income. Tax planning strategies are actions that
management ordinarily might not take, but would take, if necessary, to realize a
tax benefit for a carryforward before it expires. Examples include, but are not
limited to, changing the character of taxable or deductible amounts from
ordinary income or loss to capital gain or loss or accelerating taxable amounts.
While no commitments to implement any strategy have been made, these strategies
have been considered in the analysis of the recoverability of the Company's
deferred tax assets and the reduction of the valuation allowance.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company has a cumulative valuation allowance of
$160 against deferred tax assets, as it is management's assessment that it is
more likely than not that this amount of deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated
return group level. A portion of the valuation allowance has been assigned to
the Company based on the provisions of the tax sharing agreement.
The Company believes it is more likely than not that the remainder of its
deferred tax assets will be realized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly,
other than noted herein for capital loss carryovers, a valuation allowance has
not been established.
<Page>
84 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future reversal of the valuation allowance will be recognized either when the
benefit is realized or when we determine that it is more likely than not that
the benefit will be realized. Depending on the nature of the taxable income that
results in a reversal of the valuation allowance, and on management's judgment,
the reversal will be recognized either through other comprehensive income (loss)
or through continuing operations in the statement of operations. Likewise, if
the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that it would be able
to realize all or part of the deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to
the deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded through a charge to
continuing operations in the statement of operations in the period such
determination is made.
In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management makes judgments
about recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit
carryforwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax
planning strategies. The assumptions used in making these judgments are updated
periodically by management based on current business conditions that affect the
Company and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are
therefore subject to change based on factors that include, but are not limited
to, changes in expected capital gain income in the foreseeable future and the
ability of the Company to successfully execute its tax planning strategies.
VALUATION AND RECOVERABILITY OF GOODWILL
Goodwill represented $324 and $1,114 of our $321,866 and $299,594 of total
assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We review our goodwill
annually in the fourth quarter for impairment or more frequently if indicators
of impairment exist. Such indicators include, but are not limited to, a
sustained significant decline in our Parent's market capitalization or a
significant decline in our expected future cash flows due to changes in
company-specific factors or the broader business climate. The evaluation of such
factors requires considerable judgment. Any adverse change in these factors
could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have
a material impact on our financial statements.
The Company compares its estimated fair value with its net book value. If the
estimated fair value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be
impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value exceeds its
estimated fair value, we then perform a second test to calculate the amount of
impairment, if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, we determine the
implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the Company were being
acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we determine the fair value of
all of the assets and liabilities of the Company, including any unrecognized
intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that yields the implied fair
value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the
recorded goodwill, we record an impairment charge for the difference.
The following describes the valuation methodologies used in both 2010 and 2009
to derive the estimated fair value of the Company.
The Company identifies a group of peer companies, which have operations that are
as similar as possible. A Guideline Company Method is used to value the Company
based upon its relative performance to its peer companies, based on several
measures, including price to trailing 12 month earnings, price to projected
earnings, price to tangible net worth and return on equity.
A Dividend Discount Method ("DDM") is used to value the Company based upon the
present value of expected cash flows available for distribution over future
periods. Cash flows were discounted using a market participant weighted average
cost of capital estimated for the Company. After discounting the future discrete
earnings to their present value, the Company estimated the terminal value
attributable to the years beyond the discrete operating plan period. The
discounted terminal value was then added to the aggregate discounted
distributable earnings from the discrete operating plan period to estimate the
fair value of the Company.
A Guideline Transaction Method values the Company based on available data
concerning the purchase prices paid in acquisitions of companies operating in
the insurance industry. The application of certain financial multiples
calculated from these transactions provides an indication of estimated fair
value of the Company.
While all three valuation methodologies were considered in assessing fair value,
the DDM was weighed more heavily since in the current economic environment,
management believes that expected cash flows are the most important factor in
the valuation of a business enterprise. In addition, recent dislocations in the
economy, the scarcity of M&A transactions in the insurance marketplace and the
relative lack of directly comparable companies make the other methods less
credible.
Following the 2010 goodwill assessment, the Company concluded that its net book
value exceeded its estimated fair value. Based on the results of the Step 2
test, the Company recorded impairment charges of $790. During 2009, the Company
concluded that its net book value exceeded its estimated fair value and recorded
a $924 impairment charge after performing a Step 2 test. The 2010 impairment
reflects the effects of the low interest rate environment, continuing high
unemployment, the slow pace of the economic recovery and an increased net book
value of the Company, primarily related to our investment portfolio. The 2009
impairment reflected the challenging near term growth environment for the
Company and an increased net book value primarily related to our investment
portfolio. Management remains confident in the long-term prospects of the
Company. See Notes 4 and 13 to the Notes to the Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this report.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 85
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The determination of fair value of the Company, both individually and in the
aggregate, requires significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and
assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, earnings and required
capital projections discussed above, discount rates, terminal growth rates,
operating income and dividend forecasts and the weighting assigned to the
results of each of the three valuation methods described above. Changes in
certain assumptions could have a significant impact on the goodwill impairment
assessment.
We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the estimated fair
value of the Company and concluded they are reasonable. However, should weak
market conditions continue for an extended period or should the operating
results decline substantially compared to projected results, or interest rates
decline further increasing the net unrealized gain position related to the
Company's investment portfolio and thus the company's net book value, we could
determine that we need to record an additional non-cash impairment charge
related to goodwill.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- ADOPTED
See Note 2 to the Notes to Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
registration statement.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- NOT YET ADOPTED
See Note 2 to the Notes to Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
registration statement.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The table below presents information regarding our results of operations:
<Table>
<Caption>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES:
Net earned premiums and other considerations (2) $38,641 $42,841 $64,853
Net investment income 7,891 8,161 8,810
Net realized losses on investments (44) (826) (6,073)
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses (332) 424 744
Fees and other income 649 593 80
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL REVENUES 46,805 51,193 68,414
--------- --------- ---------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES:
Policyholder benefits (2) 20,445 25,993 39,627
Selling, underwriting and general expenses (1) 13,792 12,922 18,590
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES 34,237 38,915 58,217
--------- --------- ---------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES AND GOODWILL
IMPAIRMENT 12,568 12,278 10,197
Provision for income taxes 4,050 3,916 3,815
--------- --------- ---------
INCOME BEFORE GOODWILL IMPAIRMENT 8,518 8,362 6,382
Goodwill impairment 790 924 --
--------- --------- ---------
NET INCOME $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
--------- --------- ---------
</Table>
(1) Includes amortization of DAC and underwriting, general and administrative
expenses.
(2) Includes single premium on closed blocks of group disability business. For
closed blocks of business we receive a single, upfront premium and in turn
we record a virtually equal amount of claim reserves. We then manage the
claims using our claim management practices.
The following discussion provides a general overall analysis of the results for
the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 ("Twelve Months 2010"), twelve months
ended December 31, 2009 ("Twelve Months 2009") and twelve months ended December
31, 2008 ("Twelve Months 2008"). Please see the discussion that follows for a
more detailed analysis of the fluctuations.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
NET INCOME
Net income increased $290, or 4%, to $7,728 for Twelve Months 2010 from $7,438
for Twelve Months 2009. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to
favorable loss experience in all product lines and lower net realized losses on
investments of $508 (after tax). These items were partially offset by a decrease
in amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses of $491 (after tax)
as a portion of the deferred gain liability was re-established during 2010
resulting from refinements to assumptions associated with policy run-off.
<Page>
86 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUES
Total revenues decreased $4,388, or 9%, to $46,805 for Twelve Months 2010 from
$51,193 for Twelve Months 2009. This decrease was primarily due to a $4,200
decrease in net earned premiums as a result of a challenging sales and
persistency environment and a decrease in amortization of deferred gains on
disposal of businesses of $756 for reasons noted above. These decreases were
partially offset by lower net realized losses of $782.
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Total benefits, losses and expenses decreased $4,678, or 12%, to $34,237 for
Twelve Months 2010 from $38,915 for Twelve Months 2009. This decrease was
primarily due to a reduction of policyholder benefits of $5,548 as the result of
declining direct product sales and favorable loss experience across all product
lines.
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes increased $134, or 3%, to $4,050 for Twelve Months 2010 from $3,916
for Twelve Months 2009. The change in income taxes is proportionate to the
change in pretax income.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009 COMPARED TO DECEMBER 31, 2008
NET INCOME
Net income increased $1,056, or 17%, to $7,438 for Twelve Months 2009 from
$6,382 for Twelve Months 2008. The increase was primarily driven by lower net
realized losses on investments. Other-than-temporary impairments were $267
(after-tax) for Twelve Months 2009 compared with $3,311 (after tax) for Twelve
Months 2008. These increases were partially offset by lower net earned premium
across all product lines and less favorable disability loss experience compared
to Twelve Months ended 2008. In addition, Twelve Months 2009 includes a non-cash
goodwill impairment of $924.
TOTAL REVENUES
Total revenues decreased $17,221, or 25%, to $51,193 for Twelve Months 2009 from
$68,414 for Twelve Months 2008. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in
net earned premiums of $22,012. There were no assumed single premiums on closed
blocks of business, net of reinsurance, for Twelve Months 2009 compared to
$9,250 for Twelve Months 2008. Excluding single premium on closed blocks of
business, net earned premiums decreased 23%, or $12,762, driven by decreases in
all products. The overall decrease is due to increased lapses and fewer covered
lives due to higher unemployment, along with a difficult sales environment which
presents a challenge to revenue growth. This was partially offset by lower net
realized losses driven by the write down of other-than-temporary impairments of
$411 for Twelve Months 2009 compared to $5,094 for Twelve Months 2008.
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Total benefits, losses and expenses decreased $19,302, or 33%, to $38,915 for
Twelve Months 2009 from $58,217 for Twelve Months 2008. This decrease was
primarily due to no assumed single premiums on closed blocks of business, net of
reinsurance, for Twelve Months 2009 compared with $9,250 for Twelve Months 2008.
Also contributing to the decrease was a reduction in policyholder benefits and
commission related expenses due to declining premium in force and a $900 fine
from the New York Department of Insurance related to a financial and market
conduct exam in 2008.
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes increased $101, or 3%, to $3,916 for Twelve Months 2009 from $3,815
for Twelve Months 2008. The change in income taxes was not proportionate to
pretax income primarily due to permanent tax differences in 2008 related to a
fine assessed by the New York Department of Insurance related to a financial and
market conduct exam and a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, which
is primarily attributable to capital losses resulting from dispositions of
investments.
INVESTMENTS
See Notes 3 and 4 to the Notes to Financial Statements included elsewhere in
this report.
CASH FLOWS
We monitor cash flows, and forecasts are provided on a monthly basis. Trend and
variance analyses are used to project future cash needs making adjustments to
the forecasts when needed.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 87
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The table below shows our recent net cash flows:
<Table>
<Caption>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY
(USED IN):
Operating activities $25,677 $(4,149) $16,556
Investing activities (11,563) 36 (4,950)
Financing activities (15,000) (4,399) (4,303)
--------- -------- ---------
Net change in cash $(886) $(8,512) $7,303
--------- -------- ---------
</Table>
CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008.
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
We typically generate operating cash inflows from premiums collected from our
insurance products and income received from our investments while outflows
consist of policy acquisition costs, benefits paid, and operating expenses.
These net cash flows are then invested to support the obligations of our
insurance products and required capital supporting these products. Our cash
flows from operating activities are affected by the timing of premiums, fees,
and investment income received and expenses paid.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $25,677 and $(4,149) for
the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in
operating activities is primarily due to cash received from USIC related to the
reinsurance commutation and decreased claim payments. For further information on
commutation, see Note 15 to the Notes to the Financial Statements included
elsewhere in this report.
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities were $(4,149) and $16,556
for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in
operating activities is primarily due to reduced net written premium in the
long-term disability business and an increase in claim payments for long-term
disability.
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities was $(11,563) compared to
$36 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The change in
investing activities is primarily due to an increase in purchases of fixed
maturity securities.
Net cash provided by investing activities was $36 compared to $(4,950) used in
the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in
investing activities is primarily due to fewer purchases of short-term
investments, fixed maturity securities and equity securities; partially offset
by a decrease in sales of fixed maturity securities and equity securities.
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net cash used in financing activities was $15,000 and $4,399 for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in cash used in financing
activities is due to an increase in the amount of dividends paid to our Parent.
Net cash used in financing activities was $4,399 and $4,303 for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in cash used in financing
activities is due to an increase in the amount of dividends paid to our Parent.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
We have obligations to third parties as a result of our operations. These
obligations as of December 31, 2010, are detailed in the table below by maturity
date as of the dates indicated:
<Table>
<Caption>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
LESS THAN 1 1-3 3-5 MORE THAN
TOTAL YEAR YEARS YEARS 5 YEARS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS :
Insurance liabilities (1) $491,409 $25,407 $32,553 $27,609 $405,840
--------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
</Table>
(1) Insurance liabilities reflect estimated cash payments to be made to
policyholders.
Liabilities for future policy benefits and expenses of $114,393 and claims and
benefits payable of $124,115 have been included in the commitments and
contingencies table. Significant uncertainties relating to these liabilities
include mortality, morbidity, expenses, persistency, investment returns,
inflation, contract terms and the timing of payments.
<Page>
88 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably
likely to have a material effect on the financial condition, results of
operations, liquidity, or capital resources of the Company.
(I) CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS. NONE.
(J) QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
As a provider of insurance products, effective risk management is fundamental to
our ability to protect both our customers' and our stockholder's interests. We
are exposed to potential loss from various market risks, in particular interest
rate risk, credit risk and inflation risk.
Interest rate risk is the possibility that the fair value of liabilities will
change more or less than the market value of investments in response to changes
in interest rates, including changes in investment yields and changes in spreads
due to credit risks and other factors.
Credit risk is the possibility that counterparties may not be able to meet
payment obligations when they become due. We assume counterparty credit risk in
many forms. A counterparty is any person or entity from which cash or other
forms of consideration are expected to extinguish a liability or obligation to
us. Primarily, our credit risk exposure is concentrated in our fixed maturity
investment portfolio and, to a lesser extent, in our reinsurance recoverables.
Inflation risk is the possibility that a change in domestic price levels
produces an adverse effect on earnings. This typically happens when either
invested assets or liabilities, but not both is indexed to inflation.
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk arises as we invest substantial funds in interest-sensitive
fixed income assets, such as fixed maturity securities, mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage loans, primarily in the United
States. There are two forms of interest rate risk -- price risk and reinvestment
risk. Price risk occurs when fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact
on the market valuation of these investments. As interest rates rise, the market
value of these investments falls, and conversely, as interest rates fall, the
market value of these investments rise. Reinvestment risk occurs when
fluctuations in interest rates have a direct impact on expected cash flows from
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. As interest rates fall, an increase
in prepayments on these assets results in earlier than expected receipt of cash
flows forcing us to reinvest the proceeds in an unfavorable lower interest rate
environment. Conversely, as interest rates rise, a decrease in prepayments on
these assets results in later than expected receipt of cash flows forcing us to
forgo reinvesting in a favorable higher interest rate environment.
We manage interest rate risk by selecting investments with characteristics such
as duration, yield, currency and liquidity tailored to the anticipated cash
outflow characteristics of our insurance and reinsurance liabilities.
Our group long-term disability reserves are also sensitive to interest rates.
Group long-term disability and group term life waiver of premium reserves are
discounted to the valuation date at the valuation interest rate. The valuation
interest rate is determined by taking into consideration actual and expected
earned rates on our asset portfolio.
The interest rate sensitivity relating to price risk of our fixed maturity
security assets is assessed using hypothetical scenarios that assume several
positive and negative parallel shifts of the yield curves. We have assumed that
the yield curve shifts are of equal direction and magnitude. The individual
securities are repriced under each scenario using a valuation model. For
investments such as callable bonds and mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities, a prepayment model was used in conjunction with a valuation model.
Our actual experience may differ from the results noted below particularly due
to assumptions utilized or if events occur that were not included in the
methodology. The following tables summarize the results of this analysis for
bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities held in our investment
portfolio:
INTEREST RATE MOVEMENT ANALYSIS
OF MARKET VALUE OF FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
-100 -50 0 50 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total market value $132,341 $128,361 $124,399 $120,517 $116,797
% Change in market value from base case 6.38% 3.18% -- (3.12)% (6.11)%
$ Change in market value from base case $7,942 $3,962 $ -- $(3,882) $(7,602)
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 89
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST RATE MOVEMENT ANALYSIS
OF MARKET VALUE OF FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009
<Table>
<Caption>
-100 -50 0 50 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total market value $113,347 $109,974 $106,623 $103,331 $100,153
% Change in market value from base case 6.31% 3.14% -- (3.09)% (6.07)%
$ Change in market value from base case $6,724 $3,351 $ -- $(3,292) $(6,470)
</Table>
CREDIT RISK
We have exposure to credit risk primarily from customers, as a holder of fixed
maturity securities and by entering into reinsurance cessions.
Our risk management strategy and investment policy is to invest in debt
instruments of high credit quality issuers and to limit the amount of credit
exposure with respect to any one issuer. We attempt to limit our credit exposure
by imposing fixed maturity portfolio limits on individual issuers based upon
credit quality. Currently our portfolio limits are 1.5% for issuers rated AA-
and above, 1% for issuers rated A- to A+, 0.75% for issuers rated BBB- to BBB+
and 0.38% for issuers rated BB- to BB+. These portfolio limits are further
reduced for certain issuers with whom we have credit exposure on reinsurance
agreements. We use the lower of Moody's or S&P's ratings to determine an
issuer's rating.
We are also exposed to the credit risk of our reinsurers. When we reinsure, we
are still liable to our insureds regardless of whether we get reimbursed by our
reinsurer. As part of our overall risk and capacity management strategy, we
purchase reinsurance for certain risks that we underwrite.
The majority of our $142,403 of reinsurance recoverables at December 31, 2010,
are protected from credit risk by various types of risk mitigation mechanisms
such as trusts, letters of credit or by withholding the assets in a modified
coinsurance or co-funds-withheld arrangement. For example, assets supporting
reserves of $129,330 as of December 31, 2010 relating to the coinsurance
arrangement with John Hancock (a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation),
are held in trust. If the value of the assets in this trust falls below the
value of the associated liabilities, John Hancock, is required to put more
assets in the trust. We may be dependent on the financial condition of John
Hancock, whose A.M. Best rating is currently A+. A.M. Best recently placed a
negative outlook on the financial strength ratings of John Hancock. For
recoverables that are not protected by these mechanisms, we are dependent solely
on the credit of the reinsurer. Occasionally, the credit worthiness of the
reinsurer becomes questionable. See the section titled "Risk Factors" for
further information. A majority of our reinsurance exposure has been ceded to
companies rated A- or better by A.M. Best.
INFLATION RISK
Inflation risk arises as we invest substantial funds in nominal assets, which
are not indexed to the level of inflation, whereas the underlying liabilities
are indexed to the level of inflation. We have inflation risk in our individual
and small employer group health insurance businesses to the extent that medical
costs increase with inflation, and we have not been able to increase premiums to
keep pace with inflation.
(k) EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The table below sets forth certain information, as of April 29, 2011, concerning
each person deemed to be an Executive Officer of the Company. There are no
arrangements or understandings between any Executive Officer and any other
person pursuant to which the officer was selected.
<Table>
<Caption>
NAME AGE POSITIONS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts 55 Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board;
Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc.
Valerie H. Seasholtz 57 President and Director
Tamrha V. Mangelsen 49 Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer; Assistant
Vice
President, Statutory Accounting, Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuin 43 Chief Administrative Officer, Vice President,
Assistant Secretary and Director; Director of
Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
</Table>
JOHN S. ROBERTS, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD; EXECUTIVE
VICE PRESIDENT, ASSURANT, INC. Please see Mr. Roberts' biography in the section
below entitled "DIRECTORS".
<Page>
90 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VALERIE SEASHOLTZ, PRESIDENT AND DIRECTOR. Please see Ms. Seasholtz's biography
in the section below entitled "DIRECTORS".
TAMRHA V. MANGELSEN, TREASURER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER; ASSISTANT VICE
PRESIDENT, STATUTORY ACCOUNTING, ASSURANT, INC. Ms. Mangelsen has served as
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 2007 and as Assistant
Vice President, Statutory Accounting of Assurant, Inc. since 2008. She
previously served as Director of Statutory Accounting at Assurant, Inc. from
2006 to 2008 and as Manager of Statutory Accounting at Assurant, Inc. from 2001
to 2006.
PAULA M. SEGUIN, CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER, VICE PRESIDENT, ASSISTANT
SECRETARY AND DIRECTOR; DIRECTOR OF COMPLIANCE, ASSURANT, INC. Please see Ms.
SeGuin's biography in the section below entitled "DIRECTORS".
DIRECTORS
We currently have eight directors. The biographies of each of the directors
below contain information regarding the person's service as a director, business
experience, director positions held currently and/or during the last five years,
and experience that led the Company to conclude that they should serve as
directors.
JOHN S. ROBERTS, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. Mr. Roberts, age 55, has served as Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company since
May 2009. He also currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Assurant Employee Benefits, a division of Assurant, Inc., and Executive Vice
President of Assurant, Inc. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of Assurant Employee Benefits on an interim basis from July 2007 to March 2009.
Prior to this, he served as Senior Vice President of Assurant Employee Benefits
and President of Disability RMS, an affiliate of the Company, since 2003. Mr.
Roberts' management experience relating to group life, group dental, group
long-term disability and short-term disability insurance products led the
Company to conclude that he should serve as Chairman of the Board.
VALERIE H. SEASHOLTZ, DIRECTOR. Ms Seasholtz, age 57, has served as President
and a director of the Company since May 2010. She also serves as Senior Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of Diversified Financial Services (a
business line within Assurant Solutions, a division of Assurant, Inc.) since
March 2010. She previously served as Senior Vice President of Operations at
Assurant Solutions from 1998 to 2010. Ms. Seasholtz's extensive operational
experience within Assurant Solutions led the Company to conclude that she should
serve as a director.
ALLEN R. FREEDMAN, DIRECTOR. Mr. Freedman, age 71, has been a director of the
Company since April 1989 and has also served as a member of the Assurant, Inc.
Board of Directors since its inception in 1979. Mr. Freedman is currently the
owner and principal of arfreedman & co, a private investor, and is the former
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Assurant, Inc., where he served as Chief
Executive Officer until May 2000 and Chairman until his retirement in July 2000.
In 1979, Mr. Freedman became Assurant's President and first employee, initiating
its initial strategy and orchestrating its growth over the next 21 years.
Beginning in 1978, he initiated and supervised most aspects of Assurant's U.S.
operations. Since his retirement as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Assurant, he has served as a director of StoneMor Partners LP (formerly
Cornerstone Family Services) and as Chairman of its Audit Committee and a member
of its Investment Committee. Until January 2007, he also served as Chairman of
the Board of Directors of Indus International, Inc. Mr. Freedman also serves as
Trustee of Eaton Vance Mutual Funds and is on the Board of Directors of the
Association of Audit Committee Members, Inc. As former Chief Executive Officer
and founder of Assurant, Mr. Freedman's historical knowledge of Assurant's
operations and his leadership experience at Assurant, together with his other
board and financial services experience, enable him to provide valuable advice
to the Company's Board.
MELISSA J.T. HALL, DIRECTOR. Ms. Hall, age 46, has served as a director of the
Company since September 2005. She has also served as Senior Vice President,
Taxation of Assurant, Inc. since August 2005, having previously served as Vice
President, Taxation and Financial Ratings since July 1997. Ms. Hall's 17 years
of experience at the Parent and her valuable financial and tax experience led
the Company to conclude that she should serve as a director.
TERRY J. KRYSHAK, DIRECTOR. Mr. Kryshak, age 60, has served as a director of the
Company since April 1991. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President of the
Company from 1999 until he retired in January 2011. Mr. Kryshak's extensive
experience, earlier in his career, in the administration and operation of the
Company led the Company to conclude that he should serve as a director.
H. CARROLL MACKIN, DIRECTOR. Mr. Mackin, age 70, is the former Executive Vice
President and Treasurer of Assurant, Inc., where he served from 1980 until his
retirement in 1997. Mr. Mackin has been a director of the Company since
September 2005 and has been a member of the Assurant, Inc. Board of Directors
since October 1996. Mr. Mackin served as a consultant to Assurant in 1979. He
was Assurant's fourth employee and initiated many of its early activities,
including consolidating its investment departments and starting its first
treasury function. Before joining Assurant, he was Director of Investments at
Forstmann, Leff. He is currently principal owner of Great Northern
Manufacturing, LLC, a Louisville,
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 91
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kentucky based manufacturer of specialty nails. Mr. Mackin's extensive
experience with Assurant's treasury and investment functions, and with the
insurance industry, enables him to provide valuable advice to the Company's
Board.
ESTHER L. NELSON, DIRECTOR. Ms. Nelson, age 58, has served as a director of the
Company since April 1999. Ms. Nelson currently serves as the General and
Artistic Director of the Boston Lyric Opera, having held this position since
September 2008. Prior to this position, Ms. Nelson was a Management Consultant
to artistic associations in New York, Virginia, Tennessee, Maine and Germany.
Ms. Nelson also served as general director of Glimmerglass Opera from 1996 to
2002. Ms. Nelson's valuable leadership and management experience led the Company
to conclude that she should serve as a director.
PAULA M. SEGUIN, DIRECTOR. Ms. SeGuin, age 43, has served as Chief
Administrative Officer since 2004, as Vice President and Assistant Secretary of
the Company since 2000, and as a director of the Company since May 2007. Ms.
SeGuin has also served as Director of Compliance at Assurant, Inc. since January
2005. Ms. SeGuin's day-to-day administrative experience at the headquarters of
the Company led it to conclude that she should serve as a director.
(l) EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
I. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
INTRODUCTION
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis ("CD&A") provides a detailed review of
the compensation principles and strategic objectives governing the compensation
of the following individuals, who were serving as our named executive officers
during 2010:
<Table>
John S. Roberts Chief Executive Officer;
Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc.
Valerie Seasholtz President
Manuel J. Becerra Former President
Tamrha V. Mangelsen Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer; Assistant Vice President,
Statutory Accounting, Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuin Chief Administrative Officer, Vice President and Assistant Secretary;
Director of Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
</Table>
Throughout this CD&A, we refer to the above-named individuals as our "named
executive officers" or "NEOs," and to Mr. Roberts as our "Chief Executive
Officer" or "CEO." Because the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant,
Inc. (hereafter, "Assurant" or the "Parent") and each of the NEOs has a role at
the Parent (or a division of the Parent) in addition to serving as an officer of
the Company, our compensation programs, awards and measures are primarily based
on and part of the compensation program of the Parent.
The 2010 compensation of Mr. Roberts, who serves on the Parent's Management
Committee (1), was based on a combination of both Assurant- and Assurant
Employee Benefits-specific goals and objectives. The 2010 compensation of Ms.
Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin was based on a compensation program focused on the
goals and objectives of the Parent. The 2010 compensation of Ms. Seasholtz was
based on a compensation program focused principally on the goals and objectives
of Assurant Solutions, a division of Assurant. All of our NEOs participate in
the Parent's long-term equity incentive program.
For more detailed information on Assurant's 2010 compensation programs, awards
and objectives, please see Assurant's Proxy Statement, as filed with the SEC on
March 29, 2011.
OUR EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PRINCIPLES
Our core executive compensation principles are based on the principles of
Assurant and are set forth below:
Executive compensation opportunities at the Company should be sufficiently
competitive to attract and retain talented executives who can successfully
execute the Company's business strategy while remaining at levels that are
aligned with the long-term interests of shareholders. (2)
Annual incentive and long-term equity incentive programs at Assurant,
including at the Company, should support both Assurant's and the Company's
business strategy and motivate our executives to deliver above-average
results over a sustained period.
------------
(1) The Management Committee of Assurant, Inc. consists of the President and
Chief Executive Officer of Assurant, all of the Executive Vice Presidents
of Assurant and the Chief Executive Officers of each of Assurant's
operating segments.
<Page>
92 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Management Committee is ultimately responsible for setting the
policies, strategy and direction of Assurant, subject to the overall
discretion and supervision of the Assurant Board of Directors.
(2) Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York does not have securities
that are traded publicly and therefore, all references to shares and
shareholders in this CD&A refer to those of the Parent.
A substantial portion of target total direct compensation provided to our
named executive officers should be tied to business performance.
Our executive compensation programs should reinforce a culture of
accountability that views risk management as a priority.
II. THE COMPENSATION DECISION MAKING PROCESS
The Compensation Committee of the Parent's Board of Directors (the "Assurant
Compensation Committee") oversees Assurant's executive compensation program and
advises the full Assurant Board on general aspects of Assurant's compensation
and benefit policies.
The Assurant Compensation Committee determined the compensation of Mr. Roberts
because he served as executive officer of the Parent during 2010. Mr. Roberts is
not involved in the Assurant Compensation Committee's determination of his own
compensation.
As part of its process, the Assurant Compensation Committee evaluates the
recommendations of Assurant's Chief Executive Officer along with information and
analysis provided by Towers Watson & Co. ("Towers Watson"), its independent
compensation consultant. The Assurant Compensation Committee exercises its
discretion in evaluating, modifying, approving or rejecting the Chief Executive
Officer's recommendations, and makes all final decisions with regard to base
salary, short term incentives and long-term incentives for Assurant's executive
officers. The Assurant Compensation Committee meets periodically in executive
session without any members of management present to discuss recommendations and
make decisions with respect to compensation of Assurant's executive officers
(including Mr. Roberts).
The compensation of Mr. Becerra was determined through a process whereby the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Assurant Solutions annually reviews the
performance and compensation of his direct reports and makes decisions regarding
their compensation. The compensation of Ms. Seasholtz was determined through a
process whereby Mr. Becerra annually reviews the performance and compensation of
his direct reports and makes decisions regarding their compensation, which the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Assurant Solutions reviews and
approves. The compensation of Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin was determined
through a process whereby members of senior management at the Parent annually
reviews the performance and compensation of Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin, and
makes decisions regarding their compensation.
LEVEL OF COMPENSATION PROVIDED
Market Positioning. Assurant and the Company believe that the best way to
attract and retain top talent while maintaining appropriate levels of
compensation is to provide target total direct compensation opportunities to our
NEOs at levels and on terms that are competitive with the market and/or peer
companies, as further described below. The relative levels of each element of
total direct compensation (base salary, annual incentive and long-term equity
incentive) are also determined by reference to these benchmarks.
Management Committee-Level Named Executive Officer -- Assurant's Compensation
Peer Group. Assurant's goal is to provide target total direct compensation for
its executive officers at levels and on terms consistent with those of a select
group of publicly traded companies that it views as its peers (its "compensation
peer group"). Assurant aims to set target total direct compensation for each
Management Committee-level NEO at approximately the median level provided to
executives with similar responsibilities at companies in the Parent's
compensation peer group. While Assurant faces competition in each of its
businesses, it does not believe that any single competitor directly competes in
all of its business lines. Additionally, the business lines in which Assurant
operate are generally characterized by a limited number of competitors. Assurant
believes that the following companies collectively represent the best match for
Assurant because they operate in the insurance or financial services sector and
may share one or more of the following characteristics: similar product lines;
similar services and business models; similar revenues and assets and a similar
talent pool for recruiting new employees:
<Table>
Aetna Inc. - Coventry Health Care, Inc. - Stancorp Financial Group, Inc.
Aflac Incorporated - Genworth Financial, Inc. - Sunlife Financial, Inc.
CIGNA Corporation - Hanover Insurance Group Inc. - Torchmark Corporation
CNO Financial Group, Inc. - Humana Inc. - Unum Group
CNA Financial Corporation - Markel Corporation - W.R. Berkley Corporation
- Principal Financial Group, Inc.
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 93
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Company-Level Named Executive Officers -- Company Market Survey Data. The
Company is not a publicly-traded company and does not have a compensation peer
group, however, it does rely on certain market survey data to set target total
direct compensation that is competitive with the market. The Company targets
base compensation at the 50th percentile of market. Compensation levels for
total direct compensation (including mix of base pay, short-term incentive
compensation and long-term incentive compensation) are established based upon
market data for comparable positions at comparable companies in the insurance
and financial services industries. Short-term incentive compensation and
long-term incentive compensation are aligned with recommended targets for each
NEO's grade and scope of responsibility.
III. ELEMENTS OF OUR EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAM
BASE SALARIES
The base salary for each NEO is intended to be competitive with that of
available market data reviewed by Assurant. In 2010, base salaries for certain
NEOs were increased to the amounts shown in column (c) of the Summary
Compensation Table below.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
Overview. Since Assurant's inception as a public company, and consistent with
its sustainable growth strategy, it has allocated 40% of the target annual
incentive opportunity provided to its executives to profitability measures and
40% to top-line revenue growth for specified areas. As further described below,
Assurant uses operating measures for these financial targets because they
exclude the impact of net realized gains (losses) on investments and other
unusual and/or non-recurring or infrequent items. The remaining 20% of the
target opportunity is allocated to strategic development goals that, in 2010,
focused on specific risk management objectives. Management takes a number of
factors into account when developing recommended performance goals. In any given
year, these factors may include results from prior years, opportunities for
strategic growth and economic trends that may impact our business (e.g., levels
of consumer spending, unemployment rates, mortgage default rates or prevailing
conditions in the credit markets).
2010 ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION FOR THE COMPANY'S NEOS
FINANCIAL METRICS (80%). For 2010, the Assurant Compensation Committee sought to
establish financial targets that were challenging and would motivate our senior
executives to deliver growth in a difficult economic environment. For Mr.
Roberts, financial targets apply to the Assurant Employee Benefits business
segment and for Mr. Becerra, financial targets apply to the Assurant Solutions
business segment. Top-line growth (40%) is measured through a combination of
gross or net earned premiums and fees (50%) and gross written premium/new sales
of designated products (50%). Profitability is measured using net operating
income ("NOI") (25%) and operating return on equity ("ROE") (15%) for the
segment. (3)
For Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin, top-line revenue growth (40%) is measured by a
weighted average of the performance results of the business segments, and
profitability is measured using consolidated operating earnings per share
("EPS") (25%) and operating ROE (15%). (4)
Financial targets for Ms. Seasholtz apply to the Assurant Solutions business
segment, as well as a division of Assurant Solutions. 35% of Ms. Seasholtz's
annual incentive compensation is measured by performance of this division and
45% is measured by a combination of the financial metrics for Assurant Solutions
described above: (top-line growth, NOI and operating ROE).
------------
(3) NOI is determined by excluding net realized gains or losses on investments
and unusual and/or infrequent items from net income. Operating ROE for the
business segment is determined by dividing NOI for the segment by average
stockholders' equity for the segment. For additional information regarding
these measures, please see the Parent's earnings release, Exhibit 99.1 to
its Current Report on Form 8-K furnished to the SEC on February 2, 2011,
and the financial supplement posted on the "Investor Relations" section of
the Parent's website at http://ir.assurant.com. Neither the earnings
release nor the financial supplement is incorporated by reference herein.
(4) Consolidated operating EPS is determined by dividing NOI for Assurant as a
whole by the weighted average number of diluted shares of Assurant Common
Stock outstanding during the year. Operating ROE for Assurant is determined
by dividing NOI for Assurant as a whole by average stockholders' equity for
the year, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI").
<Page>
94 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT (20%). To reinforce a culture that views risk
management as a priority, in 2010, the Assurant Compensation Committee again
selected enterprise risk management as the area of strategic focus.
Specifically, the Assurant Compensation Committee approved the following
objectives: (i) quantification of segment-specific business risks that may have
a material Parent-level impact (25%), evaluated by segment; (ii) quantification
of segment-specific business risks that may have a material segment-level impact
(40%) and achievement of segment-specific compliance goals (10%), evaluated by
segment; and (iii) incorporation of quantitative business transaction risk
analysis (5%) and portfolio transaction risk analysis (20%) into ongoing
business processes, measured for all segments at the Parent level. The Parent
retained an external consultant to monitor each segment's progress with respect
to the 2010 goals and prepare an assessment for submission to the Assurant
Compensation Committee along with management's recommended performance ratings.
Performance against strategic development goals was evaluated for each NEO in
2010 was based on a composite of Parent and segment-level results.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE RESULTS FOR MR. ROBERTS. For Mr. Roberts, the 2010
performance levels that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers
for NOI were $31, $36, $41, $51 and $61 million, respectively. Assurant Employee
Benefits' 2010 NOI was $63.5. The performance levels that would result in 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for operating ROE were 5.85%, 6.85%, 7.85%,
9.85% and 11.85%, respectively. Assurant Employee Benefits' 2010 operating ROE
was 11.4%. With respect to revenue growth, the 2010 performance levels that
would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for net earned premium
and fee income were $1.075, $1.125, $1.175, $1.275 and $1.375 billion,
respectively. 2010 net earned premium and fee income for the segment was $1.127
billion. The 2010 performance levels that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and
2.0 multipliers for total sales were $155, $165, $175, 195 and $215 million,
respectively. Total sales for 2010 was $136.2 million. In addition, performance
against the 2010 strategic development goal resulted in a 1.90 multiplier. Based
on the above metrics and performance results, the 2010 composite annual
incentive performance multiplier for Mr. Roberts was 1.27.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE RESULTS FOR MS. MANGELSEN AND MS. SEGUIN. For Ms.
Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin, the 2010 performance levels that would result in 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for consolidated operating EPS were $3.00,
$3.25, $3.50, $4.00 and $4.50 per diluted share, respectively. Assurant's 2010
operating EPS was $5.02. The 2010 performance levels that would result in 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for operating ROE were 7.3%, 7.8%, 8.3%, 9.5%
and 10.8%, respectively. Assurant's 2010 operating ROE was 12.07%. With respect
to revenue growth, the corporate-level revenue growth multiplier is determined
based on a weighted average of the performance multipliers applicable to each of
the Parent's four business segments, which are weighted as follows: Assurant
Specialty Property -- 25%; Assurant Solutions -- 30%; Assurant Health -- 25%;
and Assurant Employee Benefits -- 20%. The revenue growth multiplier for: (i)
Assurant Specialty Property was 1.66, based on weighted targets of $2.7 billion
for gross earned premium and fee income (50%) and $1.975 billion for gross
written premium (50%), and results of $2.867 billion for gross earned premium
and fee income and $2.202 billion of gross written premium; (ii) Assurant
Solutions was 1.13, based on weighted targets of $3.8 billion for gross earned
premium and fee income (50%) and $3.2 billion for gross written premium (50%),
and results of $3.75 billion for net earned premium and fee income and $3.44
billion for gross written premium; (iii) Assurant Health was 0.51, based on
weighted targets of $1.9 billion for net earned premium and fee income (50%) and
$360 million for new sales (50%), and results of $1.9 billion for net earned
premium and fee income and $295.6 million for new sales; and (iv) Assurant
Employee Benefits was 0.26, based on weighted targets of $1.175 billion for net
earned premium and fee income (50%) and $175 million in total sales (50%), and
results of $1.127 billion for net earned premium and fee income and $136.2
million in total sales. In addition, performance against the 2010 strategic
development goal resulted in a 1.90 multiplier. Based on the above metrics and
performance results, the 2010 composite annual incentive performance multiplier
for 2010 for Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin was 1.55.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE RESULTS FOR MR. BECERRA. For Mr. Becerra, the 2010
performance levels that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers
for NOI were $115, $121, $127, $139 and $151 million, respectively. Assurant
Solutions' 2010 NOI was $103.2 million. The 2010 performance levels for
operating ROE that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for
operating ROE were 7.40%, 7.75%, 8.10%, 8.70% and 9.40%. Assurant Solutions'
2010 operating ROE was 6.65%. With respect to revenue growth, the 2010
performance levels that would result in 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers
for gross earned premium and fee income were $3.6, $3.7, $3.8, $4.0 and $4.2
billion, respectively. Assurant Solutions' 2010 gross earned premium and fee
income was $3.75 billion. The 2010 performance levels that would result in 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5 and 2.0 multipliers for gross written premium were $2.95, $3.075,
$3.2, $3.45 and $3.7 billion, respectively. Assurant Solutions' 2010 gross
written premium was 3.44 billion. In addition, performance against the 2010
strategic development goal resulted in a 1.90 multiplier. Mr. Becerra's
composite multiplier was adjusted from 0.83 to 1.0 to reflect an extraordinary
one-time item affecting Assurant Solutions NOI.
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE RESULTS FOR MS. SEASHOLTZ. Ms. Seasholtz's 2010
composite annual incentive performance multiplier was 1.02, comprised in part by
the metrics and results of Assurant Solutions, as disclosed for Mr. Becerra
above, as well as certain metrics applicable to a division of Assurant
Solutions. Senior management of Assurant Solutions set the targets
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 95
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
for this division to be challenging, but reasonably attainable. The maximum
award is intended to be very difficult to achieve. Based on historical
performance, Assurant Solutions senior management believes the target award is
somewhat likely, but not easily achieved.
The performance targets described above are disclosed only to assist investors
and other readers in understanding executive compensation provided to certain of
the Company's executive officers. They are not intended to provide guidance on,
and should not be relied on as predictive of, Assurant's future performance or
the future performance of the Company or any of Assurant's operating segments.
The following table shows target annual incentive compensation, the weighted
average multipliers for each NEO and the resulting annual incentive award payout
for 2010:
<Table>
<Caption>
2010 TARGET 2010 2010 ANNUAL
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER ANNUAL INCENTIVE MULTIPLIER INCENTIVE PAYMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts $450,000 1.27 $571,500
(Assurant Employee Benefits)
Valerie H. Seasholtz $77,757 1.02 $79,312
(Assurant Solutions)
Manuel J. Becerra $183,387 1.00 $183,387
(Assurant Solutions)
Tamrha V. Mangelsen $21,590 1.55 $33,464
(Assurant Enterprise)
Paula M. SeGuin $16,532 1.55 $25,625
(Assurant Enterprise)
</Table>
LONG-TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
All of the NEOs participate in Assurant's long-term equity incentive
compensation program.
Since 2009, Assurant has used performance share units ("PSOs") and restricted
stock units ("RSUs") as equity compensation vehicles under the Assurant, Inc.
Long Term Equity Incentive Plan ("ALTEIP"). A stock unit represents the right to
receive a share of Common Stock at a specified date in the future, subject, in
the case of PSUs, to the attainment of pre-established performance criteria. For
each year in the applicable performance cycle, Assurant's performance with
respect to selected metrics is compared against a broad index of insurance
companies and assigned a percentile ranking. These rankings are then averaged to
determine the composite percentile ranking for the performance period.
Applicable metrics for the 2009 - 2011, 2010 - 2012 and 2011 - 2013 performance
cycles are set forth in the chart below:
PSU RELATIVE PERFORMANCE METRICS AND RELATIVE INDEX
<Table>
<Caption>
2009 - 2011 PERFORMANCE CYCLE 2010 - 2012 AND 2011 - 2013 PERFORMANCE CYCLES WEIGHTING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RELATIVE Growth in EPS (1) Growth in book value per share excluding AOCI (4) 1/3
PERFORMANCE Growth in Revenue (2) Growth in Revenue 1/3
METRICS Total Shareholder Return (3) Total Shareholder Return 1/3
RELATIVE INDEX A.M. Best U.S. Insurance Index A.M. Best U.S. Insurance Index, excluding companies with N/A
revenues of less than $1 billion or that are not in the
health or insurance Global Industry Classification
Standard codes
--------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------- -----------
</Table>
(1) Year-over-year growth in GAAP EPS
(2) Year-over-year growth in total GAAP Revenue
(3) Percent change on Company stock plus dividend yield percentage
(4) Year-over-year growth in the Company's common equity, excluding AOCI,
divided by fully diluted shares of Common Stock outstanding at year-end
CHANGES TO RELATIVE PERFORMANCE METRICS AND INDEX. In light of the significant
volatility in EPS across the financial services sector, and in response to
comments from investors, the Assurant Compensation Committee decided to replace
growth in GAAP EPS with growth in book value per diluted share excluding AOCI as
a performance metric for the 2010 - 2012 and 2011 - 2013 PSU performance cycles.
<Page>
96 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Assurant Compensation Committee also approved a change to the group of
competitors used in the determination of Assurant's composite percentile
ranking. For the 2010 - 2012 and 2011 - 2013 PSU performance cycles, Assurant's
performance will be measured against companies in the A.M. Best U.S. Insurance
Index, excluding those with revenues of less than $1 billion or that are not in
the health or insurance Global Industry Classification Standard codes. This
change enables Assurant to more accurately benchmark performance against the
performance of companies of comparable size that operate one or more similar
businesses.
Executives do not receive any payout if the Parent's composite percentile
ranking falls below the 25th percentile. If the composite percentile ranking is
at or above the 75th percentile, the maximum payout is attained.
Payments in respect of PSUs awarded under the ALTEIP are intended to be
deductible, to the maximum extent possible, as "performance based compensation"
within the meaning of Section 162(m). Additional information regarding the terms
and conditions of RSUs and PSUs awarded under the ALTEIP is provided under the
heading "Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-based
Awards Table -- Long Term Incentive Awards" below.
RSUS. The 50/50 split between PSUs and RSUs is intended to further align the
interests of Assurant's executives with the long-term interests of stockholders.
RSUs typically vest in equal annual installments over a three-year vesting
period.
COMPENSATION LEVELS AND PAY MIX FOR 2011
MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE-LEVEL NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER. In January 2011, Towers
Watson presented data to the Assurant Compensation Committee demonstrating that
total target cash compensation (base salary and target incentive compensation)
provided to most of Assurant's NEOs continued to fall below median levels for
similarly situated executives at companies in Assurant's compensation peer
group. To further align NEO compensation with median levels, Committee approved
an increase in base salary from $500,000 to $520,000 and an increase in target
annual incentive opportunity from 90% to 100% of base salary for Mr. Roberts.
Mr. Robert's target long-term incentive opportunity for 2011 remains unchanged
from 2010.
COMPANY-LEVEL NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. For 2011, Mr. Becerra's target
short-term and long-term incentive opportunity was increased to 60% and 65% of
base salary, respectively. No other NEOs received percentage increases for 2011.
IV. BENEFITS AND PERQUISITES
The Company's named executive officers participate in the same health care,
disability, life insurance, pension and 401(k) benefit plans made available
generally to Assurant's U.S. employees. In addition, some of these executives
are eligible for certain change of control benefits, supplemental retirement
plans and limited perquisites described below.
CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFITS. Assurant is party to a change of control agreement
(each, a "COC Agreement") with Messrs Roberts and Becerra. The purpose of these
COC Agreements is to enable these executives to focus on maximizing shareholder
value in the context of a control transaction without regard to personal
concerns related to job security. COC Agreements with the Named Executive
Officers apply in the context of a change of control of Assurant Employee
Benefits (as defined in the COC Agreement). The COC Agreement with each NEO
contains a "double trigger," meaning that benefits are generally payable only
upon a termination of employment "without cause" or for "good reason" within two
years following a change of control. Executives who have COC Agreements are also
subject to non-compete and non-solicitation provisions. Additional information
regarding the terms and conditions of the COC Agreements is provided under the
heading "Narrative to the Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of
Control Table -- Change of Control Agreements" below.
RETIREMENT PLANS. Certain NEOs participate in the Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), the Assurant Executive Pension Plan (the
"Executive Pension Plan"), the Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan (the "Executive
401(k) Plan") and/or the Assurant Pension Plan (the "Pension Plan"). The goals
of these retirement plans are to provide certain senior executives with
competitive levels of income replacement upon retirement and provide a package
that will both attract and retain talented executives in key positions. The
Executive Pension Plan is designed to replace income levels capped under the
Pension Plan by the compensation limit of IRC Section 401(a)(17) ($245,000 for
2010). The SERP is designed to supplement the pension benefits provided under
the Pension Plan, Executive Pension Plan and Social Security so that total
income replacement from these programs will equal up to 50% of an NEO's base
salary plus his or her annual incentive target. Additional information regarding
the terms and conditions of these plans is provided under the headings
"Narrative to the Pension Benefits Table " below and "Narrative to the
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans Table" below.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS. Certain NEOs are also eligible to participate in
the Amended and Restated Assurant Deferred Compensation Plan (the "ADC Plan").
The ADC Plan provides key employees the ability to defer a portion of their
eligible compensation which is then notionally invested in a variety of mutual
funds. Deferrals and withdrawals under the ADC Plan are intended to be fully
compliant with IRC Section 409A ("Section 409A"). Prior to the adoption of
Section 409A and the
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 97
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
establishment of the ADC Plan in 2005, some of the NEOs were eligible to
participate in the Assurant Investment Plan (the "AIP"). However, after the
enactment of Section 409A, the AIP was frozen as of January 1, 2005 and,
currently, only withdrawals may be made.
Additional information regarding the terms and conditions of these plans is
provided under the heading "Narrative to the Nonqualified Defined Contribution
and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans Table" below.
HEALTH AND WELFARE BENEFITS. As part of Assurant's general benefits program, it
provides Long-Term Disability ("LTD") coverage for all benefits-eligible
employees under a group policy. LTD benefits replace 60% of employees' monthly
plan pay (which is generally defined as base salary plus the annual incentive
target award amount), up to a maximum monthly benefit of $15,000. As an
additional benefit, NEOs who are members of Assurant's Management Committee are
eligible for Executive LTD coverage, subject to underwriting for amounts in
excess of a guaranteed benefit of $3,000. Executive LTD supplements benefits
payable under the standard coverage and provides a maximum monthly benefit of
$25,000, less amounts payable under the group policy. This coverage is provided
through the purchase of individual policies on a bi-annual basis and is fully
paid for by Assurant.
V. RELATED POLICIES AND CONSIDERATIONS
PARENT STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES
Assurant believes that a sustained level of Assurant stock ownership is critical
to ensuring that the creation of long-term value for its shareholders remains a
primary objective for its executives (one of whom is an NEO of the Company) and
non-employee directors. Accordingly, in 2006 Assurant adopted the following
Stock Ownership Guidelines and holding requirements for Assurant's non-employee
directors and senior executives:
<Table>
Non-Employee Director Must own Assurant stock with a market value
equal to 5 times the annual base cash retainer
Chief Executive Officer Must own Assurant stock with a market value
equal to 5 times current base salary
Assurant, Inc. Executive Vice Presidents Must own Assurant stock with a market value
(including all other NEOs) equal to 3 times current base salary
</Table>
Individuals have five years from the later of July 1, 2006 or the date of their
permanent appointment to a specified position to acquire the required holdings.
These requirements only apply to Mr. Roberts, who serves as a member of
Assurant's Management Committee. Mr. Roberts' compliance date is March 15, 2014.
Eligible sources of Assurant shares include personal holdings, restricted stock,
RSUs, 401(k) holdings and Assurant's Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares. The
Assurant Compensation Committee tracks the ownership amount of Assurant's
non-employee directors and Management Committee on an annual basis. Individuals
who do not comply with the guidelines as of the applicable compliance date will
be prohibited from selling shares of Assurant stock until they achieve
compliance.
TIMING OF EQUITY GRANTS
Assurant does not coordinate the timing of equity awards with the release of
material non-public information. Under Assurant's Equity Grant Policy, equity
awards granted by the Assurant Compensation Committee pursuant to the ALTEIP
must be granted on the second Thursday in March each year. If the Assurant
Compensation Committee decides that a second grant in the same calendar year is
necessary for, among other reasons, salary adjustments, promotions or new hires,
additional awards under the ALTEIP may be granted on the second Thursday in
November.
TAX AND ACCOUNTING IMPLICATIONS
Under Section 162(m), certain compensation amounts in excess of $1 million paid
to a public corporation's chief executive officer and the three other most
highly-paid executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) is not
deductible for federal income tax purposes unless the executive compensation is
awarded under a performance-based plan approved by shareholders. The Assurant
Compensation Committee continues to emphasize performance-based compensation for
Assurant's executives and seeks to minimize the impact of Section 162(m).
However, because the Assurant Compensation Committee believes that its primary
responsibility is to provide a compensation program that attracts, retains and
rewards the executives necessary to successfully execute the Company's business
strategy, in any year the Assurant Compensation Committee may approve
non-performance based compensation (as defined for purposes of Section 162(m))
in excess of $1 million.
The compensation that Assurant pays to the NEOs is reflected in our financial
statements as required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The
Assurant Compensation Committee considers the financial statement impact, along
with other factors, in determining the amount and form of compensation provided
to executive officers of Assurant. We account for stock-based compensation under
the ALTEIP and all predecessor plans in accordance with the requirements of FASB
ASC Topic 718.
<Page>
98 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
SUMMARY COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation earned by the
NEOs for all services in all capacities during 2010, 2009 and 2008, as
applicable.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL YEARS 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
STOCK OPTION
NAME AND SALARY BONUS AWARDS (1) AWARDS (1)
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($) ($) ($) ($)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts, Chief Executive 2010 500,000 0 876,883 0
Officer; Executive Vice 2009 500,000 300,000 (3) 752,391 0
President, Assurant, Inc. 2008 415,000 67,438 444,610 283,307
Valerie H. Seasholtz, President 2010 259,189 0 51,954 0
Tamrha V. Mangelsen, Treasurer 2010 143,933 0 14,410 0
and Chief Financial Officer; 2009 141,110 0 14,146 0
Assistant Vice President, 2008 133,500 0 0 0
Statutory Accounting,
Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuin, Chief 2010 110,214 0 16,591 0
Administrative Officer, Vice 2009 108,052 0 16,260 0
President and Assistant 2008 104,600 3,923 0 12,170
Secretary; Director of
Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
Manuel J. Becerra, former 2010 366,774 0 202,134 0
President 2009 359,582 0 162,315 0
2008 349,108 43,639 34,934 139,887
<Caption>
CHANGE IN
PENSION VALUE
AND
NONQUALIFIED
NON-EQUITY DEFERRED ALL
INCENTIVE PLAN COMPENSATION OTHER
NAME AND COMPENSATION EARNINGS (2) COMPENSATION (4) TOTAL
PRINCIPAL POSITION ($) ($) ($) ($)
(A) (G) (H) (I) (J)
-------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts, Chief Executive 571,500 290,106 70,737 2,309,226
Officer; Executive Vice 164,000 242,105 139,797 2,098,293
President, Assurant, Inc. 310,213 0 64,192 1,584,760
Valerie H. Seasholtz, President 79,312 222,084 9,285 621,824
Tamrha V. Mangelsen, Treasurer 33,464 14,499 11,469 217,775
and Chief Financial Officer; 16,087 13,405 11,539 196,287
Assistant Vice President, 21,494 11,476 11,469 177,662
Statutory Accounting,
Assurant, Inc.
Paula M. SeGuin, Chief 25,625 9,124 8,886 170,440
Administrative Officer, Vice 12,318 9,674 9,007 155,311
President and Assistant 18,043 10,823 9,396 158,955
Secretary; Director of
Compliance, Assurant, Inc.
Manuel J. Becerra, former 183,387 39,397 41,031 832,723
President 169,004 41,066 33,638 765,605
89,023 71,853 49,601 778,045
</Table>
(1) The amounts reported in column (e) for 2010 and 2009 represent awards of
PSUs and RSUs, and for 2008 represent awards of restricted stock. These
amounts are consistent with the grant date fair values of each award
computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
The 2010 PSU values included in column (e) are computed based on the
achievement of target level performance for each award. Assuming the
achievement of maximum level performance for each NEO, the amounts in
column (e) (representing both RSUs and PSUs) would be $1,096,568 for Mr.
Roberts, $252,774 for Mr. Becerra, $18,020 for Ms. Mangelsen, $20,764 for
Ms. SeGuin and $64,970 for Ms Seasholtz. The grant date fair value of PSUs
was estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
Please see Footnote 18, "STOCK BASED COMPENSATION -- PERFORMANCE SHARE
UNITS", of the Assurant Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the SEC (the "Assurant 2010 Form
10-K") for a discussion of the Monte Carlo simulation model and the
assumptions used in this valuation.
The SARs amounts reported in column (f) for 2009 and 2008 are consistent
with the grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
718. The fair value of each outstanding SAR was estimated on the grant date
using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and expense is amortized over
the applicable vesting period. Please see Footnote 18, "STOCK BASED
COMPENSATION -- STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS", of the Assurant 2010 Form 10-K
for a discussion of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the
assumptions used in this valuation.
(2) The change in pension value is the aggregate change in the actuarial
present value of the respective NEO's accumulated benefit under the
Parent's three defined benefit pension plans (the Assurant SERP, the
Assurant Executive Pension Plan and the Assurant Pension Plan) from
December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010, from December 31, 2008 to December
31, 2009 and from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. For each plan,
the change in the pension value is determined as the present value of the
NEO's accumulated benefits at December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 or
December 31, 2010 plus the amount of any benefits paid from the plan during
the year less the present value of the accumulated benefits at December 31,
2007, December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2009, as applicable. Present values
of accumulated benefits at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December
31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 use the same assumptions as included in the
financial statements in the Parent's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the
fiscal years ending December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2010, respectively, as filed with the SEC.
(3) The amount in column (d) for Mr. Roberts reflects a special promotion bonus
awarded on July 13, 2009. Mr. Roberts received a special bonus equal to 60%
of his base salary, or $300,000, in recognition of his promotion to
President and Chief Executive Officer, Assurant Employee Benefits. The 2008
amounts in column (d) for Messrs. Roberts and Becerra and Ms. SeGuin
represent a one-time special appreciation bonus, equal to 25% of their 2008
annual short term incentive program target award, paid by the Parent to
express its special appreciation for their efforts during 2007.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 99
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) The table below details the amounts reported in the "All Other
Compensation" column, which include premiums paid for Executive Long Term
Disability, Parent contributions to the Executive 401(k) Plan, Parent
contributions to the Assurant 401(k) Plan, perquisites and other personal
benefits, dividends and dividend equivalents; and certain other amounts
during 2010:
<Table>
<Caption>
PARENT PARENT PERQUISITES
CONTRIBUTIONS CONTRIBUTIONS AND OTHER
EXECUTIVE TO EXECUTIVE TO ASSURANT PERSONAL
LTD 401(K) 401(K) BENEFITS
NAME ($) ($) ($) ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Roberts 4,238 29,330 17,150 --
Valerie Seasholtz 0 0 8,250 --
Tamrha Mangelsen 0 0 11,201 --
Paula SeGuin 0 0 8,577 --
Manuel Becerra 0 20,354 17,150 --
<Caption>
DIVIDENDS AND
DIVIDEND
EQUIVALENTS (1) TOTAL
NAME ($) ($)
-------------------- ------------------------
John Roberts 20,019 70,737
Valerie Seasholtz 1,035 9,285
Tamrha Mangelsen 268 11,469
Paula SeGuin 309 8,886
Manuel Becerra 3,527 41,031
</Table>
(1) The amounts in this column reflect the dollar value of dividends and
dividend equivalents paid in 2010 on unvested awards of restricted
stock and RSUs, respectively, that were not factored into the grant
date fair value required to be reported for these awards in column
(e). The amounts in column (i) for each of 2009 and 2008 also
reflect the dollar value of dividends paid on restricted stock that
were not factored into the grant date fair values reported in column
(e). No dividends or dividend equivalents were paid on PSUs in 2010.
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS
The table below sets forth individual grants of awards made to each NEO during
2010.
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
ESTIMATED FUTURE
PAYOUTS UNDER NON-EQUITY
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS (1)
THRESHOLD TARGET MAXIMUM
NAME GRANT DATE ($) ($) ($)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts 3/11/2010 -- -- --
3/11/2010 -- -- --
-- 0 450,000 900,000
Valerie H.
Seasholtz 3/11/2010 -- -- --
3/11/2010 -- -- --
-- 0 77,757 155,513
Tamrha V. Mangelsen 3/11/2010 -- -- --
3/11/2010 -- -- --
-- 0 21,590 43,180
Paula M. SeGuin 3/11/2010 -- -- --
3/11/2010 -- -- --
-- 0 16,532 33,064
Manuel J. Becerra 3/11/2010 -- -- --
3/11/2010 -- -- --
-- 0 183,387 366,774
<Caption>
ESTIMATED FUTURE
PAYOUTS UNDER
EQUITY INCENTIVE
PLAN AWARDS
THRESHOLD TARGET MAXIMUM
NAME (#) (#) (#)
(A) (F) (G) (H)
------------------- ---------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts -- -- --
6,633 13,266 19,899
-- -- --
Valerie H.
Seasholtz -- -- --
393 786 1,179
-- -- --
Tamrha V. Mangelsen -- -- --
109 218 327
-- -- --
Paula M. SeGuin -- -- --
126 251 377
-- -- --
Manuel J. Becerra -- -- --
1,529 3,058 4,587
-- -- --
<Caption>
ALL OTHER ALL OTHER
STOCK OPTION GRANT
AWARDS: AWARDS: EXERCISE DATE FAIR
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF OR BASE VALUE OF
SHARES SECURITIES PRICE OF STOCK AND
OF STOCK UNDERLYING OPTION OPTION
OR UNITS OPTIONS AWARDS AWARDS
NAME (#) (#) ($/SH) (2) ($) (2)
(A) (I) (J) (K) (L)
------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts 13,266 -- 32.98 $437,513
-- -- 33.12 $439,370
-- -- -- --
Valerie H.
Seasholtz 786 -- 32.98 $25,922
-- -- 33.12 $26,032
-- -- -- --
Tamrha V. Mangelsen 218 -- 32.98 $7,190
-- -- 33.12 $7,220
-- -- -- --
Paula M. SeGuin 251 -- 32.98 $8,278
-- -- 33.12 $8,313
-- -- -- --
Manuel J. Becerra 3,058 -- 32.98 $100,853
-- -- 33.12 $101,281
-- -- -- --
</Table>
(1) The values in columns (c), (d), and (e) are based on multiplying a 0
(threshold), 1 (target), and 2 (maximum) multiplier times each NEO's annual
incentive target award percentage. The actual annual incentive award earned
by each NEO for 2010 performance is reported in the column entitled
"Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) The base price of 2010 RSU awards is equal to the closing price of
Assurant, Inc. Common Stock on the grant date. The grant date fair value of
each RSU award was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 using the
closing price of Assurant, Inc. Common Stock on the grant date.
The base price of 2010 PSU awards and the grant date fair value of each PSU
award were computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based on
achievement of target performance and estimated on the grant date using a
Monte Carlo simulation model. Please see Footnote 18, "STOCK BASED
COMPENSATION --PERFORMANCE SHARE UNITS", of the 2010 Form 10-K for a
discussion of the Monte Carlo simulation model and the assumptions used in
this valuation.
<Page>
100 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NARRATIVE TO THE SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE AND GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS
TABLE
ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS
Annual incentive awards for Mr. Roberts are paid pursuant to the Assurant, Inc.
Executive Short Term Incentive Plan ("ESTIP"), a plan intended to meet the
requirements of IRC Section 162(m). The aggregate payments to all ESTIP
participants for any performance period cannot exceed 5% of the Parent's net
income (as defined in the ESTIP). At the end of each year, the Compensation
Committee of the Parent's Board of Directors (the "Parent Compensation
Committee") certifies the amount of the Parent's net income and the maximum
award amounts that can be paid under the ESTIP. The Parent Compensation
Committee then has discretion to pay an incentive award that is less than the
applicable maximum. In 2010, the Parent Compensation Committee exercised
negative discretion to reduce Mr. Roberts' award by applying the performance
goals described in the CD&A under the heading " -- ANNUAL INCENTIVE
COMPENSATION" above. The threshold, target and maximum payout amounts disclosed
in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table reflect the application of these
performance goals.
Annual incentive payments for Mr. Becerra, Ms. Seasholtz, Ms. Mangelsen and Ms.
SeGuin were paid pursuant to the annual incentive program applicable to the
Parent or Assurant Solutions, as applicable. For more information regarding the
performance criteria applicable to each of our NEOs, please see the section
entitled "CD&A --ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION."
LONG TERM EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARDS
The Parent's outstanding equity-based awards have been granted under two
long-term incentive compensation plans, the ALTEIP and the Assurant, Inc. 2004
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "ALTIP"). The ALTEIP was approved by the Parent's
stockholders in May 2008. Since that time, equity grants to our named executive
officers have been awarded pursuant to the ALTEIP. The RSUs typically vest in
three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the
grant date. Dividend equivalents on RSUs are paid in cash during the vesting
period. Participants do not have voting rights with respect to RSUs. PSUs vest
on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to a participant's
continuous employment through the vesting date and the level of performance
achieved. Dividend equivalents on PSUs are accrued and paid in cash at the end
of the performance period in accordance with the level of performance achieved.
Participants do not have voting rights with respect to PSUs.
Prior to the adoption of the ALTEIP, our named executive officers were awarded
stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and shares of restricted stock under the
ALTIP. No additional equity awards may be granted under the ALTIP. Restricted
stock awards granted under the ALTIP also typically vest in three equal
installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
Restricted stock award recipients, as beneficial owners of the shares, have full
voting and dividend rights with respect to the shares during and after the
restricted period. Dividends are paid in cash and are not eligible for
reinvestment during the restricted period. SARs granted under the ALTIP vest on
the third anniversary of the grant date. To the extent not previously exercised,
SARs are automatically exercised on the earliest of (i) the fifth anniversary of
the grant date, (ii) the second anniversary of the participant's termination of
employment for reason of death or disability or (iii) ninety days following the
participant's termination of employment for reasons other than retirement,
disability or death.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 101
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END
The table below provides information concerning unexercised options and stock
that has not vested for each NEO outstanding as of December 31, 2010.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
Option Awards (1) Stock Awards (1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
EQUITY INCENTIVE
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF PLAN AWARDS:
SECURITIES SECURITIES NUMBER OF
UNDERLYING UNDERLYING SECURITIES
UNEXERCISED UNEXERCISED UNDERLYING OPTION
OPTIONS OPTIONS UNEXERCISED EXERCISE OPTION
EXERCISABLE (2) UNEXERCISABLE UNEARNED OPTIONS PRICE (2) EXPIRATION
NAME (#) (#) (#) ($) DATE (2)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN S. ROBERTS Converted SARs (2)
7,909 31.30 01/01/2014
All Other SARs
9,595 49.25 04/01/2011
10,950 53.48 03/08/2012
20,050 (4) 60.65 03/13/2013
VALERIE H. SEASHOLTZ Converted SARs (2)
1,207 22.00 01/01/2014
3,000 26.56 01/01/2014
All Other SARs
3,470 49.25 04/01/2011
4,200 53.48 03/08/2012
3,500 (4) 60.65 03/13/2013
TAMRHA V. MANGELSEN Converted SARs (2)
-- -- -- -- --
All Other SARs
-- -- -- -- --
PAULA M. SEGUIN Converted SARs (2)
-- -- -- -- --
All Other SARs
1,000 (4) 60.65 03/13/2011
MANUEL J. BECERRA Converted SARs (2)
3,205 22.00 01/01/2014
7,964 26.56 01/01/2014
All Other SARs
12,759 49.25 04/01/2011
11,850 53.48 03/08/2012
9,900 (4) 60.65 03/13/2013
<Caption>
EQUITY INCENTIVE EQUITY INCENTIVE
PLAN AWARDS: PLAN AWARDS:
NUMBER OF MARKET OR PAYOUT
NUMBER OF UNEARNED VALUE OF
SHARES OR UNITS MARKET VALUE OF SHARES, UNITS OR UNEARNED SHARES,
OF STOCK THAT SHARES OR UNITS OF OTHER RIGHTS UNITS OR OTHER
HAVE NOT STOCK THAT HAVE THAT HAVE RIGHTS THAT HAVE
VESTED NOT VESTED (3) NOT VESTED NOT VESTED (3)
NAME (#) ($) (#) ($)
(A) (G) (H) (I) (J)
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN S. ROBERTS
500 (5) 19,260
372 (6) 14,329
3,926 (7) 151,230
12,340 (8) 475,337
13,266 (10) 511,006
18,509 (9) 712,967
13,266 (11) 511,006
VALERIE H. SEASHOLTZ
70 (6) 2,696
786 (10) 30,277
1,260 (9) 48,535
786 (11) 30,277
TAMRHA V. MANGELSEN
232 (8) 8,937
218 (10) 8,397
348 (9) 13,405
218 (11) 8,397
PAULA M. SEGUIN
267 (8) 10,285
251 (10) 9,669
400 (9) 15,408
251 (11) 9,669
MANUEL J. BECERRA
194 (6) 7,473
2,662 (8) 102,540
3,058 (10) 117,794
3,993 (9) 153,810
3,058 (11) 117,794
</Table>
(1) These columns represent awards under the ALTEIP, ALTIP, BVR and their
predecessor plans. Awards are either SARs or restricted stock, PSUs or
RSUs.
(2) Until June 29, 2005, the Company maintained the Assurant Appreciation
Incentive Rights Plan ("AAIR Plan"), which provided for the issuance of
Assurant, Inc. and operating segment cash settled appreciation rights
("AAIR Plan rights"). In 2005, the Company decided to no longer issue
operating segment rights or cash settled appreciation rights. The ALTIP was
adopted to provide for the payment of appreciation to participants in the
form of Assurant, Inc. Common Stock. As a result of the adoption of the
ALTIP, the AAIR Plan rights were converted into SARs on June 30, 2005. The
intrinsic value of the converted SARs did not change from that of the AAIR
Plan rights. "Converted SARs" refers to the AAIR Plan rights (granted over
several years prior to our initial public offering) that were converted to
SARs on June 30, 2005. In delivering equivalent intrinsic value to the
converted SARs, differing base prices may have resulted. Therefore, certain
converted SARs with the same expiration date may have differing base prices
in the table above.
(3) Value was determined using the December 31, 2010 closing price of Assurant,
Inc. Common Stock of $38.52.
(4) Award vests on March 13, 2011.
(5) This restricted stock award was granted on January 8, 2008 and vests 1,000
shares for the first year and 500 shares each for the second and third
year.
(6) This restricted stock award was granted on March 13, 2008 and vests in
three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of
the grant date.
(7) This restricted stock award was granted on November 13, 2008 and vests in
three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of
the grant date.
(8) This RSU award was granted on March 12, 2009 and vests in three equal
annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant
date.
<Page>
102 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(9) This PSU award was granted on March 12, 2009 and vests on the third
anniversary of the grant date, subject to the level of achievement with
respect to the applicable performance targets. The values in columns (i)
and (j) are based on the Company's achievement of target performance during
2009 with respect to the performance metrics as compared against the
performance of the other companies in the A.M. Best U.S. Insurance Index.
(10) This RSU award was granted on March 11, 2010 and vests in three equal
annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant
date.
(11) This PSU award was granted on March 11, 2010 and vests on the third
anniversary of the grant date, subject to the level of achievement with
respect to the applicable performance targets. The values in columns (i)
and (j) are based on the Company's achievement of target performance during
2010 with respect to the performance metrics as compared against the
performance of other companies in the A.M. Best U.S. Insurance Index,
excluding those with revenues of less than $1 billion or that are not in
the health or insurance GICS codes.
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
The following table provides information regarding all of the SARs that were
exercised by the NEOs during 2010, and all of the shares of restricted stock
held by the NEOs that vested during 2010 on an aggregated basis.
OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
OPTION AWARDS STOCK AWARDS
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
SHARES VALUE SHARES VALUE
ACQUIRED ON REALIZED ON ACQUIRED ON REALIZED ON
NAME EXERCISE (#) EXERCISE ($) (1) EXERCISE (#) EXERCISE ($) (1)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts -- -- 500 15,685
224 7,217
370 12,173
3,914 136,990
6,169 202,960
Valerie H. Seasholtz -- -- 75 2,417
67 2,204
1,260 (2) 37,145 (2)
Tamrha V. Mangelsen -- -- 116 3,816
Paula M. Seguin -- -- 133 4,376
Manuel J. Becerra -- -- 212 6,831
191 6,284
1,331 43,790
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</Table>
(1) The value realized on exercise and/or vesting was determined using the
closing price of Assurant, Inc. Common Stock on the exercise or vesting
date (or prior trading day if the exercise or vesting date fell on a
weekend or holiday).
(2) This amount represents the value of an outstanding RSU award granted to Ms.
Seasholtz in 2009 that, in accordance with the terms of the applicable
award agreement, became fully vested in the year following the year of
grant because Ms. Seasholtz is eligible for retirement. Payouts in respect
of this award will continue in accordance with the standard three-year
vesting schedule, subject to full payout in the event of an actual
retirement from employment (in compliance with IRC Section 409A).
Accordingly, the amount of compensation actually realized upon a payout
will be based on the then-fair market value of Assurant's common stock and
may differ from the amount set forth above.
PENSION BENEFITS
The Parent maintains three defined benefit pension plans. Two are nonqualified
executive defined benefit pension plans, the Assurant Supplement Retirement Plan
(the "Assurant SERP") and the Assurant Executive Pension Plan. In addition, the
Parent maintains the Assurant Pension Plan, a broad-based, tax qualified,
defined benefit pension plan.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 103
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The table below describes each plan that provides for pension payments to the
NEOs.
PENSION BENEFITS TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
NUMBER OF PAYMENTS
YEARS OF PRESENT VALUE OF DURING
CREDITED ACCUMULATED LAST FISCAL
NAME PLAN NAME SERVICE (1) (#) BENEFIT ($) YEAR ($)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts Pension Plan 2 13,980 0
Executive Pension Plan 2 29,482 0
SERP 3.5 488,749 0
Valerie H. Seasholtz Pension Plan 34.58 1,224,736 0
Executive Pension Plan 34.58 N/A 0
SERP N/A N/A 0
Tamrha V. Mangelsen Pension Plan 13 69,458 0
Executive Pension Plan N/A N/A 0
SERP N/A N/A 0
Paula M. SeGuin Pension Plan 17 89,464 0
Executive Pension Plan N/A N/A 0
SERP N/A N/A 0
Manuel J. Becerra Pension Plan 20.25 214,943 0
Executive Pension Plan 20.25 323,482 0
SERP N/A N/A 0
</Table>
(1) None of the NEOs have more years of credited service under any of the plans
than actual years of service with the Company.
NARRATIVE TO THE PENSION BENEFITS TABLE
The following is a description of the plans and information reported in the
Pension Benefits Table.
THE ASSURANT PENSION PLAN
Eligible employees may generally participate in the Assurant Pension Plan on
January 1 or July 1 after completing one year of service with Assurant. Credited
service for determining a participant's benefit accrues after an employee begins
participating in the plan and has no limit. Eligible compensation under this
plan is subject to the applicable limit under Internal Revenue Code ("IRC")
Section 401(a)(17) (which was $245,000 for 2010). Each active plan participant
on December 31, 2000 was given the choice of continuing to have his or her
benefits calculated under the applicable prior plan formula or to have his or
her benefits determined under the current pension formula. Benefits for
employees joining (or rejoining) the plan after December 31, 2000 are determined
under the current pension formula. Ms. Seasholtz is covered under the prior plan
formula. Messrs. Roberts, Becerra and Ms. Mangelsen and SeGuin are covered under
the current plan formula.
Under the current plan formula, the lump sum value of the benefit is based on
the participant's accumulated annual accrual credits multiplied by their final
average earnings, but is not less than the present value of accrued benefits
under the prior plan formula. Final average earnings (for both the current and
prior plan formula) is defined as the highest average annual compensation for
five consecutive complete calendar years of employment during the ten
consecutive complete calendar years immediately prior to the participant's
termination of employment. As set forth below, annual accrual credits are
measured in percentages and increase as participants reach certain credited
service milestones.
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS OF SERVICE CREDIT
-------------------------------------------------------
Years 1 through 10 3%
Years 11 through 20 6%
Years 21 through 30 9%
Years over 30 12%
</Table>
Under the current plan formula, the present value of accumulated benefits at
December 31, 2010 is determined as the lump sum value of the benefit based on
the participant's accumulated annual accrual credits and final average earnings
(which is limited by IRC Section 401(a)(17)) at December 31, 2010, but is not
less than the present value of accrued benefits under the prior plan formula.
<Page>
104 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The prior plan formula is calculated by taking (a) 0.9% multiplied by final
average earnings up to Social Security covered compensation multiplied by years
of credited service (up to 35 years) plus (b) 1.3% multiplied by final average
earnings in excess of Social Security covered compensation multiplied by years
of credited service (up to 35 years) plus (c) 1.3% multiplied by final average
earnings multiplied by years of credited service in excess of 35. Under the
prior plan formula, the present value of accumulated benefits at December 31,
2010 is determined based on the accrued plan benefit at that date and assumes
the following: (1) the executives will retire from Assurant at age 65, (2) 35%
of executives will receive their payments in the form of a life annuity and 65%
of executives will receive their payments in the form of a 50% joint & survivor
annuity, and (3) the present value of annuity benefits is based on an interest
rate assumption of 5.44% and the RP 2000 generational mortality table (which is
the mortality table assumption from the plan's most recent financial statement
disclosure).
The normal retirement age for the Assurant Pension Plan is 65. Benefits are
actuarially reduced for any payment prior to age 65. A participant covered under
the prior plan formula generally can commence his or her benefit at age 55,
provided that he or she has accrued ten years of credited service, or elect to
commence benefits at age 65. Participants covered under the current plan formula
may immediately commence their benefit at termination of employment or they may
elect to defer the commencement up to age 65. A participant becomes 100% vested
in the benefits under the current plan formula after three years of vesting
service. If the participant elected to participate in the prior plan formula,
the benefits will become vested after five years of vesting service. All of the
NEOs are 100% vested. If the participant is married, the normal form of payment
is a 50% joint and survivor annuity. If the participant is not married, the
normal form of payment is a life annuity.
THE ASSURANT EXECUTIVE PENSION PLAN
Eligible employees may generally begin participating in the Assurant Executive
Pension Plan on January 1 or July 1 after completing one year of service with
the Company and when their eligible compensation exceeds the IRC Section
401(a)(17) compensation limit (which was $245,000 for 2010). For participants
who are covered under the prior plan formula, eligible compensation was capped
for 2010 at $385,000 and this cap is adjusted annually for inflation. Eligible
compensation for participants covered under the current plan formula is not
capped. With respect to the plan formula to determine benefits, the elections
made under the Assurant Pension Plan on December 31, 2000 also apply to the
Assurant Executive Pension Plan. Ms. Seasholtz is covered under the prior plan
formula. Messrs. Roberts, Becerra and Ms. Mangelsen and SeGuin are covered under
the current plan formula.
A participant's benefit under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan is equal to
the benefit he or she would have received under the Pension Plan at normal
retirement age (65), recognizing all eligible compensation (not subject to the
IRC limit) reduced by the benefit payable under the Pension Plan. The benefits
under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan are payable only in a lump sum
following termination of employment. Payments will be made following termination
of employment and are subject to the restrictions under IRC Section 409A.
Service covered under each of these formulas begins with participation in the
Assurant Executive Pension Plan and has no limit. A participant becomes vested
in the benefits under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan after three years of
service if the participant has elected to participate in the current plan
formula, and after five years of service if the participant has elected to
participate in the prior plan formula. All of the participating NEOs are
currently 100% vested in their Executive Pension Plan benefit.
The methodology for determining the present value of the accumulated benefits
under the Assurant Executive Pension Plan uses the same assumptions and
methodologies as the Assurant Pension Plan described above, except that benefits
calculated under the prior plan formula are paid as a lump sum rather than an
annuity. For current plan formula participants, the present value of accumulated
benefits at December 31, 2010 is determined as the lump sum value of the benefit
based on the participant's accumulated annual accrual credits and unlimited
final average earnings as of December 31, 2010 offset by the Assurant Pension
Plan benefits. For prior plan benefits, the present value of accumulated
benefits at December 31, 2010 is based on the benefit produced under the prior
plan formula converted to a lump sum payment (1) at the plan's normal retirement
age of 65.
------------
(1) The lump sum conversion basis at retirement consists of the greater of an
interest rate of 4.25% and the 1994 Group Annuity Mortality Table and a
blend of segmented high-quality corporate bond rates and 30 year treasury
rates using the mortality required by IRC Section 417(e), as updated by the
Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the "PPA"). Accordingly, the lump sum
values shown are based on an interest rate of 4.25%. The present value of
the lump sum payment is determined using a pre-retirement interest rate of
5.11%.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 105
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ASSURANT SERP
To participate in the Assurant SERP, an executive is nominated by the Parent and
approved by the Parent Compensation Committee. Under the Assurant SERP, when a
participant terminates employment, he or she is entitled to a benefit equal to a
"Target Benefit" that is offset by the participant's benefit payable from the
Pension Plan, the Assurant Executive Pension Plan and the participant's
estimated Social Security benefit. The Target Benefit is equal to 50% of the
participant's eligible compensation multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.0,
whose numerator is equal to the number of months of credited service at
termination, and whose denominator is equal to 240. After 20 years of credited
service and turning age 60 or 62, as applicable, a participant will earn a full
50% benefit under the Assurant SERP payable as a life annuity. Generally,
credited service is based on the participant's years of service with the
Company. If a participant was formerly employed by an acquired company, then
service with that company may be recognized under the Assurant SERP at the
discretion of the Parent Compensation Committee. In 2006, based on a study of
the market practice, the Parent Compensation Committee approved a change to the
normal retirement age from age 60 to age 62. This change is effective only for
participants joining the Assurant SERP during 2007 or later. Since Mr. Roberts
was approved for participation in the Assurant SERP after January 1, 2007, the
change in normal retirement age applies to him. For participants who join the
Assurant SERP on or after January 1, 2010, the normal retirement age has been
increased to 65. A participant commences vesting in the Assurant SERP on the
second anniversary of participation and continues to vest at the rate of 3% for
each month of employment thereafter with the Company.
For benefits earned and vested as of December 31, 2004, the participant may
commence his or her vested SERP benefit at any time following termination and
the default form of payment under the Assurant SERP is a single lump sum payment
that is the actuarial equivalent of the Assurant SERP benefit payable as a life
annuity (but a participant may elect a different form of benefit). For benefits
earned or vested after December 31, 2004, the only form of payment available
under the Assurant SERP is a single lump payment that is the actuarial
equivalent of the Assurant SERP benefit payable as a life annuity.
Mr. Roberts is 0% vested in his SERP benefit and has not attained normal
retirement age as of December 31, 2010; therefore, if he had terminated
employment on or prior to that date, his SERP benefit would have been
actuarially reduced to his age.
The present value of the accumulated benefits at December 31, 2010 was
determined based on the December 31, 2010 accrued benefit using the base salary,
target ESTIP award and credited service at December 31, 2010. The present value
of the accumulated benefits at December 31, 2010 is determined assuming the
following: (1) the executives will retire from the Company at the plan's normal
retirement age; (2) the executives will receive their benefits in accordance
with their current form of payment elections; and (3) the present value of
single lump sum benefits is determined using an interest rate of 5.11% to the
retirement date and a lump sum conversion factor (2) at retirement.
NUMBER OF YEARS OF CREDITED SERVICE
The number of years of credited service varies between plans for the following
reasons. Eligibility for the Pension Plan and Executive Pension Plan is based on
a one year waiting period from date of hire and results in the same amount of
credited service under both plans. Eligibility under the Assurant SERP generally
recognizes all service with the Company; however, if a participant was formerly
employed by an acquired company, then service with that company may or may not
be recognized under the Assurant SERP at the discretion of the Parent
Compensation Committee. Mr. Roberts has prior service that was not recognized.
For purposes of determining the amount of benefits payable under the Assurant
SERP, credited service is capped at 20 years.
NONQUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND OTHER NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
PLANS
The table below sets forth, for each NEO, information with respect to each
defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of
compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified. The Parent currently
maintains the Amended and Restated Assurant Deferred Compensation Plan (the "ADC
Plan"), which provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not
tax-qualified. The Assurant Investment Plan (the "AIP") was frozen in December
2004. The Assurant Executive 401(k) Plan (the "Executive 401(k) Plan") is a
nonqualified defined contribution plan. Ms. Mangelsen, Ms. SeGuin, and Ms.
Seasholtz do not participate in any of these plans.
------------
(2) The lump sum values shown for Mr. Roberts is based on December monthly bond
segment rates of 1.98% for years 0-5, 5.23% for years 5-20 and 6.52% for
years 20+. The mortality is based on the IRC Section 417(e) mortality
prescribed by the PPA.
<Page>
106 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NONQUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND OTHER NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED
COMPENSATION PLANS TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
EXECUTIVE REGISTRANT
CONTRIBUTIONS IN CONTRIBUTIONS IN
LAST FY LAST FY (1), (2)
NAME ($) ($)
(A) PLAN (B) (C)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts ADC Plan 0 0 (3)
AIP 0 (4) 0 (4)
Executive 401(k) 0 (4) 29,330
TOTAL 0 29,330
--- -------
Manuel J. Becerra ADC Plan 0 0 (3)
AIP 0 (4) 0 (4)
Executive 401(k) 0 (4) 20,354
TOTAL 0 20,354
--- -------
<Caption>
AGGREGATE AGGREGATE AGGREGATE
EARNINGS IN WITHDRAWALS/ BALANCE AT LAST
LAST FY (1) DISTRIBUTIONS FYE (1)
NAME ($) ($) ($)
(A) (D) (E) (F)
---------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts 0 0 0
0 0 0
33,982 0 242,822
33,982 0 242,822
------- ------- ----------
Manuel J. Becerra 37 81,180 335,064
17,580 0 761,216
132 0 235,165
17,749 81,180 1,331,445
------- ------- ----------
</Table>
(1) The amounts in column (c) were reported as compensation in the last
completed fiscal year in the "All Other Compensation" column of the Summary
Compensation Table as follows: for Mr. Roberts, $29,330 of Company
contributions to the Executive 401(k); and for Mr. Becerra, $20,354 of
Company contributions to the Executive 401(k).
The NEOs' Aggregate Earnings in the last fiscal year reported in column (d)
with respect to the ADC Plan, and AIP, as applicable, represent the
notional capital gains or losses on investments in publicly available
mutual funds, interest and dividends held in the plans during 2010. The
Company does not provide any preferential or above market earnings or
contributions. These earnings are not reported in any column of the Summary
Compensation Table. With respect to the Executive 401(k), the aggregate
earnings represent capital gains or losses, interest and dividends on the
aggregate balance during 2010. Similarly, the Company does not provide any
above market or preferential earnings and these earnings are not reported
in the Summary Compensation Table.
For the AIP, no contributions could have been made during the fiscal year
2010 since the Plan has been frozen since December 2004.
(2) The Executive 401(k) amounts reported in this column reflect the Company
contribution to the Executive 401(k) Plan (7% of eligible compensation in
excess of the limit under IRC Section 401(a)(17)) that was made in February
2011.
(3) The Company does not currently make any contributions to the ADC Plan.
(4) Since the AIP Plan has been frozen since December 2004, no contributions
could have been made during fiscal year 2010. The Executive 401(k) Plan
does not provide for participant contributions.
NARRATIVE TO THE NONQUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND OTHER NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS TABLE
The following is a description of the plans and information reported in the
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans Table.
THE ADC PLAN
Participation in the ADC Plan is restricted to a select group of management or
highly compensated employees of Assurant. Under the terms of the ADC Plan,
deferral elections can be made once a year with respect to base salary,
incentive payments or (with respect to the Board of Directors) director fees to
be earned in the following year. Benefits under the ADC Plan are notionally
invested in accordance with participant elections among various publicly
available mutual funds and deferred amounts and any notional earnings or losses
are credited to a deemed investment account. Currently, Assurant does not
provide any above market earnings or preferential earnings to the participants.
Each deferral must remain in the plan for at least one full calendar year, until
July 1 of the following year or until the earlier of termination, disability or
death. Deferrals cannot be changed or revoked during the plan year, except as
permitted by applicable law. Upon voluntary or involuntary termination
(including retirement) or disability, participants can withdraw their account
balances from the ADC Plan in a lump sum or in annual installments over five,
ten or fifteen years or other agreed upon installment schedule between the
participant and the administrator As a result of IRC Section 409A, certain key
employees (including the NEOs) are subject to a six-month waiting period for
distributions following termination.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 107
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE AIP
Prior to the establishment of the ADC Plan in 2005, eligible employees were able
to participate in the AIP. The AIP provided key employees the ability to
exchange a portion of their compensation for options to purchase certain
publicly available mutual funds. Assurant did not provide any above market
earnings or preferential earnings to the participants. The AIP was frozen in
December 2004. Since then, participants have been able to withdraw from the AIP
and have the ability to change their investment elections but any new deferrals
of compensation have been made through the ADC Plan.
THE EXECUTIVE 401(K) PLAN
Eligible employees may generally participate in this plan after completing one
year of service with the Company and when their eligible compensation exceeds
the compensation limit under the IRC. The Parent makes an annual contribution
for each participant in this plan equal to 7% of eligible compensation in excess
of the IRC limit (which was $245,000 for 2010). The participant must be employed
on the last regularly scheduled work day of the year in order to receive the
contribution unless the participant retires, becomes totally disabled, dies or
his or her employment is terminated in the fourth quarter of the year as a
result of a reduction in work force. The participants select among various
publicly available mutual funds in which the contributions are deemed to be
invested on a tax deferred basis. These notional contributions are credited with
notional earnings and losses based on the performance of the mutual funds.
Currently, Assurant does not provide any above market earnings or preferential
earnings to the participants. For the NEOs, eligibility for retirement under the
Executive 401(k) Plan is based upon reaching age 55 and completing ten years of
service. Please see footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table above, for
quantification of Company contributions to the Executive 401(k) Plan in 2009.
The benefits under the Executive 401(k) Plan are payable only in a lump sum
following termination of employment. Payments made following termination of
employment are subject to the restrictions of IRC Section 409A. A participant
becomes vested in the benefits under the Executive 401(k) Plan after three years
of service. Messrs. Becerra and Roberts are currently 100% vested in their
Executive 401(k) Plan benefit.
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL
The following section sets forth for each NEO, an estimate of potential payments
the NEO would have received at, following, or in connection with termination of
employment under the circumstances enumerated below on December 31, 2010.
POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL TABLE
<Table>
<Caption>
PAYOUT IF PAYOUT IF
TERMINATES TERMINATES PAYOUT IF
VOLUNTARILY VOLUNTARILY TERMINATED
12/31/10 12/31/10 INVOLUNTARILY
(NOT RETIREMENT) (1) (RETIREMENT) (1) 12/31/10 (2)
NAME (A) (B) (C)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN S. ROBERTS
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- -- $917,662
Executive Pension Plan (5) $29,482 -- $29,482
SERP (6) -- -- --
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) 242,822 -- 242,822
Severance (8) -- -- --
-------- ------- ---------
TOTAL $272,304 $ -- $1,189,966
-------- ------- ---------
VALERIE H. SEASHOLTZ
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- $80,892 $59,937
Executive Pension Plan (5) -- -- --
SERP (6) -- -- --
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) -- -- --
Severance (8) -- -- --
-------- ------- ---------
TOTAL $ -- $80,892 $59,937
-------- ------- ---------
MANUEL J. BECERRA
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- -- $202,114
Executive Pension Plan (5) 323,482 -- $323,482
SERP (6) -- -- --
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) 235,165 -- $235,165
Severance (8) -- -- --
-------- ------- ---------
TOTAL $558,647 $ -- $760,761
-------- ------- ---------
<Caption>
PAYOUT IF PAYOUT IF
TERMINATED UPON PAYOUT IF TERMINATED UPON
CHANGE OF TERMINATED UPON DISABILITY
CONTROL 12/31/10 (3) DEATH 12/31/10 12/31/10
NAME (D) (E) (F)
-------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------
JOHN S. ROBERTS
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- $958,416 $958,416
Executive Pension Plan (5) -- $29,482 $29,482
SERP (6) -- $525,691 $525,691
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) -- 242,822 $242,822
Severance (8) -- -- --
----- --------- ---------
TOTAL $ -- $1,756,412 $1,756,412
----- --------- ---------
VALERIE H. SEASHOLTZ
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- $61,979 $61,979
Executive Pension Plan (5) -- -- --
SERP (6) -- -- --
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) -- -- --
Severance (8) -- -- --
----- --------- ---------
TOTAL $ -- $61,979 $61,979
----- --------- ---------
MANUEL J. BECERRA
STIP Award -- -- --
Long-Term Equity Awards (4) -- $207,738 $207,738
Executive Pension Plan (5) -- $323,482 $323,482
SERP (6) -- -- --
Executive 401(k) Plan (7) -- $235,165 $235,165
Severance (8) -- -- --
----- --------- ---------
TOTAL $ -- $766,385 $766,385
----- --------- ---------
</Table>
(1) As of December 31, 2010, Ms. Seasholtz met the requirements for retirement
eligibility (age 55 with 10 years of service). Accordingly, if Ms.
Seasholtz were to terminate voluntarily, it would be considered a
retirement and column (a) "Payout if Terminated Voluntarily (Not
Retirement)" would not apply. Since none of the other NEOs qualify for
retirement, the column entitled "Payout if Terminated Voluntarily
(Retirement)" does not apply to them.
<Page>
108 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) The values in this column reflect involuntary termination for reasons other
than for cause. In the event of involuntary termination for cause, the same
amounts would be payable except (1) the NEOs would not receive a SERP
payment and (2) the NEOs would not receive a pro-rata vesting with respect
to their ALTEIP grants.
(3) A sale of Union Security would not trigger any payments for the NEOs under
their respective Change of Control Employment Agreements.
(4) These amounts assume accelerated vesting and/or exercise of all or a
portion of unvested equity awards on December 31, 2010 based on the closing
stock price of $38.52. These amounts also reflect pro-rata vesting in the
event of death, disability or an involuntary termination for reasons other
than cause. PSU amounts are computed based on the achievement of target
level performance for each award.
(5) Executive Pension Plan benefits are payable only as a lump sum payment and
as soon as administratively feasible following termination (in compliance
with IRC Section 409A).
(6) SERP payments are all shown as the present value of the retirement benefit.
(7) This amount includes the Parent contribution to the Executive 401(k) Plan
which was made in February 2011 because that amount would have been payable
to an NEO if he or she terminated on December 31, 2010.
(8) Although no agreements exist with respect to the exact severance amounts an
NEO would receive upon voluntary termination (retirement) or involuntary
termination, the Parent may consider paying discretionary severance amounts
(including a welfare benefit lump sum and costs of outplacement services)
depending on the facts and circumstances of the NEO's termination.
NARRATIVE TO THE POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL TABLE
The following is a description of the information reported in the Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control Table, including the material
terms of the Change of Control Agreements and the methodology and material
assumptions made in calculating the Executive Pension Plan and SERP benefits
payable in the event of disability or death. The material terms of the Executive
Pension Plan and the SERP are described in the section entitled "Narrative to
the Pension Benefits Table". The material terms of the ADC Plan and the
Executive 401(k) Plan are described in the section entitled "Narrative to the
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
Plans Table". Additional information on the ALTEIP is described in the CD&A and
the section entitled "Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of
Plan-Based Awards Table".
Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin (who are not listed in the table) would have only
received payments in the event of involuntary termination not for cause or due
to death or disability on December 31, 2010. In each case, Ms. Mangelsen would
have received $16,641 and Ms. SeGuin would have received $19,067. Additionally,
under an annual incentive program policy, each of Ms. Mangelsen and Ms. SeGuin
would have also received an annual incentive award on March 15, 2010 based on
full-year 2010 results in the case of involuntarily termination not for cause or
due to death. For more information, including the amount of their annual
incentive awards, please see the CD&A.
TREATMENT OF ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS
Under the ESTIP (which applied to Mr. Roberts), if a participant's employment is
terminated during a performance period due to disability or death, the Committee
may grant the participant an award in any amount the Committee deems
appropriate. If a participant's employment is terminated during a performance
period due to retirement, any award for that participant will be subject to the
maximum limits under the ESTIP (participant's allocated portion of 5% of the
Parent Company's net income as defined under the ESTIP), based on the amount of
the Parent Company's net income for the full performance period. If a
participant's employment terminates for any other reason, any award paid to that
participant will be subject to the maximum limits described above, pro-rated to
reflect the number of days in the performance period that the participant was
employed. Upon a change of control of the Parent Company, each participant will
be paid an amount based on the level of achievement of the performance goals as
determined by the Committee no later than the date of the change of control.
ACCELERATED AND PRO-RATED VESTING OF EQUITY AWARDS
Upon a termination due to death or disability, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and
PSUs vest on a pro-rata basis (subject, in the case of PSUs, to the level of
performance achieved). Pro-rata vesting upon retirement is discretionary for
restricted stock and SAR awards. RSUs and PSUs vest in full upon retirement
(subject, in the case of PSUs, to the level of performance achieved), except for
grants made in the year of retirement, which are forfeited. RSUs and PSUs vest
on a pro-rata basis upon an involuntary termination without cause (subject, in
the case of PSUs, to the level of performance achieved), and are forfeited upon
a voluntary termination. Unvested SARs and restricted stock are forfeited in the
event of a voluntary or involuntary termination. In the event of a change of
control of the Company, awards under the ALTEIP would be prorated based on
treatment as an involuntary termination.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 109
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE SERP
Mr. Roberts is 0% vested in SERP benefit. Mr. Roberts had not attained normal
retirement age under the SERP as of December 31, 2010; therefore, if he had
terminated employment, his SERP benefit would have been actuarially reduced to
his age.
If there is a change of control with respect to the Parent Company or applicable
operating segment, and within two years after the change of control a
participant's employment is terminated without cause or the participant
terminates employment for good reason (as defined in the SERP), then (1) the
participant will become 100% vested in his or her SERP benefit; (2) the
participant will be credited with 36 additional months of service for purposes
of computing his or her target benefit; (3) the actuarial reduction for
commencement of the SERP benefit prior to normal retirement age will be
calculated as though the participant was 36 months older than his or her actual
age; and (4) the participant may receive his or her SERP benefit following a
change of control at a time and in an optional form that is different than the
time and optional form that he or she would receive under circumstances not
related to a change of control. This election may not be changed within one year
prior to the participant's termination date. In the event of a termination of
employment other than described above, the following applies: (i) a participant
will automatically become 100% vested in his or her SERP benefit in the event of
death or disability, (ii) a participant will forfeit any remaining benefit in
the event he or she is terminated for cause or commits a material breach of
certain covenants regarding non-competition, confidentiality, non-solicitation
of employees or non-solicitation of customers.
Mr. Roberts does not have a grandfathered benefit earned and vested as of
December 31, 2004. For Mr. Roberts, as of January 1, 2008, for benefits earned
and vested after December 31, 2004, the only form of payment available under the
SERP is a single lump payment that is the actuarial equivalent of the SERP
benefit payable as a life annuity.
THE EXECUTIVE 401(K) PLAN
The benefits under the Executive 401(k) Plan are payable only in a lump sum
following termination of employment. Payments made following termination of
employment are subject to the restrictions of IRC Section 409A.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENTS
Assurant, Inc. is a party to a COC Agreement with Messrs. Roberts and Becerra.
The COC Agreements generally provide that if, during the two-year period
following a change of control (as defined in the COC Agreements), the
executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause (as
defined in the COC Agreements) or disability (as defined in the COC Agreements),
or by the executive for good reason (as defined in the COC Agreements), the
executive would be entitled to receive, subject to the executive's execution of
a release of claims, within 60 days of the termination (or such later date that
may be required by tax laws governing deferred compensation), a payment equal to
0.5 times the target annual ESTIP or short term incentive program ("STIP") award
for the year in which the date of termination occurs, an amount of cash
severance equal to two (in the case of Mr. Becerra) or three (in the case of Mr.
Roberts) times the sum of the executive's annual base salary plus target STIP or
ESTIP award, continued welfare benefits for the 18-month period following the
date of termination, and outplacement benefits.
TERMINATION IN ANTICIPATION OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL. If an executive's employment
is terminated by Assurant without cause or by the executive for good reason
prior to the date on which a change of control occurs, and if it is reasonably
demonstrated by the executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the
request of a third party that has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a
change of control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of
a change of control, then the executive will be entitled to the severance and
other benefits described above.
FUNDING OF SEVERANCE PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS. Within five business days of the
executive's date of termination after a change of control, Assurant must
establish and fund a trust in an amount of cash equal to the amount of the
severance payments to which the executive is entitled.
DEFINITION OF "CHANGE OF CONTROL". For purposes of the agreements, change of
control is defined to mean:
a change in a majority of the Assurant's Board of Directors (the "Incumbent
Board") excluding any persons approved by a vote of at least a majority of
the Incumbent Board other than in connection with an actual or threatened
proxy contest;
an acquisition by an individual, entity or a group of 30% or more of the
Assurant's Common Stock or voting securities (excluding an acquisition
directly from Assurant, by Assurant, by an employee benefit plan of Assurant
or pursuant to a transaction described immediately below);
<Page>
110 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction, or sale of
all or substantially all of Assurant's assets other than a business
combination in which all or substantially all of the stockholders of
Assurant receive 60% or more of the stock of the company resulting from the
business combination, at least a majority of the board of directors of the
resulting corporation were members of the Incumbent Board, and after which
no person owns 30% or more of the stock of the resulting corporation, who
did not own such stock immediately before the business combination;
stockholder approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Assurant;
or
for the NEOs who are officers of an operating division of Assurant only
(Messrs. Roberts and Becerra), the sale or other disposition of the
companies, assets or businesses comprising the division having (A) book
value equal to at least 70% of the book value of the aggregate consolidated
assets of the division immediately prior to such sale or disposition; or (B)
market value equal to at least 70% of the market value of the aggregate
consolidated assets of the division immediately prior to such sale or
disposition; provided, that neither an initial public offering of some or
all of the division nor a spin-off to Assurant's stockholders of some or all
of the companies or business divisions comprising the division (or a
transaction having a similar effect) shall constitute a change of control.
A sale or other disposition of the Company would not trigger the COC
agreements of Messrs. Roberts or Becerra.
NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION. Under the COC Agreements, executives may
not engage in activity competitive with Assurant (including as an employee or
officer of a competitor) or solicit customers of Assurant during the period
beginning on January 1, 2009 and expiring on the date of a change of control. If
the executive's employment is terminated before a change of control occurs, the
length of the applicable non-competition period varies based on the type of
termination. Specifically, if the executive's employment is terminated by
Assurant for cause or by the executive without good reason, the non-competition
period will expire six months after the date of termination. If the executive's
employment is terminated by Assurant without cause or by the executive for good
reason, the non-competition period will expire on the date of termination.
Executives also may not employ or offer to employ officers or employees of
Assurant or any of its subsidiaries during the period beginning on January 1,
2009 and ending one year after the date of termination of the executive's
employment.
AMOUNTS PREVIOUSLY EARNED AND PAYABLE REGARDLESS OF TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF
CONTROL
The amounts reflected in the Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of
Control Table show payments that the NEOs could only receive in the event of
termination or change of control. The amounts reflected below were earned in
previous years and were already available to the NEOs through withdrawal or
exercise regardless of termination or change of control. These amounts include
vested and unexercised SARs and deferred compensation balances held in the AIP
and/or ADC Plan. The vested and unexercised SARs amounts below assume a vesting
date of December 31, 2010, an exercise date of December 31, 2010 and a base
price of $38.52.
The following amounts would have been available on December 31, 2010 for
withdrawal or exercise by the NEOs regardless of termination or change of
control: for Mr. Roberts, $57,103 in vested and unexercised SARs; for Mr.
Becerra, $148,196 in vested and unexercised SARs, $335,064 from the ADC Plan and
$761,216 from the AIP; and for Ms. Seasholtz, $55,820 in vested and unexercised
SARs.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the cash and other compensation earned by (or
accrued to) the members of the Board of Directors of the Company for all
services in all capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2010
<Table>
<Caption>
FEES
EARNED OR NON-EQUITY
PAID IN STOCK OPTION INCENTIVE PLAN
CASH AWARDS AWARDS COMPENSATION
NAME ($) ($) ($) ($)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allen Freedman 4,000 -- -- --
Esther Nelson 2,500 -- -- --
Dale Gardner (2) 3,006 -- -- --
H. Carroll Mackin 4,000 -- -- --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Caption>
CHANGE IN
PENSION VALUE
AND
NONQUALIFIED
DEFERRED ALL OTHER
COMPENSATION COMPENSATION TOTAL
NAME EARNINGS ($) ($) (1)
(A) (F) (G) (H)
------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
Allen Freedman -- -- 4,000
Esther Nelson -- -- 2,500
Dale Gardner (2) -- -- 3,006
H. Carroll Mackin -- -- 4,000
-------------------
</Table>
(1) The amounts reported in this column reflect the dollar amount
recognized for financial statement purposes for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2010.
(2) Dale Gardner served as a director until his retirement effective May
7, 2010.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 111
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NARRATIVE TO THE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE
The table above reflects payments made to independent outside directors of the
Company. Messrs. Roberts, Becerra and Kryshak, Ms. Hall, Ms. Seasholtz and Ms.
SeGuin, who were employees of Assurant during 2010 and served as directors of
the Company during 2010, received no additional compensation for their service
as directors.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
Section 1202 of the New York Insurance Law requires the Company to establish a
Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors whose function is to evaluate
the performance of officers deemed to be principal officers of the Company and
to recommend the selection and compensation of such principal officers. The
Company's Nominating, Audit and Compensation Committee (the "Committee") serves
this function and is comprised of Messrs. Freedman, Kryshak and Mackin and Ms.
Nelson. The Committee evaluates the performance and recommends the selection and
compensation of the Company's Chief Administrative Officer (principal officer),
Ms. SeGuin.
Compensation decisions regarding the other executive officers of the Company are
made either by the Compensation Committee of the Assurant, Inc. Board of
Directors, by members of the Assurant, Inc. Management Committee, or by one or
more members of senior management of Assurant, Inc. or the respective division
of Assurant where such executive officer is located.
Mr. Freedman, who serves on the Committee, was previously President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company from 1995 to 1997.
No executive officer of the Company served as a member of the compensation
committee (or other board committee performing similar functions) of another
entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Committee or as a director
of the Company. No executive officer of the Company served as a director of
another entity, one of whose executive officers served on the Committee.
No member of the Committee had any relationship pursuant to which disclosure
would be required under applicable rules of the SEC pertaining to the disclosure
of transactions with related persons.
(M) SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL HOLDERS
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York is a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Assurant, Inc. and does not have any other voting securities held by any
entity or individual other than Assurant, Inc.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT
The following table provides information concerning the beneficial ownership of
Common Stock as of December 31, 2010 by Union Security Life Insurance Company of
New York's parent company, Assurant, Inc.'s Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, and each of Assurant, Inc.'s other three most highly
compensated executive officers, each director, and all executive officers and
directors as a group. As of December 31, 2010, Assurant, Inc. had 102,059,035
outstanding shares of Common Stock. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons
listed below have sole voting power and dispositive power with respect to their
shares, except to the extent that authority is shared by their spouses, and have
record and beneficial ownership of their shares.
<Table>
<Caption>
SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OWNED PERCENTAGE
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER BENEFICIALLY (1) OF CLASS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Roberts 20,115 *
Valerie H. Seasholtz 6,032 *
Manuel J. Becerra 8,333 *
Paula M. Seguin 368 *
Tamrha V. Mangelsen 1,468 *
Terry J. Kryshak 6,438 *
Melissa J. T. Hall 11,094 *
Allen R. Freedman 18,307 *
H. Carroll Mackin 19,307 *
Esther L. Nelson 0 *
All directors and executive officers 91,462 *
as a group (10 persons)
</Table>
* Less than one percent of class.
(1) (a) Includes: for Ms. Mangelsen, 879 shares of Common Stock, and
for all directors and executive officers as a group, 879
shares of Common Stock held through the Assurant 401(k) Plan
as of December 31, 2010.
<Page>
112 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<Table>
(b) Includes: for Mr. Roberts, 4,798 shares of restricted stock; for Ms. Mangelsen, 0 shares
of restricted stock; for Mr. Becerra, 194 shares of restricted stock; for Ms. SeGuin, 0
shares of restricted stock; for Ms. Seasholtz, 70 shares of restricted stock; for Mr.
Kryshak, 155 shares of restricted stock; for Ms. Hall, 180 shares of restricted stock;
and for all executive officers and directors as a group, 5,397 shares of restricted
stock awarded under the Assurant, Inc. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(c) Includes: 3,124 shares of Common Stock subject to a five-year holding period commencing
on the applicable grant date awarded to each of Messrs. Freedman and Mackin under the
Directors Compensation Plan. The directors as a group hold a total of 6,248 shares of
Common Stock subject to a five-year holding period commencing on the applicable grant
date.
(d) Includes restricted stock units ("RSUs") that that will vest and/or become payable on or
within 60 days of December 31, 2010 in exchange for the following amounts of Common
Stock as of December 31, 2010: for Mr. Kryshak, 1,519 shares, all of which are issuable
upon a retirement; for Ms. Seasholtz, 1,626 shares, all of which are issuable upon a
retirement. RSUs that will vest on or within 60 days of December 31, 2010 in exchange
for shares of Common Stock, for all directors and executive officers as a group, totaled
3,145 shares.
(e) Includes vested and unexercised stock appreciation rights ("SARs") that could have been
exercised on or within 60 days of December 31, 2010 in exchange for the following
amounts of Common Stock as of December 31, 2010: for Mr. Roberts, 1,483 shares; for Ms.
Mangelsen, 0 shares; for Mr. Becerra, 3,848 shares; for Ms. SeGuin, 0 shares; for Ms.
Seasholtz, 1,450 shares; for Mr. Kryshak, 2,634 shares; for Ms. Hall, 0 shares; for Mr.
Freedman, 683 shares, for Mr. Mackin 683 shares. Vested and unexercised SARs that could
have been exercised on or within 60 days of December 31, 2010 in exchange for amounts of
Common Stock, for all directors and executive officers as a group, totaled 10,781
shares.
</Table>
(N) TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent and therefore received
various ordinary course services from the Parent during 2010. These services
included assistance in benefit plan administration, corporate insurance,
accounting, tax, auditing, investment, information systems, actuarial and other
administrative functions. The fees paid by the Company to the Parent for these
services during 2010 totaled $11,895,000. Administrative expenses allocated for
the Company may be greater or less than the expenses that would be incurred if
the Company were operating as a separate company.
REVIEW, APPROVAL OR RATIFICATION OF TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS
The Parent has adopted the Assurant, Inc. Related Person Transaction Policy in
order to provide written guidelines on the review, approval and monitoring of
transactions involving related persons (directors and executive officers or
their immediate family members, or stockholders owning five percent or greater
of the Parent's outstanding common stock). The policy covers any related person
transaction that meets the minimum threshold for disclosure under the relevant
SEC rules (generally, transactions involving amounts exceeding $120,000 in which
a related person has a direct or indirect material interest).
POLICY:
Related person transactions must be approved by the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee of the Parent's Board of Directors (the "Nominating
Committee"), which will approve the transaction only if it determines that
the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests of
the Company and its stockholders. In determining whether to approve or
ratify a transaction, the Nominating Committee will take into account, among
other factors it deems appropriate: (1) the benefits to the Company; (2) the
extent of the related person's interest in the transaction, including the
related person's position(s) or relationship(s) with, or ownership in, the
entity that is a party to, or has an interest in, the transaction; (3) the
impact on a director's independence if the related person is a director, an
immediate family member of a director or an entity in which the director is
a partner, stockholder or executive officer; and (4) whether the transaction
is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unrelated
third-party under similar circumstances.
If a related person transaction will be ongoing, the Nominating Committee
may establish guidelines for management to follow in its ongoing dealings
with the related person. Thereafter, the Nominating Committee, on at least
an annual basis, will review and assess the ongoing relationship with the
related person to see that it remains appropriate.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 113
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROCEDURES:
Prior to entering into a transaction, related persons must notify the
Parent's law department of any potential related person transaction, as
required by the Parent's Code of Ethics, and must provide all relevant facts
and circumstances of the proposed transaction. In addition, the law
department will periodically obtain information on proposed related person
transactions through various sources.
If the law department determines that the proposed transaction involves a
related person and an amount in excess of $120,000, the proposed transaction
will be submitted to the Nominating Committee for consideration at its next
meeting. In those instances where the law department determines that it is
not practicable or desirable to wait until the next Nominating Committee
meeting, the Nominating Committee will call a special meeting to consider
proposed transaction.
The Nominating Committee will review the facts of all related person
transactions that require approval and either approve or disapprove the
entry into the transaction. If advance approval is not feasible, then the
transaction will be considered and, if the Nominating Committee determines
it to be appropriate, ratified at its next meeting.
No director will participate in any discussion or approval of a transaction
in which he or she is a related person.
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
We are not a listed issuer and therefore are not subject to the listing
requirements of any national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation
system. As a New York domiciled insurance company, we are subject to certain
independence requirements under Section 1202 of the New York Insurance Law
("Section 1202"). Under Section 1202, our Board is required to have at least
seven directors. Additionally one-third of the total directors must not be
officers or employees of the Company or any entity controlling or under common
control with the Company. The Company currently has eight directors. Four
directors (Messrs. Freedman, Kryshek and Mackin and Ms. Nelson) are not officers
or employees of the Company, the Parent or any affiliates, and therefore meet
the independence requirements under Section 1202.
<Page>
114 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
SCHEDULE I -- SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
OTHER-THAN-INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR AMOUNT AT
AMORTIZED FAIR WHICH SHOWN IN
COST VALUE BALANCE SHEET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and government agencies
and authorities $980 $1,108 $1,108
States, municipalities and political subdivisions 23,486 24,972 24,972
Foreign governments 758 862 862
Asset-backed 100 105 105
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 4,916 4,916
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 7,250 7,250
Corporate 80,775 85,186 85,186
----------- ----------- -----------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES 118,003 124,399 124,399
----------- ----------- -----------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,607 7,802 7,802
----------- ----------- -----------
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate, at
amortized cost 26,268 27,459 26,268
Policy loans 142 142 142
Short-term investments 165 165 165
Other investments 1,001 1,001 1,001
----------- ----------- -----------
TOTAL INVESTMENTS $153,186 $160,968 $159,777
----------- ----------- -----------
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 115
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 & 2008
SCHEDULE III -- SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
<Table>
<Caption>
FUTURE
DEFERRED POLICY CLAIMS AND
ACQUISITION BENEFITS AND UNEARNED BENEFITS PREMIUM
COST EXPENSES PREMIUMS PAYABLE REVENUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010 $461 $114,393 $5,539 $124,115 $38,641
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
2009 $595 $72,713 $9,391 $131,243 $42,841
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
2008 $923 $52,837 $9,791 $141,692 $64,853
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
<Caption>
BENEFITS AMORTIZATION
CLAIMS, LOSSES OF DEFERRED
NET AND POLICY OTHER*
INVESTMENT SETTLEMENT ACQUISITION OPERATING
INCOME EXPENSES COSTS EXPENSES
---------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
2010 $7,891 $20,445 $831 $13,751
------ ------- ------ -------
2009 $8,161 $25,993 $986 $12,860
------ ------- ------ -------
2008 $8,810 $39,627 $1,444 $17,146
------ ------- ------ -------
</Table>
* Includes underwriting, general and administrative expenses and goodwill
impairment.
<Page>
116 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $1,975,303 $232,377 $ -- $1,742,926 --
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $9,979 $3,195 $ -- $6,784 --
Accident and health insurance 35,072 11,942 8,727 31,857 27.4%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $45,051 $15,137 $8,727 $38,641 22.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $6,182 $3,868 $ -- $2,314 --
Accident and health insurance 67,591 56,388 6,928 18,131 38.2%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $73,773 $60,256 $6,928 $20,445 33.9%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 117
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $2,592,928 $461,081 $ -- $2,131,847 --
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $11,785 $3,940 $ -- $7,845 --
Accident and health insurance 43,102 17,409 9,303 34,996 26.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $54,887 $21,349 $9,303 $42,841 21.7%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $10,057 $4,737 $ -- $5,320 --
Accident and health insurance 48,720 34,440 6,393 20,673 30.9%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $58,777 $39,177 $6,393 $25,993 24.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
</Table>
<Page>
118 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $3,413,779 $591,163 $ -- $2,822,616 --
---------- -------- ------- ----------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $16,192 $5,781 $ -- $10,411 --
Accident and health insurance 51,050 21,628 25,020 54,442 46.0%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $67,242 $27,409 $25,020 $64,853 38.6%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $14,232 $7,574 $ -- $6,658 --
Accident and health insurance 29,227 17,434 21,176 32,969 64.2%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $43,459 $25,008 $21,176 $39,627 53.4%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 119
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
SCHEDULE V -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<Table>
<Caption>
ADDITIONS
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF COSTS AND TO OTHER END OF
YEAR EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS YEAR
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $145 $15 $ -- $ -- $160
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real 355 147 -- -- 502
estate
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $500 $162 $ -- $ -- $662
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
2009:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $253 $ -- $(108 ) $ -- $145
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real 103 252 -- -- 355
estate
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $356 $252 $(108 ) $ -- $500
----- ----- ------ -- ---- -----
2008:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $ -- $253 $ -- $ -- $253
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real 70 33 -- -- 103
estate
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $70 $286 $ -- $ -- $356
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
</Table>
<Page>
120 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS TO STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
<Table>
GENERAL INFORMATION
Safekeeping of Assets
Experts
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Non-Participating
Misstatement of Age or Sex
Principal Underwriter
PERFORMANCE RELATED INFORMATION
Total Return for all Sub-Accounts
Yield for Sub-Accounts
Money Market Sub-Accounts
Additional Materials
Performance Comparisons
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
</Table>
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 121
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX I -- SAMPLE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT CALCULATIONS
We will determine the Market Value Adjustment by multiplying the General Account
value that is withdrawn or transferred from the existing Guarantee Period (after
deduction of any applicable surrender charge) by the following factor:
[(1 + I)/(1 + J + .0025)] TO THE POWER OF N/12 - 1
where,
I is the guaranteed interest rate we credit to the general account value
that is withdrawn or transferred from the existing Guarantee Period.
J is the guaranteed interest rate we are then offering for new Guarantee
Periods with durations equal to the number of years remaining in the
existing Guarantee Period (rounded up to the next higher number of years).
N is the number of months remaining in the existing Guarantee Period
(rounded up to the next higher number of months).
SAMPLE CALCULATION 1: POSITIVE ADJUSTMENT
<Table>
Amount withdrawn or transferred $10,000
Existing Guarantee Period 7 Years
Time of withdrawal or transfer Beginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I) 8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J) 7%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N) 60 months
Market Value Adjustment: = $10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .07 + .0025)]TO THE POWER OF
60/12 -1]
= $354.57
</Table>
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for Market Value Adjustment):
$10,354.57
SAMPLE CALCULATION 2: NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT
<Table>
Amount withdrawn or transferred $10,000
Existing Guarantee Period 7 Years
Time of withdrawal or transfer Beginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I) 8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J) 9%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N) 60 months
Market Value Adjustment: = $10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .09 + .0025)]TO THE POWER OF
60/12 -1]
= -$559.14
</Table>
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for Market Value Adjustment):
$9,440.86
SAMPLE CALCULATION 3: NEGATIVE ADJUSTMENT
<Table>
Amount withdrawn or transferred $10,000
Existing Guarantee Period 7 Years
Time of withdrawal or transfer Beginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I) 8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5-year guarantee (J) 7.75%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N) 60 months
Market Value Adjustment: = $10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .0775 + .0025)]TO THE POWER OF
60/12 -1]
= 0
</Table>
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for Market Value Adjustment): $10,000
<Page>
122 UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAMPLE CALCULATION 4: NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
<Table>
Amount withdrawn or transferred: $10,000
Existing Guarantee Period: 7 years
Time of withdrawal or transfer Beginning of 3rd year of Existing Guarantee Period
Guaranteed Interest Rate (I) 8%*
Guaranteed Interest Rate for new 5 year guarantee (J) 8%*
Remaining Guarantee Period (N) 60 months
Market Value Adjustment = $10,000 x [[(1 + .08)/(1 + .08 + .0025)]TO THE POWER OF 60/12
-1]
= -$114.94
</Table>
Amount transferred or withdrawn (adjusted for Market Value Adjustment): $
9,885.06
* Assumed for illustrative purposes only.
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 123
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX II -- INVESTMENTS BY UNION SECURITY
Union Security's legal obligations with respect to the Guarantee Periods are
supported by our general account assets. These general account assets also
support our obligations under other insurance and annuity contracts. Investments
purchased with amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods are the property of
Union Security, and you have no legal rights in such investments. Subject to
applicable law, we have sole discretion over the investment of assets in our
general account. Neither our general account nor the Guarantee Periods are
subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
We will invest amounts in our general account in compliance with applicable
state insurance laws and regulations concerning the nature and quality of
investments for the general account. Within specified limits and subject to
certain standards and limitations, these laws generally permit investment in:
federal, state and municipal obligations,
preferred and common stocks,
corporate bonds,
real estate mortgages and mortgage backed securities,
real estate, and
certain other investments, including various derivative investments.
See the Financial Statements for information on our investments.
When we establish guaranteed interest rates, we will consider the available
return on the instruments in which we invest amounts allocated to the general
account. However, this return is only one of many factors we consider when we
establish the guaranteed interest rates. See "Guarantee Periods."
Generally, we expect to invest amounts allocated to the Guarantee Periods in
debt instruments. We expect that these debt instruments will approximately match
our liabilities with regard to the Guarantee Periods. We also expect that these
debt instruments will primarily include:
(1) securities issued by the United States Government or its agencies or
instrumentalities. These securities may or may not be guaranteed by the
United States Government;
(2) debt securities that, at the time of purchase, have an investment grade
within the four highest grades assigned by Moody's Investors Services, Inc.
("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's"), or any
other nationally recognized rating service. Moody's four highest grades
are: Aaa, Aa, A, and Baa. Standard & Poor's four highest grades are: AAA,
AA, A, and BBB;
(3) other debt instruments including, but not limited to, issues of, or
guaranteed by, banks or bank holding companies and corporations. Although
not rated by Moody's or Standard & Poor's, we deem these obligations to
have an investment quality comparable to securities that may be purchased
as stated above;
(4) other evidences of indebtedness secured by mortgages or deeds of trust
representing liens upon real estate.
Except as required by applicable state insurance laws and regulations, we are
not obligated to invest amounts allocated to the general account according to
any particular strategy.
The Contracts are reinsured by Hartford Life Insurance Company. As part of this
reinsurance arrangement, the assets supporting the General Account under the
Contracts are held by Union Security; however, these assets are managed by
Hartford Investment Management Company ("HIMCO"), an affiliate of Hartford Life
and Annuity Insurance Company. HIMCO generally invests those assets as described
above for the Contract General Account related investments of Union Security.
<Page>
To obtain a Statement of Additional Information, please complete the form below
and mail to:
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York
c/o Hartford Life Insurance Company
ADDRESS UNTIL AUGUST 13, 2011:
The Hartford Wealth Management -- Global Annuities
PO Box 5085
Hartford, Connecticut 06102-5085
ADDRESS AFTER AUGUST 13, 2011:
The Hartford Wealth Management -- Global Annuities
PO Box 14293
Lexington, KY 40512-4293
Please send a Statement of Additional Information for TD Waterhouse Variable
Annuity to me at the following address:
----------------------------------------------------------------
Name
----------------------------------------------------------------
Address
----------------------------------------------------------------
City/State Zip Code
<Page>
REPORT OF INDEPENDANT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of
operations, changes in stockholder's equity and cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Union Security Life Insurance
Company of New York (the "Company"), a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of
Assurant, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the accompanying financial
statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information
set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related financial
statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed the
manner in which it accounts for other-than temporary impairment of debt
securities on April 1, 2009.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 28, 2011
F-1
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
BALANCE SHEETS
AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER
SHARE AND SHARE AMOUNTS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale, at fair
value (amortized cost --
$118,003 in 2010 and
$101,309 in 2009) $124,399 $106,623
Equity securities available
for sale, at fair value
(cost -- $7,607 in 2010 and
$7,791 in 2009) 7,802 7,574
Commercial mortgage loans on
real estate, at amortized
cost 26,268 27,302
Policy loans 142 78
Short-term investments 165 3,891
Other investments 1,001 1,432
----------- -----------
TOTAL INVESTMENTS 159,777 146,900
----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents 1,921 2,807
Premiums and accounts
receivable, net 2,465 3,287
Reinsurance recoverables 142,403 130,074
Due from affiliates 180 --
Accrued investment income 1,734 1,585
Deferred acquisition costs 461 595
Deferred income taxes, net -- 363
Goodwill 324 1,114
Other assets 43 48
Assets held in separate
accounts 12,558 12,821
----------- -----------
TOTAL ASSETS $321,866 $299,594
----------- -----------
LIABILITIES
Future policy benefits and
expenses $114,393 $72,713
Unearned premiums 5,539 9,391
Claims and benefits payable 124,115 131,243
Commissions payable 2,395 2,098
Reinsurance balances payable 293 994
Funds held under reinsurance 94 104
Deferred gain on disposal of
businesses 3,576 3,244
Accounts payable and other
liabilities 3,836 3,733
Due to affiliates -- 1,807
Deferred income taxes, net 450 --
Tax payable 236 765
Liabilities related to
separate accounts 12,558 12,821
----------- -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES 267,485 238,913
----------- -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
(NOTE 16)
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $20
per share, 100,000 shares
authorized, issued, and
outstanding 2,000 2,000
Additional paid-in capital 43,006 43,006
Retained earnings 4,983 12,255
Accumulated other
comprehensive income 4,392 3,420
----------- -----------
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY 54,381 60,681
----------- -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY $321,866 $299,594
----------- -----------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-2
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
(IN THOUSANDS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES
Net earned premiums and other
considerations $38,641 $42,841 $64,853
Net investment income 7,891 8,161 8,810
Net realized gains (losses) on
investments, excluding
other-than-temporary impairment losses 61 (415) (979)
Total other-than-temporary impairment
losses (124) (376) (5,094)
Portion of loss (gain) recognized in
other comprehensive income, before
taxes 19 (35) --
--------- --------- ---------
Net other-than-temporary impairment
losses recognized in earnings (105) (411) (5,094)
Amortization of deferred gain on
disposal of businesses (332) 424 744
Fees and other income 649 593 80
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL REVENUES 46,805 51,193 68,414
--------- --------- ---------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Policyholder benefits 20,445 25,993 39,627
Amortization of deferred acquisition
costs 831 986 1,444
Underwriting, general and
administrative expenses 12,961 11,936 17,146
Goodwill impairment 790 924 --
--------- --------- ---------
TOTAL BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES 35,027 39,839 58,217
--------- --------- ---------
Income before provision for income
taxes 11,778 11,354 10,197
Provision for income taxes 4,050 3,916 3,815
--------- --------- ---------
NET INCOME $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
--------- --------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-3
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
ADDITIONAL COMPREHENSIVE
COMMON PAID-IN INCOME (LOSS)
STOCK CAPITAL RETAINED
EARNINGS TOTAL
(IN THOUSANDS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, January 1, 2008 $2,000 $43,006 $6,903 $1,234 $53,143
Dividends -- -- (4,303) -- (4,303)
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 6,382 -- 6,382
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
gains on securities, net of
taxes of $2,979 -- -- -- (5,533) (5,533)
---------
Total comprehensive income 849
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008 $ 2,000 $ 43,006 $ 8,982 $ (4,299) $ 49,689
Dividends -- -- (4,399) -- (4,399)
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles (Note 2) -- -- 234 (234) --
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 7,438 -- 7,438
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
losses on securities, net of
taxes of $(4,035) -- -- -- 7,802 7,802
Net change in
other-than-temporary
impairment gains recognized
in other comprehensive
income, net of taxes of
$(81) 151 151
---------
Total other comprehensive
income 7,953
---------
Total comprehensive income 15,391
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009 $ 2,000 $ 43,006 $ 12,255 $ 3,420 $ 60,681
Dividends -- -- (15,000) -- (15,000)
Comprehensive income:
Net income -- -- 7,728 -- 7,728
Other comprehensive income:
Net change in unrealized
gains on securities, net of
taxes of $(532) -- -- -- 989 989
Net change in
other-than-temporary
impairment losses recognized
in other comprehensive
income, net of taxes of $10 (17) (17)
---------
Total other comprehensive
income 972
---------
Total comprehensive income 8,700
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010 $2,000 $43,006 $4,983 $4,392 $54,381
------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-4
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
(IN THOUSANDS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by
(used in) operating
activities:
Change in reinsurance
recoverable (12,329) (20,943) (2,310)
Change in premiums and accounts
receivable (1,165) 1,076 409
Change in deferred acquisition
costs 134 328 114
Change in accrued investment
income (149) (69) 30
Change in insurance policy
reserves and expenses 30,700 9,027 4,999
Change in accounts payable and
other liabilities 103 (982) 151
Change in commissions payable 297 (2,584) 257
Change in reinsurance balances
payable (701) 280 (647)
Change in funds held under
reinsurance (10) 36 (7)
Amortization of deferred gain
on disposal of businesses 332 (424) (744)
Change in income taxes (238) 1,129 1,862
Net realized losses on
investments 44 826 6,073
Goodwill impairment 790 924 --
Other 141 (211) (13)
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES 25,677 (4,149) 16,556
--------- --------- ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Sales of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale 8,619 9,666 19,499
Equity securities available for
sale 635 960 2,921
Maturities, prepayments, and
scheduled redemption of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale 6,140 4,851 5,886
Purchase of:
Fixed maturity securities
available for sale (31,492) (19,303) (24,454)
Equity securities available for
sale (446) (603) (5,263)
Change in commercial mortgage
loans on real estate 888 1,094 2,350
Change in short-term
investments 3,726 2,979 (6,282)
Change in other invested assets 431 397 362
Change in policy loans (64) (5) 31
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY
INVESTING ACTIVITIES (11,563) 36 (4,950)
--------- --------- ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid (15,000) (4,399) (4,303)
--------- --------- ---------
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING
ACTIVITIES (15,000) (4,399) (4,303)
--------- --------- ---------
Change in cash and cash
equivalents (886) (8,512) 7,303
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period 2,807 11,319 4,016
--------- --------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at
end of period $1,921 $2,807 $11,319
--------- --------- ---------
Supplemental information:
Income taxes paid, net of
refunds $4,289 $2,788 $1,952
--------- --------- ---------
</Table>
SEE THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-5
<Page>
1. Nature of Operations
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York (the "Company") is a provider
of life and health insurance products including group disability insurance,
group dental insurance, group life insurance and credit insurance. The Company
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. (the "Parent"). The Parent's
common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol AIZ.
The Company is domiciled in New York and is qualified to sell life, health and
annuity insurance in the state of New York.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Amounts
are presented in United States of America ("U.S.") dollars and all amounts are
in thousands, except for number of shares, per share amounts and number of
securities in an unrealized loss position.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities. The items on the Company's balance sheet affected by the
use of estimates include but are not limited to, investments, premiums and
accounts receivable, reinsurance recoverables, deferred acquisition costs
("DAC"), deferred income taxes and associated valuation allowances, goodwill,
future policy benefits and expenses, unearned premiums, claims and benefits
payable, deferred gain on disposal of businesses, and commitments and
contingencies. The estimates are sensitive to market conditions, investment
yields, mortality, morbidity, commissions and other acquisition expenses,
policyholder behavior and other factors. Actual results could differ from the
estimates reported. The Company believes the amounts reported are reasonable and
adequate.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income, net unrealized gains and
losses on securities classified as available-for-sale and net unrealized gains
and losses on other-than-temporarily impaired securities, less deferred income
taxes.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010
presentation.
FAIR VALUE
The Company uses an exit price for its fair value measurements. An exit price is
defined as the amount received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In measuring fair value, the Company gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the
lowest priority to unobservable inputs. See Note 4 for further information.
INVESTMENTS
Fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale, as
defined in the investments guidance, and reported at fair value. If the fair
value is higher than the amortized cost for fixed maturity securities or the
purchase cost for equity securities, the excess is an unrealized gain; and, if
lower than cost, the difference is an unrealized loss. Net unrealized gains and
losses, less deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI").
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate are reported at unpaid balances,
adjusted for amortization of premium or discount, less allowance for losses. The
allowance is based on management's analysis of factors including actual loan
loss experience, specific events based on geographical, political or economic
conditions, industry experience, loan groupings that have probable and estimable
losses and individually impaired loan loss analysis. A loan is considered
individually impaired when it becomes probable the Company will be unable to
collect all amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the
contractual terms of the loan agreement. Indicative factors of impairment
include, but are not limited to, whether the loan is current, the value of the
collateral and the financial position of the borrower. If a loan is individually
impaired, the Company uses one of the following valuation methods based on the
individual loan's facts and circumstances to measure the impairment amount: (1)
the present value of expected future cash flows, (2) the loan's observable
market price, or (3) the fair value of collateral. Changes in the allowance for
loan losses are recorded in net realized losses on investments, excluding
other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") losses.
The Company places loans on non-accrual status after 90 days of delinquent
payments (unless the loans are both well secured and in the process of
collection). A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before this time if
information is available that suggests its impairment is probable.
Policy loans are reported at unpaid principal balances, which do not exceed the
cash surrender value of the underlying policies.
F-6
<Page>
Short-term investments include money market funds and short maturity
investments. These amounts are reported at cost, which approximates fair value.
Other investments consist primarily of investments in certified capital
companies ("CAPCOs"). The Company's CAPCOs consist of debt instruments that are
recorded at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
The Company monitors its investment portfolio to identify investments that may
be other-than-temporarily impaired. In addition, securities, aggregated by
issuer, whose market price is equal to 80% or less of their original purchase
price or which had a discrete credit event resulting in the debtor defaulting or
seeking bankruptcy protection are added to a potential write-down list, which is
discussed at quarterly meetings attended by members of the Company's investment,
accounting and finance departments. See Note 3 for further information.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific
identification basis.
Investment income is recorded as earned net of investment expenses. The Company
uses the interest method to recognize interest income on its commercial mortgage
loans.
The Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the calculation of the
effective yield for mortgage-backed securities and structured securities. The
retrospective method is used to adjust the effective yield.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers cash on hand, all operating cash and working capital cash
to be cash equivalents. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates
fair value. Cash balances are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to
determine if negative cash balances exist. If negative cash balances do exist,
the cash accounts are netted with other positive cash accounts of the same bank
provided the right of offset exists between the accounts. If the right of offset
does not exist, the negative cash balances are reclassified to accounts payable.
UNCOLLECTIBLE RECEIVABLE BALANCE
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for probable losses
resulting from the inability to collect payments.
REINSURANCE
Reinsurance recoverables include amounts related to paid benefits and estimated
amounts related to unpaid policy and contract claims, future policyholder
benefits and policyholder contract deposits. The cost of reinsurance is
recognized over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies using assumptions
consistent with those used to account for the policies. Amounts recoverable from
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with claim and claim adjustment
expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves and are reported in the
balance sheets. The cost of reinsurance related to long-duration contracts is
recognized over the life of the underlying reinsured policies. The ceding of
insurance does not discharge the Company's primary liability to insureds, thus a
credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the
obligation assumed in the reinsurance agreements. To mitigate this exposure to
reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its
reinsurers and holds substantial collateral (in the form of funds withheld,
trusts, and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements. An
allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded on the basis of periodic evaluations
of balances due from reinsurers (net of collateral), reinsurer solvency,
management's experience and current economic conditions.
Funds withheld under reinsurance represent amounts contractually held from
assuming companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements.
Reinsurance premiums assumed are calculated based upon payments received from
ceding companies together with accrual estimates, which are based on both
payments received and in force policy information received from ceding
companies. Any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded in
the period in which they are determined.
INCOME TAXES
The Company reports its taxable income in a consolidated federal income tax
return along with other affiliated subsidiaries of the Parent. Income tax
expense or benefit is allocated among the affiliated subsidiaries by applying
corporate income tax rates to taxable income or loss determined on a separate
return basis according to a tax allocation agreement.
Current federal income taxes are recognized based upon amounts estimated to be
payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the current year.
Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based
on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which
the Company expects the temporary differences to reverse. A valuation allowance
is established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an
amount will not be realized.
The Company classifies net interest expense related to tax matters and any
applicable penalties as a component of income tax expense.
F-7
<Page>
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
The costs of acquiring new business that vary with and are primarily related to
the production of new business are deferred to the extent that such costs are
deemed recoverable from future premiums or gross profits. Acquisition costs
primarily consist of commissions, policy issuance expenses, premium taxes and
certain direct marketing expenses.
Premium deficiency testing is performed annually and generally reviewed
quarterly. Such testing involves the use of best estimate assumptions including
the anticipation of investment income to determine if anticipated future policy
premiums are adequate to recover all DAC and related claims, benefits and
expenses. To the extent a premium deficiency exists, it is recognized
immediately by a charge to the statement of operations and a corresponding
reduction in DAC. If the premium deficiency is greater than unamortized DAC, a
liability will be accrued for the excess deficiency.
Acquisition costs relating to monthly pay credit insurance business consist
mainly of direct marketing costs and are deferred and amortized over the
estimated average terms and balances of the underlying contracts.
Acquisition costs relating to group term life, group disability and group dental
consist primarily of compensation to sales representatives. These acquisition
costs are front-end loaded; thus, they are deferred and amortized over the
estimated terms of the underlying contracts.
GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the net fair value of
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.
Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is not amortized, but rather
is tested at least annually for impairment. The Company reviews goodwill
annually in the fourth quarter for impairment, or more frequently if indicators
of impairment exist. The Company regularly assesses whether any indicators of
impairment exist. Such indicators include, but are not limited to: a significant
decline in expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors
or the broader business climate. The evaluation of such factors requires
considerable management judgment.
The goodwill impairment test has two steps. The Company first compares its
estimated fair value with its net book value ("Step 1"). If the estimated fair
value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no
further testing is necessary. If the net book value exceeds its estimated fair
value, the Company would perform a second test to measure the amount of
impairment if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, the Company would
determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the
Company were being acquired in a business combination ("Step 2"). Specifically,
the Company would determine the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities,
including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that
would yield the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of
goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an
impairment charge for the difference.
In the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, the Company conducted its annual
assessments of goodwill. Based on the results of the 2010 assessment, the
Company concluded that the net book value of its goodwill exceeded its estimated
fair value and therefore performed a Step 2 test. Based on the results of the
Step 2 test, the Company recorded a $790 impairment charge. During 2009, the
Company concluded that the net book value of its goodwill exceeded its estimated
fair value and recorded a $924 impairment charge after performing a Step 2 test.
See Notes 4 and 13 for further information.
OTHER ASSETS
Other assets primarily include prepaid items and intangible assets. Other
intangible assets that have finite lives, including but not limited to customer
relationships, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Other intangible
assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives, primarily certain state licenses,
are not amortized and are subject to at least annual impairment tests.
Impairment exists if the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible
asset exceeds its fair value. For other intangible assets with finite lives,
impairment is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds
the fair value of the intangible asset. Generally other intangible assets with
finite lives are only tested for impairment if there are indicators ("triggers")
of impairment identified. Triggers include, but are not limited to, a
significant adverse change in the extent, manner or length of time in which the
other intangible asset is being used or a significant adverse change in legal
factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of the other
intangible asset. In certain cases, the Company does perform an annual
impairment test for other intangible assets with finite lives even if there are
no triggers present. There were no impairments of finite-lived or
indefinite-lived intangible assets in either 2010 or 2009.
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
Assets and liabilities associated with separate accounts relate to premium and
annuity considerations for variable life and annuity products for which the
contract-holder, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk. Separate
account assets (with matching liabilities) are reported at fair value. Revenues
and expenses related to the separate account assets and liabilities, to the
extent of benefits paid or provided to the separate account policyholders, are
excluded from the amounts reported in the accompanying statements of operations
because the accounts are administered by reinsurers.
Prior to April 2, 2001, Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") had issued variable
insurance products registered as securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. These products featured fixed premiums, a minimum death benefit, and
policyholder
F-8
<Page>
returns linked to an underlying portfolio of securities. The variable insurance
products issued by FFG have been 100% reinsured with The Hartford Financial
Services Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries ("The Hartford").
RESERVES
Reserves are established in accordance with GAAP, using generally accepted
actuarial methods. Factors used in their calculation include experience derived
from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions. Such assumptions and
other factors include trends, the incidence of incurred claims, the extent to
which all claims have been reported, and internal claims processing charges. The
process used in computing reserves cannot be exact, since actual claim costs are
dependent upon such complex factors as inflation, changes in doctrines of legal
liabilities and damage awards. The methods of making such estimates and
establishing the related liabilities are periodically reviewed and updated.
Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of exposure, but instead
represent our best estimates of what we expect the ultimate settlement and
administration of a claim or group of claims will cost based on facts and
circumstances known at the time of calculation. The adequacy of reserves will be
impacted by future trends in claims severity, frequency, judicial theories of
liability and other factors. These variables are affected by both external and
internal events, including but not limited to: changes in the economic cycle,
changes in the social perception of the value of work, emerging medical
perceptions regarding physiological or psychological causes of disability,
emerging health issues and new methods of treatment or accommodation, inflation,
judicial trends, legislative changes and claims handling procedures.
Many of these items are not directly quantifiable. Reserve estimates are refined
as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both positive and negative, are
reflected in the statement of operations of the period in which such estimates
are updated. Because establishment of reserves is an inherently uncertain
process involving estimates of future losses, there can be no certainty that
ultimate losses will not exceed existing claims reserves. Future loss
development could require reserves to be increased, which could have a material
adverse effect on our earnings in the periods in which such increases are made.
However, based on information currently available we believe our reserve
estimates are adequate.
Long Duration Contracts
The Company's long duration contracts include traditional life insurance
policies no longer offered and policies disposed of via reinsurance (FFG and
long-term care contracts).
Risks related to the reserves recorded for all long duration have been 100%
ceded via reinsurance. While the Company has not been released from the
contractual obligation to the policyholders, changes in and deviations from
economic mortality, morbidity, and expense assumptions used in the calculation
of these reserves will not directly affect our results of operations unless
there is a default by the assuming reinsurer.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company's short duration contracts include group term life contracts, group
disability contracts, medical contracts, dental contracts, and credit life and
disability contracts. For short duration contracts, claims and benefits payable
reserves are recorded when insured events occur. The liability is based on the
expected ultimate cost of settling the claims. The claims and benefits payable
reserves include: (1) case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the
balance sheet date; (2) incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves for claims
where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported to the Company as
of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment expense reserves for the
expected handling costs of settling the claims.
For group disability, the case reserves and the IBNR reserves are recorded at an
amount equal to the net present value of the expected future claims payments.
Group long-term disability and group term life waiver of premiums reserves are
discounted to the valuation date at the valuation interest rate. The valuation
interest rate is reviewed quarterly by taking into consideration actual and
expected earned rates on our asset portfolio. Group long-term disability and
group term life reserve adequacy studies are performed annually, and morbidity
and mortality assumptions are adjusted where appropriate.
Changes in the estimated liabilities are recorded as a charge or credit to
policyholder benefits as estimates are revised.
DEFERRED GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF BUSINESSES
The Company recorded a deferred gain on disposal of businesses utilizing
reinsurance. On March 1, 2000, the Parent sold its long-term care ("LTC")
business using a coinsurance contract. On April 2, 2001, the Parent sold its FFG
business using coinsurance and a modified coinsurance contract. Since the form
of sales did not discharge the Company's primary liability to the insureds, the
gain on these disposals was deferred and reported as a liability. The liability
is decreased and recognized as revenue over the estimated life of the contracts'
terms. The Company reviews and evaluates the estimates affecting the deferred
gain on disposal of businesses annually or when significant information
affecting the estimates becomes known to the Company, and adjusts the revenue
accordingly. In 2010, the Company re-established $785 of FFG deferred gain based
on its annual review.
F-9
<Page>
PREMIUMS
Long Duration Contracts
Premiums for LTC insurance and traditional life insurance contracts within FFG
are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For investment-type
annuity contracts within FFG, revenues consist of charges assessed against
policy balances. For the FFG and LTC businesses previously sold, all revenue is
ceded.
Short Duration Contracts
The Company's short duration contracts are those on which the Company recognizes
revenue on a pro-rata basis over the contract term. The Company's short duration
contracts primarily include group term life, group disability, dental, and
credit life and disability.
TOTAL OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
For debt securities with credit losses and non-credit losses or gains, total
other-than-temporary impairment losses is the total of the decline in fair value
from either the most recent OTTI determination or a prior period end in which
the fair value declined until the current period end valuation date. This amount
does not include any securities that had fair value increases. For equity
securities and debt securities that the Company has the intent to sell or if it
is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, for equity securities
that have an OTTI or for debt securities if there are only credit losses, total
other-than-temporary impairment losses is the total amount by which the fair
value of the security is less than its amortized cost basis at the period end
valuation date and the decline in fair value is deemed to be other-
than-temporary.
FEES AND OTHER INCOME
The Company derives fees and other income primarily from providing
administrative services. These fees are recognized monthly when services are
performed.
UNDERWRITING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
commissions, premium taxes, licenses, fees, salaries and personnel benefits and
other general operating expenses.
LEASES
The Company records expenses for operating leases on a straight-line basis over
the lease term.
CONTINGENCIES
The Company follows the guidance on contingencies, which requires the Company to
evaluate each contingent matter separately. A loss contingency is recorded if
reasonably estimable and probable. The Company establishes reserves for these
contingencies at the best estimate, or if no one estimated number within the
range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an
estimated reserve at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting
the Company primarily relate to litigation matters which are inherently
difficult to evaluate and are subject to significant changes. The Company
believes the contingent amounts recorded are adequate and reasonable.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- ADOPTED
On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the new guidance on the accounting for a
variable interest entity ("VIE"). This new guidance amends the consolidation
guidance applicable to VIEs to require a qualitative assessment in the
determination of the primary beneficiary of the VIE, to require an ongoing
reconsideration of the primary beneficiary, to amend the events that trigger a
reassessment of whether an entity is a VIE and to change the consideration of
kick-out rights in determining if an entity is a VIE. The adoption of this new
guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results
of operations.
On July 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance that establishes a single
source of authoritative accounting and reporting guidance recognized by the FASB
for nongovernmental entities (the "Codification"). The Codification does not
change current GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all
authoritative GAAP by providing all the authoritative literature related to a
particular topic in one place. All existing accounting standard documents will
be superseded and all other accounting literature not included in the
Codification will be considered non-authoritative. The adoption of the new
guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results
of operations. References to accounting guidance contained in the Company's
financial statements and disclosures have been updated to reflect terminology
consistent with the Codification. Plain English references to the accounting
guidance have been made along with references to the ASC topic number and name.
On October 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance on measuring the fair
value of liabilities. When the quoted price in an active market for an identical
liability is not available, this new guidance requires that either the quoted
price of the identical or similar liability when traded as an asset or another
valuation technique that is consistent with the fair value
F-10
<Page>
measurements and disclosures guidance be used to fair value the liability. The
adoption of this new guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new OTTI guidance. This new guidance
amends the previous guidance for debt securities and modifies the presentation
and disclosure requirements for debt and equity securities. In addition, it
amends the requirement for an entity to positively assert the intent and ability
to hold a debt security to recovery to determine whether an OTTI exists and
replaces this provision with the assertion that an entity does not intend to
sell or it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell
a security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. Additionally, this new
guidance modifies the presentation of certain OTTI debt securities to only
present the impairment loss within the results of operations that represents the
credit loss associated with the OTTI with the remaining impairment loss being
presented within other comprehensive income (loss) ("OCI"). At adoption, the
Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment to reclassify the non-credit
component of previously recognized OTTI securities which resulted in an increase
of $234 (after-tax) in retained earnings and a decrease of $234 (after-tax) in
AOCI. See Note 3 for further information.
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance on determining fair value
in illiquid markets. This new guidance clarifies how to estimate fair value when
the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly
decreased. This new guidance also clarifies how to identify circumstances
indicating that a transaction is not orderly. Under this new guidance,
significant decreases in the volume and level of activity of an asset or
liability, in relation to normal market activity, requires further evaluation of
transactions or quoted prices and exercise of significant judgment in arriving
at fair values. This new guidance also requires additional interim and annual
disclosures. The adoption of this new guidance did not have an impact on the
Company's financial position or results of operations.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the revised business combinations
guidance. The revised guidance retains the fundamental requirements of the
previous guidance in that the acquisition method of accounting be used for all
business combinations, that an acquirer be identified for each business
combination and for goodwill to be recognized and measured as a residual. The
revised guidance expands the definition of transactions and events that qualify
as business combinations to all transactions and other events in which one
entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. The revised guidance
broadens the fair value measurement and recognition of assets acquired,
liabilities assumed and interests transferred as a result of business
combinations. It also increases the disclosure requirements for business
combinations in the financial statements. The adoption of the revised guidance
did not have an impact on the Company's financial position or results of
operations. However, should the Company enter into a business combination in
2010 or beyond, our financial position or results of operations could incur a
significantly different impact than had it recorded the acquisition under the
previous business combinations guidance. Earnings volatility could result,
depending on the terms of the acquisition.
On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new consolidations guidance. The new
guidance requires that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary be separately
reported within equity and the amount of consolidated net income attributable to
the noncontrolling interest be presented in the statement of operations. The new
guidance also calls for consistency in reporting changes in the Parent's
ownership interest in a subsidiary and necessitates fair value measurement of
any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation. The adoption
of the new guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.
On January 1, 2009, the Company applied the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance for all non-financial assets and liabilities measured at
fair value on a non-recurring basis. The application of this guidance for those
assets and liabilities did not have an impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations. TheCompany's non-financial assets measured at
fair value on a non-recurring basis include goodwill and intangible assets. In a
businesscombination, the non-financial assets and liabilities of the acquired
company would be measured at fair value in accordance with the fair
valuemeasurements and disclosures guidance. The requirements of this guidance
include using an exit price based on an orderly transaction betweenmarket
participants at the measurement date assuming the highest and best use of the
asset by market participants. To perform a market valuation, the Company is
required to use a market, income or cost approach valuation technique(s). The
Company performs its annual impairment analyses of goodwill and indefinite-lived
intangible assets in the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
recoverable. If Step 1 of the impairment test indicates that the net book value
of the reporting unit is greater than the estimated fair value, then Step 2 test
is required. Step 2 requires that the Company measure the fair value of goodwill
of the reporting unit. As mentioned above, the application of this guidance
which wasused to measure the fair value of goodwill in Step 2 of the goodwill
impairment test did not have an impact on the Company'sfinancial position or
results of operations.
On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance. This guidance defined fair value, addressed how companies
should measure fair value when they are required to use a fair value measure for
recognition or disclosure purposes under GAAP and expanded disclosures about
fair value measurements. This guidance was applied prospectively for financial
assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis as of January 1, 2008. The
adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial
position or results of operations. See Note 4 for further information.
F-11
<Page>
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS -- NOT YET ADOPTED
In October 2010, the FASB issued amendments to existing guidance on accounting
for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. The
amendments modify the definition of the types of costs incurred by insurance
entities that can be capitalized in the acquisition of new and renewal
contracts. Under this amended guidance, acquisition costs are defined as costs
that are related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal
insurance contracts. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore,
the Company is required to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2012. Prospective
application as of the date of adoption is required; however retrospective
application to all prior periods presented upon the date of adoption is also
permitted, but not required. Early adoption is permitted, but only at the
beginning of an entity's annual reporting period. The Company is currently
evaluating the requirements of the amendments and the potential impact, if any,
on the Company's financial position and results of operations.
3. INVESTMENTS
The following tables show the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and
losses and fair value and OTTI of our fixed maturity and equity securities as of
the dates indicated:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
COST OR GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $980 $128 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 23,486 1,546 (60)
Foreign governments 758 104 --
Asset-backed 100 5 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 100 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 374 (212)
Corporate 80,775 5,556 (1,145)
----------- -------- ---------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $118,003 $7,813 $(1,417)
----------- -------- ---------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,607 $555 $(360)
----------- -------- ---------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
OTTI IN
FAIR VALUE AOCI
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $1,108 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 24,972 --
Foreign governments 862 --
Asset-backed 105 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,916 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,250 (43)
Corporate 85,186 6
----------- -----
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $124,399 $(37)
----------- -----
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,802 $ --
----------- -----
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
COST OR GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
COST GAINS LOSSES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $452 $87 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 23,975 1,537 (9)
Foreign governments 760 85 --
Asset-backed 144 6 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,905 97 (1)
Residential mortgage-backed 6,796 368 (22)
Corporate 64,277 3,768 (602)
----------- -------- -------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $101,309 $5,948 $(634)
----------- -------- -------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,791 $358 $(575)
----------- -------- -------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
OTTI IN
FAIR VALUE AOCI (1)
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and
government agencies and authorities $539 $ --
States, municipalities and political
subdivisions 25,503 --
Foreign governments 845 --
Asset-backed 150 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 5,001 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,142 (22)
Corporate 67,443 12
----------- -----
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $106,623 $(10)
----------- -----
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $7,574 $ --
----------- -----
</Table>
(1) Represents the amount of other-than-temporary impairment (losses) gains in
AOCI, which, from April 1, 2009, were not included in earnings under the
new OTTI guidance for debt securities.
F-12
<Page>
The cost or amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities at
December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because issuers of the securities may
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR
AMORTIZED FAIR
COST VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due in one year or less $4,569 $4,683
Due after one year through five years 19,756 21,280
Due after five years through ten years 44,464 45,667
Due after ten years 37,210 40,498
----------- -----------
TOTAL 105,999 112,128
Asset-backed 100 105
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 4,916
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 7,250
----------- -----------
TOTAL $118,003 $124,399
----------- -----------
</Table>
Major categories of net investment income were as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities $5,868 $6,012 $6,199
Equity securities 543 590 578
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate 1,585 1,628 1,908
Policy loans 17 6 7
Short-term investments 10 51 106
Other investments 101 138 171
Cash and cash equivalents 2 39 134
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL INVESTMENT INCOME 8,126 8,464 9,103
Investment expenses (235) (303) (293)
-------- -------- --------
NET INVESTMENT INCOME $7,891 $8,161 $8,810
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.
The following table summarizes the proceeds from sales of available-for-sale
securities and the gross realized gains and gross realized losses that have been
included in earnings as a result of those sales.
<Table>
<Caption>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from sales $9,254 $10,626 $22,418
Gross realized gains 250 218 776
Gross realized losses 42 381 1,737
</Table>
For securities sold at a loss during 2010, the average period of time these
securities were trading continuously at a price below book value was
approximately 40 months.
The following table sets forth the net realized losses, including
other-than-temporary impairments, recognized in the statement of operations as
follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net realized gains (losses) related to
sales and other:
Fixed maturity securities $196 $(161) $(259)
Equity securities 12 (2) (686)
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate (147) (252) (34)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED GAINS (LOSSES)
RELATED TO SALES 61 (415) (979)
Net realized losses related to
other-than-temporary impairments:
Fixed maturity securities (98) (388) (2,982)
Equity securities (7) (23) (2,112)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED LOSSES RELATED TO
OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS (105) (411) (5,094)
------- ------- ---------
TOTAL NET REALIZED LOSSES $(44) $(826) $(6,073)
------- ------- ---------
</Table>
F-13
<Page>
OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS
Adoption of the OTTI Guidance
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the OTTI guidance which requires entities
to separate an OTTI of a debt security into two components when there are credit
related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which the Company
asserts that it does not have the intent to sell, and it is more likely than not
that it will not be required to sell before recovery of its cost basis. Prior to
April 1, 2009, the Company was required to determine whether it had the intent
and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient period of time for the value
to recover. When the analysis of the above factors resulted in the Company's
conclusion that declines in market values were other-than-temporary, the cost of
the securities was written down to market value and the reduction in value was
reflected as a realized loss in the statement of operations. Under the OTTI
guidance, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in
earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other, non-credit, factors
(E.G., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) is recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income. In instances where no credit loss exists but the
Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the
Company will have to sell the debt security prior to the anticipated recovery,
the decline in market value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in
earnings. In periods after the recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, the
Company accounts for such securities as if they had been purchased on the
measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous
amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities
for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new
amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be
accreted or amortized into net investment income.
The OTTI guidance required that the Company record, as of April 1, 2009, the
date of adoption, a cumulative effect adjustment to reclassify the noncredit
component of a previously recognized OTTI from retained earnings to other
comprehensive income. For purposes of calculating the cumulative effect
adjustment, the Company reviewed OTTI it had recorded through realized losses on
securities held at March 31, 2009, which were $2,730, and estimated the portion
related to credit losses (I.E., where the present value of cash flows expected
to be collected are lower than the amortized cost basis of the security) and the
portion related to all other factors. The Company determined that $2,357 of the
OTTI previously recorded related to specific credit losses and $373 related to
all other factors. Under the new OTTI guidance, the Company increased the
amortized cost basis of these debt securities by $360 and recorded a cumulative
effect adjustment, net of tax, in its shareholder's equity section. The
cumulative effect adjustment had no effect on total shareholder's equity as it
increased retained earnings and reduced accumulated other comprehensive income.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded
$124 and $376, respectively, of OTTI, of which $105 and $411 was related to
credit losses and recorded as net OTTI losses recognized in earnings, with the
remaining amounts of $19 and $(35), respectively, related to all other factors
and was recorded as an unrealized loss (gain) component of AOCI.
The following table sets forth the amount of credit loss impairments recognized
within the results of operations on fixed maturity securities held by the
Company as of the dates indicated, for which a portion of the OTTI loss was
recognized in AOCI, and the corresponding changes in such amounts.
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of year $1,827
Reductions for securities which the amount previously
recognized in other comprehensive income was
recognized in earnings because the entity intends to
sell the security (9)
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be
collected that are recognized over the remaining
life of the security (5)
Reductions for credit loss impairments previously
recognized on securities which matured, paid down,
prepaid or were sold during the period (174)
--------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR $1,639
--------
</Table>
F-14
<Page>
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of year $ --
Credit losses remaining in retained earnings related
to the adoption of OTTI guidance effective April 1,
2009 2,357
Additions for credit loss impairments recognized in
the current period on securities not previously
impaired 22
Additions for credit loss impairments recognized in
the current period on securities previously impaired 158
Reductions for credit loss impairments previously
recognized on securities which matured, paid down,
prepaid or were sold during the period (710)
--------
BALANCE, END OF YEAR $1,827
--------
</Table>
We regularly monitor our investment portfolio to ensure investments that may be
other-than-temporarily impaired are identified in a timely fashion, properly
valued, and charged against earnings in the proper period. The determination
that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary decline in value requires
the judgment of management. Assessment factors include, but are not limited to,
the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than
cost, the financial condition and rating of the issuer, whether any collateral
is held, the intent and ability of the Company to retain the investment for a
period of time sufficient to allow for recovery for equity securities and the
intent to sell or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be
required to sell for fixed maturity securities. Inherently, there are risks and
uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in circumstances and
critical assumptions such as a continued weak economy, a more pronounced
economic downturn or unforeseen events which affect one or more companies,
industry sectors, or countries could result in additional impairments in future
periods for other-than-temporary declines in value. Any equity security whose
price decline is deemed other-than-temporary is written down to its then current
market value with the amount of the impairment reported as a realized loss in
that period. The impairment of a fixed maturity security that the Company has
the intent to sell or that it is more likely than not that the Company will be
required to sell is deemed other-than-temporary and is written down to its
market value at the Balance Sheet date with the amount of the impairment
reported as a realized loss in that period. For all other-than-temporarily
impaired fixed maturity securities that do not meet either of these two
criteria, the Company is required to analyze its ability to recover the
amortized cost of the security by calculating the net present value of projected
future cash flows. For these other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturity
securities, the net amount recognized in earnings is equal to the difference
between the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security and its net present
value.
The Company considers different factors to determine the amount of projected
future cash flows and discounting methods for corporate debt and residential and
commercial mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities. For corporate debt
securities, the split between the credit and non-credit losses is driven
principally by assumptions regarding the amount and timing of projected future
cash flows. The net present value is calculated by discounting the Company's
best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate
implicit in the security at the date of acquisition. For residential and
commercial mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates,
including prepayment assumptions, are based on data from widely accepted
third-party data sources or internal estimates. In addition to prepayment
assumptions, cash flow estimates vary based on assumptions regarding the
underlying collateral including default rates, recoveries and changes in value.
The net present value is calculated by discounting the Company's best estimate
of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the
fixed maturity security prior to impairment at the balance sheet date. The
discounted cash flows become the new amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity
security.
In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment,
the Company generally accretes the discount (or amortizes the reduced premium)
into net investment income, up to the non-discounted amount of projected future
cash flows, resulting from the reduction in cost basis, based upon the amount
and timing of the expected future cash flows over the estimated period of cash
flows.
Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific
identification basis.
F-15
<Page>
The investment category and duration of the Company's gross unrealized losses on
fixed maturity securities and equity securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009
were as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR MORE
FAIR UNREALIZED FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $1,557 $(60) $ -- $ --
Residential mortgage-backed 2,178 (212) -- --
Corporate 23,730 (1,096) 706 (49)
-------- -------- ------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $27,465 $(1,368) $706 $(49)
-------- -------- ------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $799 $(28) $2,048 $(332)
-------- -------- ------- ------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
TOTAL
FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------- ---------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $1,557 $(60)
Residential mortgage-backed 2,178 (212)
Corporate 24,436 (1,145)
-------- --------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $28,171 $(1,417)
-------- --------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $2,847 $(360)
-------- --------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
LESS THAN 12 MONTHS 12 MONTHS OR MORE
FAIR UNREALIZED FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES VALUE LOSSES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $543 $(9) $ -- $ --
Commercial mortgage-backed 250 (1) -- --
Residential mortgage-backed 165 (22) -- --
Corporate 3,923 (75) 6,277 (527)
------- ------ ------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $4,881 $(107) $6,277 $(527)
------- ------ ------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $ -- $ -- $2,602 $(575)
------- ------ ------- ------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
TOTAL
FAIR UNREALIZED
VALUE LOSSES
---------------------------------- -------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
States, municipalities and
political subdivisions $543 $(9)
Commercial mortgage-backed 250 (1)
Residential mortgage-backed 165 (22)
Corporate 10,200 (602)
-------- ------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES $11,158 $(634)
-------- ------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks $2,602 $(575)
-------- ------
</Table>
Total gross unrealized losses represent less than 6% and 9% of the aggregate
fair value of the related securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. Approximately 79% and 9% of these gross unrealized losses have
been in a continuous loss position for less than twelve months at December 31,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The total gross unrealized losses are comprised of
82 and 88 individual securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In
accordance with its policy described above, the Company concluded that for these
securities an adjustment to its results of operations for other-than-temporary
impairments of the gross unrealized losses was not warranted at December 31,
2010 and 2009. These conclusions are based on a detailed analysis of the
underlying credit and expected cash flows of each security. As of December 31,
2010, the gross unrealized losses that have been in a continuous loss position
for twelve months or more were concentrated in non-redeemable preferred stocks
and in the industrial, financial, and energy industries of the Company's
corporate fixed maturity securities. For these concentrations, gross unrealized
losses of twelve months or more were $371, or 97%, of the total. The gross
unrealized losses are primarily attributable to widening credit spreads. As of
December 31, 2010, the Company did not intend to sell the securities and it was
not more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the
securities before the anticipated recovery of their amortized cost basis.
The cost or amortized cost and fair value of available for sale fixed maturity
securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010, by contractual
maturity, is shown below:
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR
AMORTIZED COST FAIR VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due after one year through five years $40 $30
Due after five years through ten years 22,076 21,111
Due after ten years 5,082 4,852
--------- ---------
TOTAL 27,198 25,993
Residential mortgage-backed 2,390 2,178
--------- ---------
TOTAL $29,588 $28,171
--------- ---------
</Table>
The Company has exposure to sub-prime and related mortgages within our fixed
maturity security portfolio. At December 31, 2010, approximately 1.6% of the
residential mortgage-backed holdings had exposure to sub-prime mortgage
collateral. This represented approximately 0.1% of the total fixed income
portfolio and 3.1% of the total unrealized loss position. There is one security
with sub-prime exposure, that is below investment grade. All residential
mortgage-backed securities, including those with sub-prime exposure, are
reviewed as part of the ongoing other-than-temporary impairment monitoring
process.
The Company has made commercial mortgage loans, collateralized by the underlying
real estate, on properties located throughout the U.S. and Canada. At December
31, 2010, approximately 49% of the outstanding principal balance of commercial
mortgage loans was concentrated in the states of California, Texas, and New
York. Although the Company has a
F-16
<Page>
diversified loan portfolio, an economic downturn could have an adverse impact on
the ability of its debtors to repay their loans. The outstanding balance of
commercial mortgage loans range in size from $417 to $2,591 at December 31, 2010
and from $426 to $2,647 at December 31, 2009.
Credit quality indicators for commercial mortgage loans are loan-to-value and
debt-service coverage ratios. Loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios are
measures commonly used to assess the credit quality of commercial mortgage
loans. The loan-to-value ratio compares the principal amount of the loan to the
fair value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan, and is commonly
expressed as a percentage. The debt-service coverage ratio compares a property's
net operating income to its debt-service payments and is commonly expressed as a
ratio of one. The loan-to-value and debt-service coverage ratios are generally
updated annually in the third quarter. The following summarizes our
loan-to-value and average debt-service coverage ratios:
<Table>
<Caption>
% OF DEBT-
GROSS SERVICE
CARRYING MORTGAGE COVERAGE
LOAN-TO-VALUE VALUE LOANS RATIO
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70% and less $16,464 61.5% 1.87
71 - 80% 1,338 5.0% 1.57
81 - 95% 7,257 27.1% 1.26
Greater than 95% 1,711 6.4% .92
--------- ------ -----
Gross commercial mortgage
loans 26,770 100.0% 1.63
--------- ------ -----
Less valuation allowance (502)
---------
NET COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS $26,268
---------
</Table>
All commercial mortgage loans that are individually impaired have an established
mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses. Changing economic conditions
affect our valuation of commercial mortgage loans. Changing vacancies and rents
are incorporated into the discounted cash flow analysis that we perform for
monitored loans and may contribute to the establishment of (or an increase or
decrease in) a commercial mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses. In
addition, we continue to monitor the entire commercial mortgage loan portfolio
to identify risk. Areas of emphasis are properties that have exposure to
earthquakes, have deteriorating credits or have experienced a reduction in
debt-service coverage ratio. Where warranted, we have established or increased a
valuation allowance based upon this analysis.
The commercial mortgage loan valuation allowance for losses was $502 and $355 at
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in the commercial
mortgage loan valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
is due to the current year provision of $147 and $252, respectively.
The Company has fixed maturities of $608 and $539 at December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively, on deposit with various governmental authorities as required by
law.
4. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
FAIR VALUES, INPUTS AND VALUATION TECHNIQUES FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AND
LIABILITIES DISCLOSURES
The fair value measurements and disclosures guidance defines fair value and
establishes a framework for measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in
an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In
accordance with this guidance, the Company has categorized its recurring basis
financial assets and liabilities into a three-level fair value hierarchy based
on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique.
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs (Level 3). The inputs used to measure fair value may fall
into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in
the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety
falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to
the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety
requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 inputs utilize other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are
observable for the asset, either directly or indirectly, for substantially
the full term of the asset. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar
assets in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in
markets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are
observable in the marketplace for the asset. The observable inputs are used
in valuation models to calculate the fair value for the asset.
F-17
<Page>
Level 3 inputs are unobservable but are significant to the fair value
measurement for the asset, and include situations where there is little, if
any, market activity for the asset. These inputs reflect management's own
assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing
the asset.
A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly
basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a
reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value
hierarchy.
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for assets and
liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010
and 2009. The amounts presented below for Cash equivalents, Assets held in
separate accounts and liabilities related to separate accounts differ from the
amounts presented in the balance sheets because only certain investments or
certain assets and liabilities within these line items are measured at estimated
fair value. The fair value amount and the majority of the associated levels
presented for Assets held in separate accounts are received directly from third
parties.
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for those
recurring basis assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
FINANCIAL ASSETS Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities:
United States Government and government agencies and authorities $1,108 $ -- $1,108 $ --
State, municipalities and political subdivisions 24,972 -- 24,972 --
Foreign governments 862 -- 862 --
Asset-backed 105 -- 105 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,916 -- 4,916 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,250 -- 7,250 --
Corporate 85,186 -- 83,999 1,187
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,802 -- 7,802 --
Short term investments 165 165(b) -- --
Cash equivalents 114 114 -- --
Assets held in separate accounts 12,028 9,031(a) 2,997(c) --
----------- -------- ----------- --------
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS $144,508 $9,310 $134,011 $1,187
----------- -------- ----------- --------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Liabilities related to separate accounts $12,028 $9,031(a) $2,997(c) $ --
----------- -------- ----------- --------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
FINANCIAL ASSETS Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fixed maturity securities:
United States Government and government agencies and
authorities $539 $ -- $539 $ --
State, municipalities and political subdivisions 25,503 -- 25,503 --
Foreign governments 845 -- 845 --
Asset-backed 150 -- 150 --
Commercial mortgage-backed 5,001 -- 5,001 --
Residential mortgage-backed 7,142 -- 7,142 --
Corporate 67,443 -- 66,285 1,158
Equity securities:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,574 -- 7,574 --
Short term investments 3,891 3,891(b) -- --
Cash equivalents 953 953 -- --
Assets held in separate accounts 12,271 8,782(a) 3,489(c) --
---------- --------- ---------- ---
TOTAL FINANCIAL ASSETS $131,312 $13,626 $116,528 $1,158
---------- --------- ---------- ---
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Liabilities related to separate accounts $12,271 $8,782(a) $3,489(c) $ --
---------- --------- ---------- ---
</Table>
(a) Mainly includes mutual funds.
(b) Mainly includes money market funds.
(c) Mainly includes fixed maturity securities.
F-18
<Page>
There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 financial assets
during the period. However, there were transfers between Level 2 and Level 3
financial assets during the period, which are reflected in the "Net transfers"
line below. Transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 most commonly occur when
market observable inputs that were previously available become unavailable in
the current period. The remaining unpriced securities are submitted to
independent brokers who provide non-binding broker quotes or are priced by other
qualified sources.
The following tables summarize the change in balance sheet carrying value
associated with Level 3 financial assets carried at fair value during the years
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
EQUITY
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES SECURITIES
UNITED STATES NON-
TOTAL GOVERNMENT AND REDEEMABLE
LEVEL 3 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES PREFERRED
ASSETS AND AUTHORITIES CORPORATE STOCKS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of period $1,158 $ -- $1,158 $ --
Net unrealized gains (losses) included in
stockholder's equity 48 (9) 51 6
Purchases 2,234 2,234 -- --
Sales (199) -- (199) --
Net transfers (1) (2,054) (2,225) 177 (6)
-------- -------- ------- ----
Balance, end of period $1,187 $ -- $1,187 $ --
-------- -------- ------- ----
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
EQUITY
SECURITIES
NON-
TOTAL REDEEMABLE
LEVEL 3 FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES PREFERRED
ASSETS CORPORATE STOCKS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, beginning of period $1,047 $842 $205
Total losses (realized/unrealized) included in earnings
earnings (115) (115) --
Net unrealized gains (losses) included in stockholder's
equity 160 161 (1)
Purchases 31 31 --
Sales (26) (26)
Net transfers (1) 61 265 (204)
------- ------- ------
Balance, end of period $1,158 $1,158 $ --
------- ------- ------
</Table>
(1) Net transfers are primarily attributable to changes in the availability of
observable market information and re-evaluation of the observability of
pricing inputs.
Three different valuation techniques can be used in determining fair value for
financial assets and liabilities: the market, income or cost approaches. The
three valuation techniques described in the fair value measurements and
disclosures guidance are consistent with generally accepted valuation
methodologies. The market approach valuation techniques use prices and other
relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or
comparable assets or liabilities. When possible, quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active markets are used as of the period-end date (such as for mutual funds and
money market funds). Otherwise, valuation techniques consistent with the market
approach including matrix pricing and comparables are used. Matrix pricing is a
mathematical technique employed principally to value debt securities without
relying exclusively on quoted prices for those securities but rather by relying
on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Market
approach valuation techniques often use market multiples derived from a set of
comparables. Multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each
comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple
falls requires judgment, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors
specific to the measurement.
Income approach valuation techniques convert future amounts, such as cash flows
or earnings, to a single present amount, or a discounted amount. These
techniques rely on current market expectations of future amounts as of the
period-end date. Examples of income approach valuation techniques include
present value techniques, option-pricing models, binomial or lattice models that
incorporate present value techniques, and the multi-period excess earnings
method.
Cost approach valuation techniques are based upon the amount that would be
required to replace the service capacity of an asset at the period-end date, or
the current replacement cost. That is, from the perspective of a market
participant (seller),
F-19
<Page>
the price that would be received for the asset is determined based on the cost
to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or construct a substitute asset of
comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.
While not all three approaches are applicable to all financial assets or
liabilities, where appropriate, one or more valuation techniques may be used.
For all the classes of financial assets and liabilities included in the above
hierarchy, excluding privately placed corporate bonds, the market valuation
technique is generally used. For privately placed corporate bonds, the income
valuation technique is generally used. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and
2009, the application of the valuation technique applied to the Company's
classes of financial assets and liabilities has been consistent.
Level 2 securities are valued using various observable market inputs obtained
from a pricing service. The pricing service prepares estimates of fair value
measurements for our Level 2 securities using proprietary valuation models based
on techniques such as matrix pricing which include observable market inputs. The
fair value measurements and disclosures guidance, defines observable market
inputs as the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or
liability developed on market data obtained from sources independent of the
Company. The extent of the use of each observable market input for a security
depends on the type of security and the market conditions at the balance sheet
date. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market
inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or
additional inputs may be necessary. The following observable market inputs
("standard inputs"), listed in the approximate order of priority, are utilized
in the pricing evaluation of Level 2 securities: benchmark yields, reported
trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark
securities, bids, offers and reference data. To price municipal bonds, the
pricing service uses material event notices and new issue data inputs in
addition to the standard inputs. To price residential and commercial
mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities, the pricing service uses
vendor trading platform data, monthly payment information and collateral
performance inputs in addition to the standard inputs. The pricing service also
evaluates each security based on relevant market information including: relevant
credit information, perceived market movements and sector news. Valuation models
can change period to period, depending on the appropriate observable inputs that
are available at the balance sheet date to price a security. When market
observable inputs are unavailable to the pricing service, the remaining unpriced
securities are submitted to independent brokers who provide non-binding broker
quotes or are priced by other qualified sources and are categorized as Level 3
securities. The Company could not corroborate the non-binding broker quotes with
Level 2 inputs.
A non-pricing service source prices certain privately placed corporate bonds
using a model with observable inputs including, but not limited to, the credit
rating, credit spreads, sector add-ons, and issuer specific add-ons.
Management evaluates the following factors in order to determine whether the
market for a financial asset is inactive. The factors include, but are not
limited to:
There are few recent transactions,
Little information is released publicly,
The available prices vary significantly over time or among market
participants,
The prices are stale (i.e., not current), and
The magnitude of the bid-ask spread.
Illiquidity did not have a material impact in the fair value determination of
the Company's financial assets.
The Company generally obtains one price for each financial asset. The Company
performs a monthly analysis to assess if the evaluated prices represent a
reasonable estimate of their fair value. This process involves quantitative and
qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals.
Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and
on-going review of pricing service methodologies, review of the prices received
from the pricing service, review of pricing statistics and trends, and
comparison of prices for certain securities with two different appropriate price
sources for reasonableness. Following this analysis, the Company generally uses
the best estimate of fair value based upon all available inputs. On infrequent
occasions, a non-pricing service source may be more familiar with the market
activity for a particular security than the pricing service. In these cases the
price used is taken from the non-pricing service source. The pricing service
provides information to indicate which securities were priced using market
observable inputs so that the Company can properly categorize our financial
assets in the fair value hierarchy.
DISCLOSURES FOR NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A NON-RECURRING
BASIS
The Company also measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring
basis, generally on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These
assets include goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets.
In accordance with the goodwill guidance, since the carrying amount of the
Company was greater than its estimated fair value as determined in Step 1 of the
impairment test, the Company was required to measure the fair value of goodwill
of the Company in Step 2 of the impairment test. Goodwill of the Company with a
carrying amount of $1,114 was written down to
F-20
<Page>
its implied fair value of $324, resulting in an impairment charge of $790, which
was included in earnings for the period. See Note 13 for further information.
To estimate the fair value, the Company utilized both the income and market
valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the Company determined the fair
value considering distributable earnings which were estimated from operating
plans. The resulting cash flows were then discounted using a market participant
weighted average cost of capital. After discounting the future discrete earnings
to their present value, the Company estimated the terminal value attributable to
the years beyond the discrete operating plan period. The discounted terminal
value was then added to the aggregate discounted distributable earnings from the
discrete operating plan period to estimate the fair value. Under the market
approach, the Company derived the fair value based on various financial
multiples, including but not limited to: price to tangible book value of equity,
price to estimated 2010 earnings and price to estimated 2011 earnings which were
estimated based on publicly available data related to comparable guideline
companies. In addition, financial multiples were also estimated from publicly
available purchase price data for acquisitions of companies operating in the
insurance industry. The estimated fair value was more heavily weighted towards
the income approach because in the current economic environment the earnings
capacity of a business is generally considered the most important factor in the
valuation of a business enterprise. This fair value determination was
categorized as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy.
The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for goodwill
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis on which an impairment charge
was recorded as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE NON-RECURRING BASIS
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31, 2010
Goodwill $ -- $ -- $324 $324
---- ---- ----- -----
</Table>
<Table>
<Caption>
ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE NON-RECURRING BASIS
LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31, 2009
Goodwill $ -- $ -- $1,114 $1,114
---- ---- ------- -------
</Table>
The following table presents the related impairment charge as of December 31,
2010 and 2009:
<Table>
<Caption>
IMPAIRMENT CHARGES
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goodwill $790 $924
--------- ---------
</Table>
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS DISCLOSURES
The financial instruments guidance requires disclosure of fair value information
about financial instruments, as defined therein, for which it is practicable to
estimate such fair value. Therefore, it requires fair value disclosure for
financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value
in the balance sheet. However, this guidance excludes certain financial
instruments, including those related to insurance contracts and those accounted
for under the equity method and joint ventures guidance (such as real estate
joint ventures).
For the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and
financial liabilities, the carrying value in the balance sheets equals or
approximates fair value. Please refer to the FAIR VALUEINPUTS AND VALUATION
TECHNIQUES FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DISCLOSURES section above for
more information on the financial instruments included within the following
financial assets and financial liabilities and the methods and assumptions used
to estimate fair value:
Cash and cash equivalents
Fixed maturity securities
Equity securities
Short-term investments
Other investments
Assets held in separate accounts
Liabilities related to separate accounts
F-21
<Page>
In estimating the fair value of the financial instruments that are not
recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheets, the Company
used the following methods and assumptions:
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE LOANS AND POLICY LOANS: the fair values of mortgage loans
are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on interest rates
currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit
ratings. Mortgage loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes
of the calculations. The carrying value of policy loans reported in the balance
sheets approximate fair value.
POLICY RESERVES UNDER INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: the fair values for the Company's
policy reserves under the investment products are determined using discounted
cash flow analysis.
FUNDS HELD UNDER REINSURANCE: the carrying value reported approximates fair
value due to the short maturity of the instruments.
The following table discloses the carrying value and fair value of the financial
instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value in the
balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010
CARRYING
VALUE FAIR VALUE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate $26,268 $27,459
Policy loans 142 142
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Policy reserves under investment
products (Individual and group
annuities, subject to
discretionary withdrawal) $2,980 $3,025
Funds held under reinsurance 94 94
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009
CARRYING
VALUE FAIR VALUE
----------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Commercial mortgage loans on real
estate $27,302 $26,828
Policy loans 78 78
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Policy reserves under investment
products (Individual and group
annuities, subject to
discretionary withdrawal) $2,813 $2,601
Funds held under reinsurance 104 104
</Table>
The fair value of the Company's liabilities for insurance contracts, other than
investment-type contracts, are not required to be disclosed. However, the fair
values of liabilities under all insurance contracts are taken into consideration
in the Company's overall management of interest rate risk, such that the
Company's exposure to changing interest rates is minimized through the matching
of investment maturities with amounts due under insurance contracts.
5. INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to U.S. tax and files a U.S. consolidated federal income
tax return with its parent, Assurant, Inc. Information about the Company's
current and deferred federal tax expense (benefit) follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current expense $3,759 $3,618 $4,559
Deferred expense (benefit) 291 298 (744)
-------- -------- --------
TOTAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE $4,050 $3,916 $3,815
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company's effective
income tax rate follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL INCOME TAX RATE 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
RECONCILING ITEMS:
Tax exempt interest (2.5) (2.6) (1.5)
Dividends-received deduction (0.8) (0.9) (0.6)
Goodwill impairment* 2.4 2.8 --
Permanent nondeductible expenses 0.1 0.1 2.0
Change in valuation allowance 0.1 -- 2.5
Other 0.1 0.1 --
----- ----- -----
EFFECTIVE INCOME TAX RATE: 34.4% 34.5% 37.4%
----- ----- -----
</Table>
* See Note 13 for further information on goodwill impairment.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had no liability for unrecognized
tax benefits.
The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S. The Company has
substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through
2004.
F-22
<Page>
The tax effects of temporary differences that result in significant deferred tax
assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Deferred gains on reinsurance $1,252 $1,135
Investments, net 1,089 1,074
Deferred acquisition costs 901 934
Employee and post-retirement benefits 482 373
Capital loss carryforwards 296 335
Other 52 64
-------- --------
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX ASSET 4,072 3,915
Less valuation allowance (160) (145)
-------- --------
DEFERRED TAX ASSET, NET OF VALUATION
ALLOWANCE 3,912 3,770
-------- --------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Policyholder and separate account
reserves 2,020 1,623
Net unrealized appreciation on
securities 2,307 1,784
Other 35 --
-------- --------
TOTAL DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY 4,362 3,407
-------- --------
NET DEFERRED INCOME TAX (LIABILITY)
ASSET $(450) $363
-------- --------
</Table>
The Company's total valuation allowance against deferred tax assets increased
$15 to $160 at December 31, 2010, from $145 at December 31, 2009. The
calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated return group
level. A portion of the valuation allowance has been assigned to the Company
based on the provisions of the tax sharing agreement. A cumulative valuation
allowance of $160 has been recorded because it is management's assessment that
it is more likely than not that only $3,912 of deferred tax assets will be
realized. The total valuation allowance of $160 relates to the deferred tax
asset on capital losses.
The Company's ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to
generate sufficient taxable income of the same character within the carryback or
carryforward periods. In assessing future GAAP taxable income, the Company
considered all sources of taxable income available to realize its deferred tax
asset, including the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future
taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards,
taxable income in carryback years and tax-planning strategies. If changes occur
in the assumptions underlying the Company's tax-planning strategies or in the
scheduling of the reversal of the Company's deferred tax liabilities, the
valuation allowance may need to be adjusted in the future.
At December 31, 2010, the Company had no net operating loss carryforwards for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. At December 31, 2010, the Company had a
capital loss carryover of $845 for U.S. federal income tax purposes which was
generated in 2008 and which will expire, if not utilized, in 2013.
6. PREMIUMS AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Receivables are reported net of an allowance for uncollectible items. A summary
of such receivables is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance premiums receivable $2,259 $3,094
Other receivables 206 193
-------- --------
TOTAL $2,465 $3,287
-------- --------
</Table>
7. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized 100,000 shares of common
stock with a stated value of $20 per share. All the shares are issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. All the outstanding shares at
December 31, 2010 are owned by the Parent. See Note 1 for further information.
The Company paid dividends of $15,000, $4,399, and $4,303 at December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid by the State of New York
insurance companies to shareholders without prior approval of the Insurance
Commissioner is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus. See Note
8 for further information.
F-23
<Page>
8. STATUTORY INFORMATION
The Company prepares financial statements on the basis of statutory accounting
principles ("SAP") prescribed or permitted by the New York Department of
Commerce. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual
of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") as well as state
laws, regulations and administrative rules.
The principal differences between SAP and GAAP are: 1) policy acquisition costs
are expensed as incurred under SAP, but are deferred and amortized under GAAP;
2) the value of business acquired is not capitalized under SAP but is under
GAAP; 3) amounts collected from holders of universal life-type and annuity
products are recognized as premiums when collected under SAP, but are initially
recorded as contract deposits under GAAP, with cost of insurance recognized as
revenue when assessed and other contract charges recognized over the periods for
which services are provided; 4) the classification and carrying amounts of
investments in certain securities are different under SAP than under GAAP; 5)
the criteria for providing asset valuation allowances, and the methodologies
used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP;
6) the timing of establishing certain reserves, and the methodologies used to
determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 7)
certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP;
8) methodologies used to determine the amounts of deferred taxes and goodwill
are different under SAP than under GAAP; and 9) the criteria for obtaining
reinsurance accounting treatment is different under SAP than under GAAP.
Reconciliations of net income and stockholder's equity on the basis of statutory
accounting to the related amounts presented in the accompanying statements were
as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
NET INCOME
2010 2009 2008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on statutory accounting practices $7,840 $10,904 $4,270
Deferred acquisition costs (134) (328) (114)
Deferred and uncollected premiums (5) (1) (6)
Policy and claim reserves 1,329 (1,421) 1,971
Investment valuation difference (211) (442) 49
Commissions and fees 96 60 27
Deferred taxes (290) (298) 744
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses 2 (16) 151
Goodwill and intangibles (799) (903) --
Pension (311) (170) (148)
Reinsurance in unauthorized companies -- -- --
Interest maintenance reserve, deferral
and amortization 212 51 (562)
Asset valuation reserve -- -- --
Non-admitted assets and other (1) 2 --
------- --------- -------
Based on generally accepted accounting
principles $7,728 $7,438 $6,382
------- --------- -------
<Caption>
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
2010 2009
---------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Based on statutory accounting practices $45,807 $51,833
Deferred acquisition costs 461 595
Deferred and uncollected premiums 35 40
Policy and claim reserves 7,359 6,030
Investment valuation difference 6,101 4,818
Commissions and fees (87) (183)
Deferred taxes (3,377) (2,531)
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses (3,576) (3,244)
Goodwill and intangibles 336 1,135
Pension (1,377) (1,066)
Reinsurance in unauthorized companies 1 66
Interest maintenance reserve, deferral
and amortization (25) (237)
Asset valuation reserve 735 485
Non-admitted assets and other 1,988 2,940
--------- ---------
Based on generally accepted accounting
principles $54,381 $60,681
--------- ---------
</Table>
Insurance enterprises are required by state insurance departments to adhere to
minimum risk-based capital (RBC) requirements developed by the NAIC. The Company
exceeds the minimum RBC requirements.
Dividend distributions to the Parent are restricted as to the amount by state
regulatory requirements. The Company declared and paid ordinary dividends of
$4,849 and $4,399 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively. A dividend is considered extraordinary when combined with all
other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds
the lesser of 10% of the insurers surplus as regards to policyholders on
December 31 of the next year, or the net gain from operations. The Company
declared and paid extraordinary dividends of $10,151 during the year ended
December 31, 2010. No extraordinary dividends were declared and paid in 2009.
The Company has the ability, under state regulatory requirements, to dividend up
to $4,381 to the Parent in 2011 without permission from New York regulators.
F-24
<Page>
9. REINSURANCE
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in both the
assumption and cession of reinsurance with non-affiliated companies. The
following table provides details of the reinsurance recoverables balance for the
years ended December 31:
<Table>
<Caption>
2010 2009
------------------------------------------------------------------
Ceded future policy holder benefits and
expense $114,552 $72,887
Ceded unearned premium 4,918 7,567
Ceded claims and benefits payable 22,365 47,441
Ceded paid losses 568 2,179
----------- -----------
TOTAL $142,403 $130,074
----------- -----------
</Table>
A key credit quality indicator for reinsurance recoverable is the A.M. Best
financial strength ratings of the reinsurer. The A.M. Best ratings are an
independent opinion of a reinsurer's ability to meet ongoing obligations to
policyholders. The A.M. Best ratings for new reinsurance agreements where there
is material credit exposure are reviewed at the time of execution. The A.M. Best
ratings for existing reinsurance agreements are reviewed on a periodic basis, at
least annually. The following table provides the reinsurance recoverable as of
December 31, 2010 grouped by A.M. Best rating.
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED FUTURE
POLICYHOLDER CEDED CLAIMS
BEST RATINGS OF BENEFITS AND CEDED UNEARNED AND BENEFITS
REINSURER EXPENSE PREMIUMS PAYABLE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A++ or A+ $111,072 $2,732 $18,731
A or A- 3,280 2,186 2,101
Not Rated 200 -- 1,533
--------- ------- --------
REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE $114,552 $4,918 $22,365
--------- ------- --------
<Caption>
BEST RATINGS OF CEDED PAID
REINSURER LOSSES TOTAL
--------------------------------------- --------------------------
A++ or A+ $73 $132,608
A or A- 289 7,856
Not Rated 206 1,939
----- ---------
REINSURANCE RECOVERABLE $568 $142,403
----- ---------
</Table>
A.M. Best ratings for The Hartford and John Hancock Life Insurance Company
("John Hancock") a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation, the reinsurers
with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances, are A and A+, respectively.
A.M. Best recently placed a negative outlook on the financial strength ratings
of John Hancock and a stable outlook on the financial strength ratings of The
Hartford. The total amount of recoverable for these two reinsurers is $132,610
as of December 31, 2010. Most of the assets backing reserves relating to
reinsurance recoverables from these two counterparties are held in trust.
The effect of reinsurance on premiums earned and benefits incurred was as
follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2010
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $10,363 $34,688 $45,051
Premiums assumed -- 8,727 8,727
Premiums ceded (10,363) (4,774) (15,137)
-------- ------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $38,641 $38,641
-------- ------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $53,892 $19,881 $73,773
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 6,928 6,928
Policyholder benefits ceded (53,886) (6,370) (60,256)
-------- ------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $6 $20,439 $20,445
-------- ------- --------
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2009
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
-------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $10,185 $44,702 $54,887
Premiums assumed -- 9,303 9,303
Premiums ceded (10,185) (11,164) (21,349)
-------- -------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $42,841 $42,841
-------- -------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $27,967 $30,810 $58,777
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 6,393 6,393
Policyholder benefits ceded (27,962) (11,215) (39,177)
-------- -------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $5 $25,988 $25,993
-------- -------- --------
<Caption>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2008
LONG SHORT
DURATION DURATION TOTAL
-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Direct earned premiums and other
considerations $11,837 $55,405 $67,242
Premiums assumed -- 25,020 25,020
Premiums ceded (11,837) (15,572) (27,409)
-------- -------- --------
NET EARNED PREMIUMS AND OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS $ -- $64,853 $64,853
-------- -------- --------
Direct policyholder benefits $12,927 $30,532 $43,459
Policyholder benefits assumed -- 21,176 21,176
Policyholder benefits ceded (12,922) (12,086) (25,008)
-------- -------- --------
NET POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $5 $39,622 $39,627
-------- -------- --------
</Table>
The Company utilizes ceded reinsurance for loss protection and capital
management, business dispositions, client risk and profit sharing.
LOSS PROTECTION AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
As part of the Company's overall risk and capacity management strategy, the
Company purchases reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by the Company,
including significant individual or catastrophic claims.
Under indemnity reinsurance transactions in which the Company is the ceding
insurer, the Company remains liable for policy claims if the assuming company
fails to meet its obligations. To mitigate this risk, the Company has control
procedures to evaluate the financial condition of reinsurers and to monitor the
concentration of credit risk. The selection of reinsurance companies is based on
criteria related to solvency and reliability and, to a lesser degree,
diversification.
BUSINESS DIVESTITURES
The Company has used reinsurance to exit certain businesses, such as the
disposals of FFG and LTC. Reinsurance was used in these cases to facilitate the
transactions because the businesses shared legal entities with operating
segments that the
F-25
<Page>
Company retained. Assets supporting liabilities ceded relating to these
businesses are held in trusts for LTC and the separate accounts relating to FFG
are still reflected in the Company's balance sheet. If the reinsurers became
insolvent, we would be exposed to the risk that the assets in the trusts and/or
the separate accounts would be insufficient to support the liabilities that
would revert back to us. The reinsurance recoverable from The Hartford was
$3,280 and $3,012 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The
reinsurance recoverable from John Hancock was $129,330 and $81,234 as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The reinsurance agreement associated with the FFG sale also stipulates that The
Hartford contribute funds to increase the value of the separate account assets
relating to Modified Guaranteed Annuity business sold if such value declines
below the value of the associated liabilities. If The Hartford fails to fulfill
these obligations, the Company will be obligated to make these payments.
In addition, the Company would be responsible for administering this business in
the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the administrative
systems and capabilities to process this business. Accordingly, we would need to
obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one or more of the
reinsurers of these businesses. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities
on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of
operations and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2010, we were not aware of any regulatory actions taken with
respect to the solvency of the insurance subsidiaries of The Hartford or John
Hancock that reinsure the FFG and LTC businesses and the Company has not been
obligated to fulfill any of such reinsurers' obligations.
10. RESERVES
The following table provides reserve information of the Company's major product
lines at the date shown:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2010 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVES RESERVES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer
offered $1,313 $2 $ -- $606
FFG, LTC and other
disposed businesses 113,080 2,730 794 16,047
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 51 11,590 947
Group disability -- 279 84,461 4,886
Medical -- 3 534 58
Dental -- 41 32 682
Credit life and
disability -- 2,433 2,171 1,307
--------- ------ ------- -------
TOTAL $114,393 $5,539 $99,582 $24,533
--------- ------ ------- -------
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31, 2009 CLAIMS AND BENEFITS
PAYABLE
FUTURE INCURRED
POLICY BUT NOT
BENEFITS AND UNEARNED CASE REPORTED
EXPENSES PREMIUMS RESERVES RESERVES
-------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS:
Life insurance no longer
offered $1,569 $3 $ -- $708
FFG, LTC and other
disposed businesses 71,144 2,365 476 10,303
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS:
Group term life -- 57 12,184 1,175
Group disability -- 1,152 93,897 5,650
Medical -- 3 721 47
Dental -- 80 37 828
Credit life and
disability -- 5,731 2,934 2,283
------- ------ --------- -------
TOTAL $72,713 $9,391 $110,249 $20,994
------- ------ --------- -------
</Table>
F-26
<Page>
The following table provides a roll-forward of the Company's product lines with
the most significant short duration claims and benefits payable balances: group
term life and group disability lines of business. Claims and benefits payable is
comprised of case and IBNR reserves.
<Table>
<Caption>
GROUP
TERM GROUP
LIFE DISABILITY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE $16,347 $106,634
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (395) (31,700)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2008, net of
reinsurance 15,952 74,934
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 6,992 26,528
Prior year's interest 526 3,073
Prior year(s) (1,994) (10,118)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 5,524 19,483
Paid losses related to:
Current year 4,115 6,402
Prior year(s) 2,173 12,422
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 6,288 18,824
Balance as of December 31, 2008, net of
reinsurance 15,188 75,593
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 228 32,643
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2008, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE 15,416 108,236
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (228) (32,643)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2009, net of
reinsurance 15,188 75,593
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 4,868 11,366
Prior year's interest 516 3,252
Prior year(s) (711) (6,069)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 4,673 8,549
Paid losses related to:
Current year 3,391 2,856
Prior year(s) 3,328 15,052
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 6,719 17,908
Balance as of December 31, 2009, net of
reinsurance 13,142 66,234
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 217 33,313
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE 13,359 99,547
Less: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) (217) (33,313)
--------- ----------
Balance as of January 1, 2010, net of
reinsurance 13,142 66,234
Incurred losses related to:
Current year 2,536 11,802
Prior year's interest 453 3,426
Prior year(s) (1,165) (7,132)
--------- ----------
TOTAL INCURRED LOSSES 1,824 8,096
Paid losses related to:
Current year 1,213 972
Prior year(s) 1,527 (12,528)
--------- ----------
TOTAL PAID LOSSES 2,740 (11,556)
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, NET OF
REINSURANCE 12,227 85,886
Plus: Reinsurance ceded and other (1) 310 3,461
--------- ----------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, GROSS
OF REINSURANCE $12,537 $89,347
--------- ----------
</Table>
(1) Reinsurance ceded and other includes claims and benefits payable balances
that have either been (a) reinsured to third parties, (b) established for
claims related expenses whose subsequent payment is not recorded as a paid
claim, or (c) reserves established for obligations that would persist even
if contracts were cancelled (such as extension of benefits), which cannot
be analyzed appropriately under a roll-forward approach.
F-27
<Page>
SHORT DURATION CONTRACTS
The Company's short duration contracts are comprised of group term life, group
disability, medical, dental, and credit life and disability. The principal
products and services included in these categories are described in the summary
of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 for further information.
Case and IBNR reserves are developed using actuarial principles and assumptions
that consider, among other things, contractual requirements, historical
utilization trends and payment patterns, benefit changes, medical inflation,
seasonality, membership, product mix, legislative and regulatory environment,
economic factors, disabled life mortality and claim termination rates and other
relevant factors. The Company consistently applies the principles and
assumptions listed above from year to year, while also giving due consideration
to the potential variability of these factors.
Since case and IBNR reserves include estimates developed from various actuarial
methods, the Company's actual losses incurred may be more or less than the
Company's previously developed estimates. As shown in the table above, if the
amounts listed on the line labeled "Incurred losses related to: Prior year" are
negative (redundant) this means that the Company's actual losses incurred
related to prior years for these lines were less than the estimates previously
made by the Company. If the line labeled "Incurred losses related to: Prior
year" are positive (deficient) this means that the Company's actual losses
incurred related to prior years for these lines were greater than the estimates
previously made by the Company.
The Group Term Life case and IBNR reserves redundancies in all years are due to
actual mortality rates running below those assumed in prior year reserves, and
actual recovery rates running higher than those assumed in prior year reserves.
Group Disability case and IBNR reserves show redundancies in all years due to
actual claim recovery rates exceeding those assumed in prior year reserves.
The Company's group disability products are short duration contracts that
include short and long-term disability coverage. Case and IBNR reserves for
long-term disability have been discounted at 5.25% in 2010. The December 31,
2010 and 2009 liabilities net of reinsurance include $84,762 and $65,007,
respectively, of such reserves. The amount of discounts deducted from
outstanding reserves as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are $29,905 and $22,269,
respectively.
LONG DURATION CONTRACTS
The Company's long duration contracts are primarily comprised of life insurance
policies (no longer offered) and FFG and LTC disposed businesses. The principal
products and services included in these categories are described in the summary
of significant accounting policies. See Note 2 for further information.
Reserves for business previously disposed of by FFG and LTC are included in the
Company's reserves in accordance with the insurance guidance. The Company
maintains an offsetting reinsurance recoverable related to these reserves. See
Note 9 for further information.
11. RETIREMENT AND OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Parent sponsors a non-contributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan
and certain non-contributory, non-qualified post retirement benefits covering
employees and certain agents who meet eligibility requirements as to age and
length of service. Plan assets of the qualified defined benefit plan are not
specifically identified by each participating subsidiary. Therefore, a breakdown
of plan assets is not reflected in these financial statements. The Company has
no legal obligation for benefits under these plans. The benefits are based on
years of service and career compensation. The Parent's pension plan funding
policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum
funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, plus additional amounts as the Parent may determine to be appropriate from
time to time up to the maximum permitted, and to charge each subsidiary an
allocable amount based on its employee census. Pension costs allocated to the
Company amounted to $269, $151 and $124 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Parent sponsors a defined contribution plan covering substantially all
employees. The defined contribution plan provides benefits payable to
participants on retirement or disability and to beneficiaries of participants in
the event of the participant's death. The amounts expensed by the Company
related to this plan were $39, $56 and $58 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
With respect to retirement benefits, the Company participates in other health
care and life insurance benefit plans (postretirement benefits) for retired
employees, sponsored by our Parent. The Company has no legal obligation for
benefits under these plans. Health care benefits, either through the Parent's
sponsored retiree plan for retirees under age 65 or through a cost offset for
individually purchased Medigap policies for retirees over age 65, are available
to employees who retire on or after January 1, 1993, at age 55 or older, with 10
years or more service. Life insurance on a retiree pay all basis, is available
to those who retire on or after January 1, 1993. During 2010, 2009 and 2008 the
Company incurred expenses related to retirement benefits of $42, $19 and $24,
respectively.
F-28
<Page>
12. DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Information about deferred acquisition costs is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beginning balance $595 $923 $1,037
Costs deferred 696 658 1,330
Amortization (830) (986) (1,444)
------ ------ --------
Ending balance $461 $595 $923
------ ------ --------
</Table>
13. GOODWILL
Information about goodwill is as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
GOODWILL FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
2010 2009 2008
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as of January 1:
Goodwill $2,038 $2,038 $2,038
Accumulated impairment loss (924) -- --
-------- ------- -------
1,114 2,038 2,038
Impairments* (790) (924) --
-------- ------- -------
Goodwill 2,038 2,038 2,038
Accumulated impairment losses (1,714) (924) --
-------- ------- -------
Balance as of December 31: $324 $1,114 $2,038
-------- ------- -------
</Table>
* See Notes 2 and 4 for further information.
In accordance with the goodwill guidance, goodwill is deemed to have an
indefinite life and should not be amortized, but rather must be tested, at least
annually, for impairment. In addition, goodwill should be tested for impairment
between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would "more
likely than not" reduce the estimated fair value of the Company below its
carrying value.
The goodwill impairment test has two steps. Step 1 of the test identifies
potential impairments, by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to
its net book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds its net book value,
there is no impairment of goodwill and Step 2 is unnecessary. However, if the
net book value exceeds the estimated fair value, then Step 1 is failed, and Step
2 is performed to determine the amount of the potential impairment. Step 2
utilizes acquisition accounting guidance and requires the fair value calculation
of all individual assets and liabilities of the Company (excluding goodwill, but
including any unrecognized intangible assets). The net fair value of assets less
liabilities is then compared to the Company's total estimated fair value as
calculated in Step 1. The excess of fair value over the net asset value equals
the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is then
compared to the carrying value of goodwill to determine the Company's goodwill
impairment.
In the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009, we conducted our annual assessments of
goodwill. Based on the results of the 2010 assessment, the Company concluded
that its net book value exceeded its estimated fair value and therefore
performed a Step 2 test. Based on the results of the Step 2 test, the Company
recorded an impairment charge of $790. During 2009, the Company concluded that
its net book value exceeded its estimated fair value and recorded a $924
impairment charge after performing a Step 2 test. The 2010 impairment reflects
the effects of the low interest rate environment, continuing high unemployment,
the slow pace of the economic recovery and an increased net book value of the
Company, primarily related to its investment portfolio. The 2009 impairment
reflected the challenging near term growth environment for the Company and an
increased net book value of the Company, primarily related to its investment
portfolio. Management remains confident in the long-term prospects of the
Company. See Note 4 for further information.
F-29
<Page>
14. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, at
December 31, are as follows:
<Table>
<Caption>
UNREALIZED ACCUMULATED OTHER
GAINS (LOSSES) COMPREHENSIVE
ON SECURITIES OTTI INCOME (LOSS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 2008 $(4,299) $ -- $(4,299)
-------- ------- --------
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle (after-tax) (1) (77) (157) (234)
Activity in 2009 7,802 151 7,953
-------- ------- --------
Balance at December 31, 2009 3,426 (6) 3,420
-------- ------- --------
Activity in 2010 989 (17) 972
-------- ------- --------
Balance at December 31, 2010 $4,415 $(23) $4,392
-------- ------- --------
</Table>
(1) Relates to the adoption of the OTTI guidance for debt securities. See Notes
3 and 4 for further information.
The amounts in the unrealized gains (losses) on securities column are net of
reclassification adjustments of $47, $(321) and $(3,279), net of tax, in 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, for net realized gains (losses) on sales of
securities included in net income. The amounts in the OTTI column are net of
reclassification adjustments of $(96), net of tax, in 2009, for net realized
losses on sales of securities included in net income.
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company receives various services from the Parent. These services include
assistance in benefit plan administration, corporate insurance, accounting, tax,
auditing, investment, information technology, actuarial, property management and
other administrative functions. The fees paid to the Parent for these services
for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $11,895, $10,517 and
$10,181, respectively.
Administrative expenses allocated for the Company may be greater or less than
the expenses that would be incurred if the Company were operating as a separate
company.
In prior years, the Company ceded group disability business to an affiliate,
Union Security Insurance Company ("USIC"). On January 1, 2010, this agreement
was terminated for new business written. Effective July 1, 2010, the existing
reinsured business was commuted under the same agreement, which involved a
release of $26,920 in reserves and cash received from USIC of $29,172. The
commutation resulted in a $2,252 gain for the Company, and is reflected in
policyholder benefits in the statements of operations. The Company had ceded
$67, $4,777 and $7,806 of premiums to USIC in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively
and $30,149 and $30,802 of reserves in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company provides disability reinsurance for various ceding companies through
its affiliate, Disability Reinsurance Management Services, Inc. ("DRMS") who
provides administrative services related to the reinsurance issued by the
Company. In conjunction with this arrangement, the Company and USIC entered into
reinsurance agreements with a client which called for an initial reinsurance
payment. As a result, USIC received $5,500. USIC, in turn, paid $1,133 to the
Company commensurate with its allocable portion of the assumed risk.
16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leased sales office space for its employee benefit products sales
under an operating lease arrangement until November 2010, at which time they
moved into the Parent headquarters in New York City. Starting in 2011, the
Parent will allocate expenses to the Company for the use of this facility. The
Company does not have an operating lease arrangement that extends past 2010.
Rent expense was $264, $233 and $534 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both
as a defendant and as a plaintiff. The Company may from time to time be subject
to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to the Company's current
and past business operations. While the Company cannot predict the outcome of
any pending or future litigation, examination or investigation, and although no
assurances can be given, the Company does not believe that any pending matter
will have a material adverse effect individually or in the aggregate, on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
As previously disclosed, the Parent entered into a settlement on January 21,
2010 in connection with a complaint filed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") regarding a finite reinsurance arrangement entered into
by the Parent. The Parent consented, without admitting or denying the
allegations in the complaint, to the entry of a judgment requiring payment of a
civil penalty of $3,500, an expense that the Parent accrued as of December 31,
2009, and a permanent injunction prohibiting the Parent from violating certain
provisions of the federal securities laws. The court approved the settlement in
a final judgment entered on January 25, 2010, and the Parent paid the penalty.
F-30
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
SCHEDULE I -- SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
OTHER-THAN-INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
<Table>
<Caption>
COST OR AMOUNT AT
AMORTIZED FAIR WHICH SHOWN IN
COST VALUE BALANCE SHEET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES:
United States Government and government agencies
and authorities $980 $1,108 $1,108
States, municipalities and political subdivisions 23,486 24,972 24,972
Foreign governments 758 862 862
Asset-backed 100 105 105
Commercial mortgage-backed 4,816 4,916 4,916
Residential mortgage-backed 7,088 7,250 7,250
Corporate 80,775 85,186 85,186
----------- ----------- -----------
TOTAL FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES 118,003 124,399 124,399
----------- ----------- -----------
EQUITY SECURITIES:
Non-redeemable preferred stocks 7,607 7,802 7,802
----------- ----------- -----------
Commercial mortgage loans on real estate, at
amortized cost 26,268 27,459 26,268
Policy loans 142 142 142
Short-term investments 165 165 165
Other investments 1,001 1,001 1,001
----------- ----------- -----------
TOTAL INVESTMENTS $153,186 $160,968 $159,777
----------- ----------- -----------
</Table>
F-31
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 & 2008
SCHEDULE III -- SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
<Table>
<Caption>
FUTURE
DEFERRED POLICY CLAIMS AND
ACQUISITION BENEFITS AND UNEARNED BENEFITS PREMIUM
COST EXPENSES PREMIUMS PAYABLE REVENUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010 $461 $114,393 $5,539 $124,115 $38,641
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
2009 $595 $72,713 $9,391 $131,243 $42,841
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
2008 $923 $52,837 $9,791 $141,692 $64,853
---- -------- ------ -------- -------
<Caption>
BENEFITS AMORTIZATION
CLAIMS, LOSSES OF DEFERRED
NET AND POLICY OTHER*
INVESTMENT SETTLEMENT ACQUISITION OPERATING
INCOME EXPENSES COSTS EXPENSES
---------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
2010 $7,891 $20,445 $831 $13,751
------ ------- ------ -------
2009 $8,161 $25,993 $986 $12,860
------ ------- ------ -------
2008 $8,810 $39,627 $1,444 $17,146
------ ------- ------ -------
</Table>
* Includes underwriting, general and administrative expenses and goodwill
impairment.
F-32
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $1,975,303 $232,377 $ -- $1,742,926 --
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $9,979 $3,195 $ -- $6,784 --
Accident and health insurance 35,072 11,942 8,727 31,857 27.4%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $45,051 $15,137 $8,727 $38,641 22.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $6,182 $3,868 $ -- $2,314 --
Accident and health insurance 67,591 56,388 6,928 18,131 38.2%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $73,773 $60,256 $6,928 $20,445 33.9%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
</Table>
F-33
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $2,592,928 $461,081 $ -- $2,131,847 --
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $11,785 $3,940 $ -- $7,845 --
Accident and health insurance 43,102 17,409 9,303 34,996 26.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $54,887 $21,349 $9,303 $42,841 21.7%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $10,057 $4,737 $ -- $5,320 --
Accident and health insurance 48,720 34,440 6,393 20,673 30.9%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $58,777 $39,177 $6,393 $25,993 24.6%
------------ ---------- -------- ------------
</Table>
F-34
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
SCHEDULE IV -- REINSURANCE
<Table>
<Caption>
CEDED TO ASSUMED FROM PERCENTAGE OF
DIRECT OTHER OTHER NET AMOUNT
AMOUNT COMPANIES COMPANIES AMOUNT ASSUMED TO NET
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFE INSURANCE IN FORCE $3,413,779 $591,163 $ -- $2,822,616 --
---------- -------- ------- ----------
PREMIUMS:
Life insurance $16,192 $5,781 $ -- $10,411 --
Accident and health insurance 51,050 21,628 25,020 54,442 46.0%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
TOTAL EARNED PREMIUMS $67,242 $27,409 $25,020 $64,853 38.6%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
BENEFITS:
Life insurance $14,232 $7,574 $ -- $6,658 --
Accident and health insurance 29,227 17,434 21,176 32,969 64.2%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
TOTAL POLICYHOLDER BENEFITS $43,459 $25,008 $21,176 $39,627 53.4%
---------- -------- ------- ----------
</Table>
F-35
<Page>
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
SCHEDULE V -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<Table>
<Caption>
ADDITIONS
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF COSTS AND TO OTHER END OF
YEAR EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS YEAR
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2010:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $145 $15 $ -- $ -- $160
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real
estate 355 147 -- -- 502
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $500 $162 $ -- $ -- $662
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
2009:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $253 $ -- $(108) $ -- $145
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real
estate 103 252 -- -- 355
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $356 $252 $(108) $ -- $500
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
2008:
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets $ -- $253 $ -- $ -- $253
Valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real
estate 70 33 -- -- 103
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
TOTAL $70 $286 $ -- $ -- $356
----- ----- ------ ---- -----
</Table>
F-36
<Page>
PART II
<Page>
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York's By-Laws provide for
indemnity and payment of expenses of the Company's officers and directors
in connection with certain legal proceedings, judgments, and settlements
arising by reason of their service as such, all to the extent and in the
manner permitted by law. Applicable New York law generally permits payment
of such indemnification and expenses if the person seeking indemnification
has acted in good faith and for a purpose that he reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, in a
criminal proceeding, if the person seeking indemnification also has no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
There are agreements in place under which the underwriter and affiliated
persons of the Registrant may be indemnified against liabilities arising
out of acts or omissions in connection with the offer of the Contracts;
provided however, that no such indemnity will be made to the underwriter or
affiliated persons of the Registrant for liabilities to which they would
otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
During the period beginning on December 1, 2008 and ending on the date of
effectiveness of this registration statement, the Registrant may be deemed
to have inadvertently offered insurance contracts pursuant to registration
statements on Form S-1 that were not in full compliance with Rule 415(a)(5)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The affected transactions did
not involve the sale of new contracts or the receipt of proceeds from new
contract holders by the Registrant, because the Registrant ceased offering
contracts on December 31, 2002; rather, they consisted of investment
reallocations and additional investments by existing contract holders with
respect to certain of the contracts previously offered by the Registrant.
The contract holders at all times received all material information
relating to the securities in question prior to such transactions,
including the complete prospectus from the existing registration statement
on file with the Commission. Promptly upon discovery of the technical
violation of Rule 415(a)(5), the Registrant filed this registration
statement on Form S-1 with the Commission in order to comply with the
requirements of Rule 415(a)(5) for a continuous offering. The Registrant
has implemented new procedures to ensure compliance with the requirements
of Rule 415(a)(5) henceforth.
<Page>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
<Table>
<Caption>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Underwriting Agreement Incorporated by reference to
Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the
Registration Statement File No. 333-65231 filed on
April 28, 2009.
3 (a) Amended and Restated Charter Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement File No.
333-166472 filed on April 29, 2011
3 (b) By-laws Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement File No.
333-166472 filed on April 29, 2011
4 Variable Annuity Contract Incorporated by reference to
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement File No. 333-20343 filed on
May 9, 1997.
5 Opinion re legality Filed herewith.
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective
Amendment No. 21 to Registration Statement on Form
N-4, File No. 333-79701 filed on April 29, 2011.
23 (a) Legal Consent Filed herewith as Exhibit 5.
23 (b) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Filed herewith.
Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
24 Copy of Power of Attorney Filed herewith.
</Table>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
i. To include any Prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of
the Securities Act of 1933;
ii. To reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the registration statement (or
the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental
change in the information set forth in the registration
statement;
iii. To include any material information with respect to the
plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement;
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
<Page>
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
<Page>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Simsbury, State of
Connecticut on this 29th day of April, 2011.
UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
<Table>
By: Valerie Seasholtz *By: /s/ Richard J. Wirth
----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Valerie Seasholtz Richard J. Wirth
President* Attorney-In-Fact
</Table>
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons, in the
capacities and on the date indicated.
<Table>
Valerie Seasholtz, President. Director*
Terry J. Kryshak, Director*
John S. Roberts, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board,
Director*
Mellissa J. T. Hall, Assistant Treasurer, Director*
H. Carroll Mackin, Director*
Esther L. Nelson, Director*
Tamrha Mangelson, Treasurer, Chief Financial
Officer* *By: /s/ Richard J. Wirth
-----------------------------------
Allen R. Freedman, Director* Richard J. Wirth
Paula M. SeGuin, Chief Administrative Officer, Attorney-in-Fact
Vice President, Assitant Secretary, Director* Date: April 29, 2011
</Table>
<Page>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<Table>
5 Opinion and Consent of Counsel.
23(a) Legal Consent filed as part of Exhibit 5.
23(b) Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24 Copy of Power of Attorney.
</Table>